add all the pod stuff, hope now that it is enough

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@6115 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

28 files changed, 16979 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Checker.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Checker.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..49162da4a27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Checker.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,1270 @@
+#############################################################################
+# Pod/Checker.pm -- check pod documents for syntax errors
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2000 by Bradford Appleton. All rights reserved.
+# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software;
+# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms
+# as Perl itself.
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Checker;
+
+use vars qw($VERSION);
+$VERSION = 1.43;  ## Current version of this package
+require  5.005;    ## requires this Perl version or later
+
+use Pod::ParseUtils; ## for hyperlinks and lists
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Checker, podchecker() - check pod documents for syntax errors
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  use Pod::Checker;
+
+  $syntax_okay = podchecker($filepath, $outputpath, %options);
+
+  my $checker = new Pod::Checker %options;
+  $checker->parse_from_file($filepath, \*STDERR);
+
+=head1 OPTIONS/ARGUMENTS
+
+C<$filepath> is the input POD to read and C<$outputpath> is
+where to write POD syntax error messages. Either argument may be a scalar
+indicating a file-path, or else a reference to an open filehandle.
+If unspecified, the input-file it defaults to C<\*STDIN>, and
+the output-file defaults to C<\*STDERR>.
+
+=head2 podchecker()
+
+This function can take a hash of options:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item B<-warnings> =E<gt> I<val>
+
+Turn warnings on/off. I<val> is usually 1 for on, but higher values
+trigger additional warnings. See L<"Warnings">.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+B<podchecker> will perform syntax checking of Perl5 POD format documentation.
+
+Curious/ambitious users are welcome to propose additional features they wish
+to see in B<Pod::Checker> and B<podchecker> and verify that the checks are
+consistent with L<perlpod>.
+
+The following checks are currently performed:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+Unknown '=xxxx' commands, unknown 'XE<lt>...E<gt>' interior-sequences,
+and unterminated interior sequences.
+
+=item *
+
+Check for proper balancing of C<=begin> and C<=end>. The contents of such
+a block are generally ignored, i.e. no syntax checks are performed.
+
+=item *
+
+Check for proper nesting and balancing of C<=over>, C<=item> and C<=back>.
+
+=item *
+
+Check for same nested interior-sequences (e.g. 
+C<LE<lt>...LE<lt>...E<gt>...E<gt>>).
+
+=item *
+
+Check for malformed or nonexisting entities C<EE<lt>...E<gt>>.
+
+=item *
+
+Check for correct syntax of hyperlinks C<LE<lt>...E<gt>>. See L<perlpod>
+for details.
+
+=item *
+
+Check for unresolved document-internal links. This check may also reveal
+misspelled links that seem to be internal links but should be links
+to something else.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 DIAGNOSTICS
+
+=head2 Errors
+
+=over 4
+
+=item * empty =headn
+
+A heading (C<=head1> or C<=head2>) without any text? That ain't no
+heading!
+
+=item * =over on line I<N> without closing =back
+
+The C<=over> command does not have a corresponding C<=back> before the
+next heading (C<=head1> or C<=head2>) or the end of the file.
+
+=item * =item without previous =over
+
+=item * =back without previous =over
+
+An C<=item> or C<=back> command has been found outside a
+C<=over>/C<=back> block.
+
+=item * No argument for =begin
+
+A C<=begin> command was found that is not followed by the formatter
+specification.
+
+=item * =end without =begin
+
+A standalone C<=end> command was found.
+
+=item * Nested =begin's
+
+There were at least two consecutive C<=begin> commands without
+the corresponding C<=end>. Only one C<=begin> may be active at
+a time.
+
+=item * =for without formatter specification
+
+There is no specification of the formatter after the C<=for> command.
+
+=item * unresolved internal link I<NAME>
+
+The given link to I<NAME> does not have a matching node in the current
+POD. This also happend when a single word node name is not enclosed in
+C<"">.
+
+=item * Unknown command "I<CMD>"
+
+An invalid POD command has been found. Valid are C<=head1>, C<=head2>,
+C<=head3>, C<=head4>, C<=over>, C<=item>, C<=back>, C<=begin>, C<=end>,
+C<=for>, C<=pod>, C<=cut>
+
+=item * Unknown interior-sequence "I<SEQ>"
+
+An invalid markup command has been encountered. Valid are:
+C<BE<lt>E<gt>>, C<CE<lt>E<gt>>, C<EE<lt>E<gt>>, C<FE<lt>E<gt>>, 
+C<IE<lt>E<gt>>, C<LE<lt>E<gt>>, C<SE<lt>E<gt>>, C<XE<lt>E<gt>>, 
+C<ZE<lt>E<gt>>
+
+=item * nested commands I<CMD>E<lt>...I<CMD>E<lt>...E<gt>...E<gt>
+
+Two nested identical markup commands have been found. Generally this
+does not make sense.
+
+=item * garbled entity I<STRING>
+
+The I<STRING> found cannot be interpreted as a character entity.
+
+=item * Entity number out of range
+
+An entity specified by number (dec, hex, oct) is out of range (1-255).
+
+=item * malformed link LE<lt>E<gt>
+
+The link found cannot be parsed because it does not conform to the
+syntax described in L<perlpod>.
+
+=item * nonempty ZE<lt>E<gt>
+
+The C<ZE<lt>E<gt>> sequence is supposed to be empty.
+
+=item * empty XE<lt>E<gt>
+
+The index entry specified contains nothing but whitespace.
+
+=item * Spurious text after =pod / =cut
+
+The commands C<=pod> and C<=cut> do not take any arguments.
+
+=item * Spurious character(s) after =back
+
+The C<=back> command does not take any arguments.
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Warnings
+
+These may not necessarily cause trouble, but indicate mediocre style.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item * multiple occurrence of link target I<name>
+
+The POD file has some C<=item> and/or C<=head> commands that have
+the same text. Potential hyperlinks to such a text cannot be unique then.
+This warning is printed only with warning level greater than one.
+
+=item * line containing nothing but whitespace in paragraph
+
+There is some whitespace on a seemingly empty line. POD is very sensitive
+to such things, so this is flagged. B<vi> users switch on the B<list>
+option to avoid this problem.
+
+=begin _disabled_
+
+=item * file does not start with =head
+
+The file starts with a different POD directive than head.
+This is most probably something you do not want.
+
+=end _disabled_
+
+=item * previous =item has no contents
+
+There is a list C<=item> right above the flagged line that has no
+text contents. You probably want to delete empty items.
+
+=item * preceding non-item paragraph(s)
+
+A list introduced by C<=over> starts with a text or verbatim paragraph,
+but continues with C<=item>s. Move the non-item paragraph out of the
+C<=over>/C<=back> block.
+
+=item * =item type mismatch (I<one> vs. I<two>)
+
+A list started with e.g. a bulletted C<=item> and continued with a
+numbered one. This is obviously inconsistent. For most translators the
+type of the I<first> C<=item> determines the type of the list.
+
+=item * I<N> unescaped C<E<lt>E<gt>> in paragraph
+
+Angle brackets not written as C<E<lt>ltE<gt>> and C<E<lt>gtE<gt>>
+can potentially cause errors as they could be misinterpreted as
+markup commands. This is only printed when the -warnings level is
+greater than 1.
+
+=item * Unknown entity
+
+A character entity was found that does not belong to the standard
+ISO set or the POD specials C<verbar> and C<sol>.
+
+=item * No items in =over
+
+The list opened with C<=over> does not contain any items.
+
+=item * No argument for =item
+
+C<=item> without any parameters is deprecated. It should either be followed
+by C<*> to indicate an unordered list, by a number (optionally followed
+by a dot) to indicate an ordered (numbered) list or simple text for a
+definition list.
+
+=item * empty section in previous paragraph
+
+The previous section (introduced by a C<=head> command) does not contain
+any text. This usually indicates that something is missing. Note: A 
+C<=head1> followed immediately by C<=head2> does not trigger this warning.
+
+=item * Verbatim paragraph in NAME section
+
+The NAME section (C<=head1 NAME>) should consist of a single paragraph
+with the script/module name, followed by a dash `-' and a very short
+description of what the thing is good for.
+
+=item * =headI<n> without preceding higher level
+
+For example if there is a C<=head2> in the POD file prior to a
+C<=head1>.
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Hyperlinks
+
+There are some warnings wrt. malformed hyperlinks.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item * ignoring leading/trailing whitespace in link
+
+There is whitespace at the beginning or the end of the contents of 
+LE<lt>...E<gt>.
+
+=item * (section) in '$page' deprecated
+
+There is a section detected in the page name of LE<lt>...E<gt>, e.g.
+C<LE<lt>passwd(2)E<gt>>. POD hyperlinks may point to POD documents only.
+Please write C<CE<lt>passwd(2)E<gt>> instead. Some formatters are able
+to expand this to appropriate code. For links to (builtin) functions,
+please say C<LE<lt>perlfunc/mkdirE<gt>>, without ().
+
+=item * alternative text/node '%s' contains non-escaped | or /
+
+The characters C<|> and C</> are special in the LE<lt>...E<gt> context.
+Although the hyperlink parser does its best to determine which "/" is
+text and which is a delimiter in case of doubt, one ought to escape
+these literal characters like this:
+
+  /     E<sol>
+  |     E<verbar>
+
+=back
+
+=head1 RETURN VALUE
+
+B<podchecker> returns the number of POD syntax errors found or -1 if
+there were no POD commands at all found in the file.
+
+=head1 EXAMPLES
+
+See L</SYNOPSIS>
+
+=head1 INTERFACE
+
+While checking, this module collects document properties, e.g. the nodes
+for hyperlinks (C<=headX>, C<=item>) and index entries (C<XE<lt>E<gt>>).
+POD translators can use this feature to syntax-check and get the nodes in
+a first pass before actually starting to convert. This is expensive in terms
+of execution time, but allows for very robust conversions.
+
+Since PodParser-1.24 the B<Pod::Checker> module uses only the B<poderror>
+method to print errors and warnings. The summary output (e.g. 
+"Pod syntax OK") has been dropped from the module and has been included in
+B<podchecker> (the script). This allows users of B<Pod::Checker> to
+control completely the output behaviour. Users of B<podchecker> (the script)
+get the well-known behaviour.
+
+=cut
+
+#############################################################################
+
+use strict;
+#use diagnostics;
+use Carp;
+use Exporter;
+use Pod::Parser;
+
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+@ISA = qw(Pod::Parser);
+@EXPORT = qw(&podchecker);
+
+use vars qw(%VALID_COMMANDS %VALID_SEQUENCES);
+
+my %VALID_COMMANDS = (
+    'pod'    =>  1,
+    'cut'    =>  1,
+    'head1'  =>  1,
+    'head2'  =>  1,
+    'head3'  =>  1,
+    'head4'  =>  1,
+    'over'   =>  1,
+    'back'   =>  1,
+    'item'   =>  1,
+    'for'    =>  1,
+    'begin'  =>  1,
+    'end'    =>  1,
+);
+
+my %VALID_SEQUENCES = (
+    'I'  =>  1,
+    'B'  =>  1,
+    'S'  =>  1,
+    'C'  =>  1,
+    'L'  =>  1,
+    'F'  =>  1,
+    'X'  =>  1,
+    'Z'  =>  1,
+    'E'  =>  1,
+);
+
+# stolen from HTML::Entities
+my %ENTITIES = (
+ # Some normal chars that have special meaning in SGML context
+ amp    => '&',  # ampersand 
+'gt'    => '>',  # greater than
+'lt'    => '<',  # less than
+ quot   => '"',  # double quote
+
+ # PUBLIC ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN//HTML
+ AElig	=> 'Æ',  # capital AE diphthong (ligature)
+ Aacute	=> 'Á',  # capital A, acute accent
+ Acirc	=> 'Â',  # capital A, circumflex accent
+ Agrave	=> 'À',  # capital A, grave accent
+ Aring	=> 'Å',  # capital A, ring
+ Atilde	=> 'Ã',  # capital A, tilde
+ Auml	=> 'Ä',  # capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ Ccedil	=> 'Ç',  # capital C, cedilla
+ ETH	=> 'Ð',  # capital Eth, Icelandic
+ Eacute	=> 'É',  # capital E, acute accent
+ Ecirc	=> 'Ê',  # capital E, circumflex accent
+ Egrave	=> 'È',  # capital E, grave accent
+ Euml	=> 'Ë',  # capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ Iacute	=> 'Í',  # capital I, acute accent
+ Icirc	=> 'Î',  # capital I, circumflex accent
+ Igrave	=> 'Ì',  # capital I, grave accent
+ Iuml	=> 'Ï',  # capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ Ntilde	=> 'Ñ',  # capital N, tilde
+ Oacute	=> 'Ó',  # capital O, acute accent
+ Ocirc	=> 'Ô',  # capital O, circumflex accent
+ Ograve	=> 'Ò',  # capital O, grave accent
+ Oslash	=> 'Ø',  # capital O, slash
+ Otilde	=> 'Õ',  # capital O, tilde
+ Ouml	=> 'Ö',  # capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ THORN	=> 'Þ',  # capital THORN, Icelandic
+ Uacute	=> 'Ú',  # capital U, acute accent
+ Ucirc	=> 'Û',  # capital U, circumflex accent
+ Ugrave	=> 'Ù',  # capital U, grave accent
+ Uuml	=> 'Ü',  # capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ Yacute	=> 'Ý',  # capital Y, acute accent
+ aacute	=> 'á',  # small a, acute accent
+ acirc	=> 'â',  # small a, circumflex accent
+ aelig	=> 'æ',  # small ae diphthong (ligature)
+ agrave	=> 'à',  # small a, grave accent
+ aring	=> 'å',  # small a, ring
+ atilde	=> 'ã',  # small a, tilde
+ auml	=> 'ä',  # small a, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ ccedil	=> 'ç',  # small c, cedilla
+ eacute	=> 'é',  # small e, acute accent
+ ecirc	=> 'ê',  # small e, circumflex accent
+ egrave	=> 'è',  # small e, grave accent
+ eth	=> 'ð',  # small eth, Icelandic
+ euml	=> 'ë',  # small e, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ iacute	=> 'í',  # small i, acute accent
+ icirc	=> 'î',  # small i, circumflex accent
+ igrave	=> 'ì',  # small i, grave accent
+ iuml	=> 'ï',  # small i, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ ntilde	=> 'ñ',  # small n, tilde
+ oacute	=> 'ó',  # small o, acute accent
+ ocirc	=> 'ô',  # small o, circumflex accent
+ ograve	=> 'ò',  # small o, grave accent
+ oslash	=> 'ø',  # small o, slash
+ otilde	=> 'õ',  # small o, tilde
+ ouml	=> 'ö',  # small o, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ szlig	=> 'ß',  # small sharp s, German (sz ligature)
+ thorn	=> 'þ',  # small thorn, Icelandic
+ uacute	=> 'ú',  # small u, acute accent
+ ucirc	=> 'û',  # small u, circumflex accent
+ ugrave	=> 'ù',  # small u, grave accent
+ uuml	=> 'ü',  # small u, dieresis or umlaut mark
+ yacute	=> 'ý',  # small y, acute accent
+ yuml	=> 'ÿ',  # small y, dieresis or umlaut mark
+
+ # Some extra Latin 1 chars that are listed in the HTML3.2 draft (21-May-96)
+ copy   => '©',  # copyright sign
+ reg    => '®',  # registered sign
+ nbsp   => "\240", # non breaking space
+
+ # Additional ISO-8859/1 entities listed in rfc1866 (section 14)
+ iexcl  => '¡',
+ cent   => '¢',
+ pound  => '£',
+ curren => '¤',
+ yen    => '¥',
+ brvbar => '¦',
+ sect   => '§',
+ uml    => '¨',
+ ordf   => 'ª',
+ laquo  => '«',
+'not'   => '¬',    # not is a keyword in perl
+ shy    => '­',
+ macr   => '¯',
+ deg    => '°',
+ plusmn => '±',
+ sup1   => '¹',
+ sup2   => '²',
+ sup3   => '³',
+ acute  => '´',
+ micro  => 'µ',
+ para   => '¶',
+ middot => '·',
+ cedil  => '¸',
+ ordm   => 'º',
+ raquo  => '»',
+ frac14 => '¼',
+ frac12 => '½',
+ frac34 => '¾',
+ iquest => '¿',
+'times' => '×',    # times is a keyword in perl
+ divide => '÷',
+
+# some POD special entities
+ verbar => '|',
+ sol => '/'
+);
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+##---------------------------------
+## Function definitions begin here
+##---------------------------------
+
+sub podchecker( $ ; $ % ) {
+    my ($infile, $outfile, %options) = @_;
+    local $_;
+
+    ## Set defaults
+    $infile  ||= \*STDIN;
+    $outfile ||= \*STDERR;
+
+    ## Now create a pod checker
+    my $checker = new Pod::Checker(%options);
+
+    ## Now check the pod document for errors
+    $checker->parse_from_file($infile, $outfile);
+
+    ## Return the number of errors found
+    return $checker->num_errors();
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+##-------------------------------
+## Method definitions begin here
+##-------------------------------
+
+##################################
+
+=over 4
+
+=item C<Pod::Checker-E<gt>new( %options )>
+
+Return a reference to a new Pod::Checker object that inherits from
+Pod::Parser and is used for calling the required methods later. The
+following options are recognized:
+
+C<-warnings =E<gt> num>
+  Print warnings if C<num> is true. The higher the value of C<num>,
+the more warnings are printed. Currently there are only levels 1 and 2.
+
+C<-quiet =E<gt> num>
+  If C<num> is true, do not print any errors/warnings. This is useful
+when Pod::Checker is used to munge POD code into plain text from within
+POD formatters.
+
+=cut
+
+## sub new {
+##     my $this = shift;
+##     my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+##     my %params = @_;
+##     my $self = {%params};
+##     bless $self, $class;
+##     $self->initialize();
+##     return $self;
+## }
+
+sub initialize {
+    my $self = shift;
+    ## Initialize number of errors, and setup an error function to
+    ## increment this number and then print to the designated output.
+    $self->{_NUM_ERRORS} = 0;
+    $self->{_NUM_WARNINGS} = 0;
+    $self->{-quiet} ||= 0;
+    # set the error handling subroutine
+    $self->errorsub($self->{-quiet} ? sub { 1; } : 'poderror');
+    $self->{_commands} = 0; # total number of POD commands encountered
+    $self->{_list_stack} = []; # stack for nested lists
+    $self->{_have_begin} = ''; # stores =begin
+    $self->{_links} = []; # stack for internal hyperlinks
+    $self->{_nodes} = []; # stack for =head/=item nodes
+    $self->{_index} = []; # text in X<>
+    # print warnings?
+    $self->{-warnings} = 1 unless(defined $self->{-warnings});
+    $self->{_current_head1} = ''; # the current =head1 block
+    $self->parseopts(-process_cut_cmd => 1, -warnings => $self->{-warnings});
+}
+
+##################################
+
+=item C<$checker-E<gt>poderror( @args )>
+
+=item C<$checker-E<gt>poderror( {%opts}, @args )>
+
+Internal method for printing errors and warnings. If no options are
+given, simply prints "@_". The following options are recognized and used
+to form the output:
+
+  -msg
+
+A message to print prior to C<@args>.
+
+  -line
+
+The line number the error occurred in.
+
+  -file
+
+The file (name) the error occurred in.
+
+  -severity
+
+The error level, should be 'WARNING' or 'ERROR'.
+
+=cut
+
+# Invoked as $self->poderror( @args ), or $self->poderror( {%opts}, @args )
+sub poderror {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my %opts = (ref $_[0]) ? %{shift()} : ();
+
+    ## Retrieve options
+    chomp( my $msg  = ($opts{-msg} || "")."@_" );
+    my $line = (exists $opts{-line}) ? " at line $opts{-line}" : "";
+    my $file = (exists $opts{-file}) ? " in file $opts{-file}" : "";
+    unless (exists $opts{-severity}) {
+       ## See if can find severity in message prefix
+       $opts{-severity} = $1  if ( $msg =~ s/^\**\s*([A-Z]{3,}):\s+// );
+    }
+    my $severity = (exists $opts{-severity}) ? "*** $opts{-severity}: " : "";
+
+    ## Increment error count and print message "
+    ++($self->{_NUM_ERRORS}) 
+        if(!%opts || ($opts{-severity} && $opts{-severity} eq 'ERROR'));
+    ++($self->{_NUM_WARNINGS})
+        if(!%opts || ($opts{-severity} && $opts{-severity} eq 'WARNING'));
+    unless($self->{-quiet}) {
+      my $out_fh = $self->output_handle() || \*STDERR;
+      print $out_fh ($severity, $msg, $line, $file, "\n")
+        if($self->{-warnings} || !%opts || $opts{-severity} ne 'WARNING');
+    }
+}
+
+##################################
+
+=item C<$checker-E<gt>num_errors()>
+
+Set (if argument specified) and retrieve the number of errors found.
+
+=cut
+
+sub num_errors {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_NUM_ERRORS} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_NUM_ERRORS};
+}
+
+##################################
+
+=item C<$checker-E<gt>num_warnings()>
+
+Set (if argument specified) and retrieve the number of warnings found.
+
+=cut
+
+sub num_warnings {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_NUM_WARNINGS} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_NUM_WARNINGS};
+}
+
+##################################
+
+=item C<$checker-E<gt>name()>
+
+Set (if argument specified) and retrieve the canonical name of POD as
+found in the C<=head1 NAME> section.
+
+=cut
+
+sub name {
+    return (@_ > 1 && $_[1]) ?
+        ($_[0]->{-name} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-name};  
+}
+
+##################################
+
+=item C<$checker-E<gt>node()>
+
+Add (if argument specified) and retrieve the nodes (as defined by C<=headX>
+and C<=item>) of the current POD. The nodes are returned in the order of
+their occurrence. They consist of plain text, each piece of whitespace is
+collapsed to a single blank.
+
+=cut
+
+sub node {
+    my ($self,$text) = @_;
+    if(defined $text) {
+        $text =~ s/\s+$//s; # strip trailing whitespace
+        $text =~ s/\s+/ /gs; # collapse whitespace
+        # add node, order important!
+        push(@{$self->{_nodes}}, $text);
+        # keep also a uniqueness counter
+        $self->{_unique_nodes}->{$text}++ if($text !~ /^\s*$/s);
+        return $text;
+    }
+    @{$self->{_nodes}};
+}
+
+##################################
+
+=item C<$checker-E<gt>idx()>
+
+Add (if argument specified) and retrieve the index entries (as defined by
+C<XE<lt>E<gt>>) of the current POD. They consist of plain text, each piece
+of whitespace is collapsed to a single blank.
+
+=cut
+
+# set/return index entries of current POD
+sub idx {
+    my ($self,$text) = @_;
+    if(defined $text) {
+        $text =~ s/\s+$//s; # strip trailing whitespace
+        $text =~ s/\s+/ /gs; # collapse whitespace
+        # add node, order important!
+        push(@{$self->{_index}}, $text);
+        # keep also a uniqueness counter
+        $self->{_unique_nodes}->{$text}++ if($text !~ /^\s*$/s);
+        return $text;
+    }
+    @{$self->{_index}};
+}
+
+##################################
+
+=item C<$checker-E<gt>hyperlink()>
+
+Add (if argument specified) and retrieve the hyperlinks (as defined by
+C<LE<lt>E<gt>>) of the current POD. They consist of a 2-item array: line
+number and C<Pod::Hyperlink> object.
+
+=back
+
+=cut
+
+# set/return hyperlinks of the current POD
+sub hyperlink {
+    my $self = shift;
+    if($_[0]) {
+        push(@{$self->{_links}}, $_[0]);
+        return $_[0];
+    }
+    @{$self->{_links}};
+}
+
+## overrides for Pod::Parser
+
+sub end_pod {
+    ## Do some final checks and
+    ## print the number of errors found
+    my $self   = shift;
+    my $infile = $self->input_file();
+
+    if(@{$self->{_list_stack}}) {
+        my $list;
+        while(($list = $self->_close_list('EOF',$infile)) &&
+          $list->indent() ne 'auto') {
+            $self->poderror({ -line => 'EOF', -file => $infile,
+                -severity => 'ERROR', -msg => "=over on line " .
+                $list->start() . " without closing =back" }); #"
+        }
+    }
+
+    # check validity of document internal hyperlinks
+    # first build the node names from the paragraph text
+    my %nodes;
+    foreach($self->node()) {
+        $nodes{$_} = 1;
+        if(/^(\S+)\s+\S/) {
+            # we have more than one word. Use the first as a node, too.
+            # This is used heavily in perlfunc.pod
+            $nodes{$1} ||= 2; # derived node
+        }
+    }
+    foreach($self->idx()) {
+        $nodes{$_} = 3; # index node
+    }
+    foreach($self->hyperlink()) {
+        my ($line,$link) = @$_;
+        # _TODO_ what if there is a link to the page itself by the name,
+        # e.g. in Tk::Pod : L<Tk::Pod/"DESCRIPTION">
+        if($link->node() && !$link->page() && $link->type() ne 'hyperlink') {
+            my $node = $self->_check_ptree($self->parse_text($link->node(),
+                $line), $line, $infile, 'L');
+            if($node && !$nodes{$node}) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line || '', -file => $infile,
+                    -severity => 'ERROR',
+                    -msg => "unresolved internal link '$node'"});
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # check the internal nodes for uniqueness. This pertains to
+    # =headX, =item and X<...>
+    if($self->{-warnings} && $self->{-warnings}>1) {
+      foreach(grep($self->{_unique_nodes}->{$_} > 1,
+        keys %{$self->{_unique_nodes}})) {
+          $self->poderror({ -line => '-', -file => $infile,
+            -severity => 'WARNING',
+            -msg => "multiple occurrence of link target '$_'"});
+      }
+    }
+
+    # no POD found here
+    $self->num_errors(-1) if($self->{_commands} == 0);
+}
+
+# check a POD command directive
+sub command { 
+    my ($self, $cmd, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+    my ($file, $line) = $pod_para->file_line;
+    ## Check the command syntax
+    my $arg; # this will hold the command argument
+    if (! $VALID_COMMANDS{$cmd}) {
+       $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, -severity => 'ERROR',
+                         -msg => "Unknown command '$cmd'" });
+    }
+    else { # found a valid command
+        $self->{_commands}++; # delete this line if below is enabled again
+
+        ##### following check disabled due to strong request
+        #if(!$self->{_commands}++ && $cmd !~ /^head/) {
+        #    $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+        #         -severity => 'WARNING', 
+        #         -msg => "file does not start with =head" });
+        #}
+
+        # check syntax of particular command
+        if($cmd eq 'over') {
+            # check for argument
+            $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file);
+            my $indent = 4; # default
+            if($arg && $arg =~ /^\s*(\d+)\s*$/) {
+                $indent = $1;
+            }
+            # start a new list
+            $self->_open_list($indent,$line,$file);
+        }
+        elsif($cmd eq 'item') {
+            # are we in a list?
+            unless(@{$self->{_list_stack}}) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                     -msg => "=item without previous =over" });
+                # auto-open in case we encounter many more
+                $self->_open_list('auto',$line,$file);
+            }
+            my $list = $self->{_list_stack}->[0];
+            # check whether the previous item had some contents
+            if(defined $self->{_list_item_contents} &&
+              $self->{_list_item_contents} == 0) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                     -msg => "previous =item has no contents" });
+            }
+            if($list->{_has_par}) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                     -msg => "preceding non-item paragraph(s)" });
+                delete $list->{_has_par};
+            }
+            # check for argument
+            $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line, $file);
+            if($arg && $arg =~ /(\S+)/) {
+                $arg =~ s/[\s\n]+$//;
+                my $type;
+                if($arg =~ /^[*]\s*(\S*.*)/) {
+                  $type = 'bullet';
+                  $self->{_list_item_contents} = $1 ? 1 : 0;
+                  $arg = $1;
+                }
+                elsif($arg =~ /^\d+\.?\s*(\S*)/) {
+                  $type = 'number';
+                  $self->{_list_item_contents} = $1 ? 1 : 0;
+                  $arg = $1;
+                }
+                else {
+                  $type = 'definition';
+                  $self->{_list_item_contents} = 1;
+                }
+                my $first = $list->type();
+                if($first && $first ne $type) {
+                    $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                       -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                       -msg => "=item type mismatch ('$first' vs. '$type')"});
+                }
+                else { # first item
+                    $list->type($type);
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                     -msg => "No argument for =item" });
+		$arg = ' '; # empty
+                $self->{_list_item_contents} = 0;
+            }
+            # add this item
+            $list->item($arg);
+            # remember this node
+            $self->node($arg);
+        }
+        elsif($cmd eq 'back') {
+            # check if we have an open list
+            unless(@{$self->{_list_stack}}) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                         -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                         -msg => "=back without previous =over" });
+            }
+            else {
+                # check for spurious characters
+                $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file);
+                if($arg && $arg =~ /\S/) {
+                    $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                         -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                         -msg => "Spurious character(s) after =back" });
+                }
+                # close list
+                my $list = $self->_close_list($line,$file);
+                # check for empty lists
+                if(!$list->item() && $self->{-warnings}) {
+                    $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                         -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                         -msg => "No items in =over (at line " .
+                         $list->start() . ") / =back list"}); #"
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        elsif($cmd =~ /^head(\d+)/) {
+            my $hnum = $1;
+            $self->{"_have_head_$hnum"}++; # count head types
+            if($hnum > 1 && !$self->{"_have_head_".($hnum -1)}) {
+              $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                   -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                   -msg => "=head$hnum without preceding higher level"});
+            }
+            # check whether the previous =head section had some contents
+            if(defined $self->{_commands_in_head} &&
+              $self->{_commands_in_head} == 0 &&
+              defined $self->{_last_head} &&
+              $self->{_last_head} >= $hnum) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                     -msg => "empty section in previous paragraph"});
+            }
+            $self->{_commands_in_head} = -1;
+            $self->{_last_head} = $hnum;
+            # check if there is an open list
+            if(@{$self->{_list_stack}}) {
+                my $list;
+                while(($list = $self->_close_list($line,$file)) &&
+                  $list->indent() ne 'auto') {
+                    $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                         -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                         -msg => "=over on line ". $list->start() .
+                         " without closing =back (at $cmd)" });
+                }
+            }
+            # remember this node
+            $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file);
+            $arg =~ s/[\s\n]+$//s;
+            $self->node($arg);
+            unless(length($arg)) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                     -msg => "empty =$cmd"});
+            }
+            if($cmd eq 'head1') {
+                $self->{_current_head1} = $arg;
+            } else {
+                $self->{_current_head1} = '';
+            }
+        }
+        elsif($cmd eq 'begin') {
+            if($self->{_have_begin}) {
+                # already have a begin
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                     -msg => "Nested =begin's (first at line " .
+                     $self->{_have_begin} . ")"});
+            }
+            else {
+                # check for argument
+                $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file);
+                unless($arg && $arg =~ /(\S+)/) {
+                    $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                         -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                         -msg => "No argument for =begin"});
+                }
+                # remember the =begin
+                $self->{_have_begin} = "$line:$1";
+            }
+        }
+        elsif($cmd eq 'end') {
+            if($self->{_have_begin}) {
+                # close the existing =begin
+                $self->{_have_begin} = '';
+                # check for spurious characters
+                $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file);
+                # the closing argument is optional
+                #if($arg && $arg =~ /\S/) {
+                #    $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                #         -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                #         -msg => "Spurious character(s) after =end" });
+                #}
+            }
+            else {
+                # don't have a matching =begin
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                     -msg => "=end without =begin" });
+            }
+        }
+        elsif($cmd eq 'for') {
+            unless($paragraph =~ /\s*(\S+)\s*/) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                     -msg => "=for without formatter specification" });
+            }
+            $arg = ''; # do not expand paragraph below
+        }
+        elsif($cmd =~ /^(pod|cut)$/) {
+            # check for argument
+            $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file);
+            if($arg && $arg =~ /(\S+)/) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                      -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                      -msg => "Spurious text after =$cmd"});
+            }
+        }
+    $self->{_commands_in_head}++;
+    ## Check the interior sequences in the command-text
+    $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file)
+        unless(defined $arg);
+    }
+}
+
+sub _open_list
+{
+    my ($self,$indent,$line,$file) = @_;
+    my $list = Pod::List->new(
+           -indent => $indent,
+           -start => $line,
+           -file => $file);
+    unshift(@{$self->{_list_stack}}, $list);
+    undef $self->{_list_item_contents};
+    $list;
+}
+
+sub _close_list
+{
+    my ($self,$line,$file) = @_;
+    my $list = shift(@{$self->{_list_stack}});
+    if(defined $self->{_list_item_contents} &&
+      $self->{_list_item_contents} == 0) {
+        $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+            -severity => 'WARNING', 
+            -msg => "previous =item has no contents" });
+    }
+    undef $self->{_list_item_contents};
+    $list;
+}
+
+# process a block of some text
+sub interpolate_and_check {
+    my ($self, $paragraph, $line, $file) = @_;
+    ## Check the interior sequences in the command-text
+    # and return the text
+    $self->_check_ptree(
+        $self->parse_text($paragraph,$line), $line, $file, '');
+}
+
+sub _check_ptree {
+    my ($self,$ptree,$line,$file,$nestlist) = @_;
+    local($_);
+    my $text = '';
+    # process each node in the parse tree
+    foreach(@$ptree) {
+        # regular text chunk
+        unless(ref) {
+            # count the unescaped angle brackets
+            # complain only when warning level is greater than 1
+            if($self->{-warnings} && $self->{-warnings}>1) {
+              my $count;
+              if($count = tr/<>/<>/) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                     -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                     -msg => "$count unescaped <> in paragraph" });
+                }
+            }
+            $text .= $_;
+            next;
+        }
+        # have an interior sequence
+        my $cmd = $_->cmd_name();
+        my $contents = $_->parse_tree();
+        ($file,$line) = $_->file_line();
+        # check for valid tag
+        if (! $VALID_SEQUENCES{$cmd}) {
+            $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                 -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                 -msg => qq(Unknown interior-sequence '$cmd')});
+            # expand it anyway
+            $text .= $self->_check_ptree($contents, $line, $file, "$nestlist$cmd");
+            next;
+        }
+        if($nestlist =~ /$cmd/) {
+            $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                 -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                 -msg => "nested commands $cmd<...$cmd<...>...>"});
+            # _TODO_ should we add the contents anyway?
+            # expand it anyway, see below
+        }
+        if($cmd eq 'E') {
+            # preserve entities
+            if(@$contents > 1 || ref $$contents[0] || $$contents[0] !~ /^\w+$/) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                    -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                    -msg => "garbled entity " . $_->raw_text()});
+                next;
+            }
+            my $ent = $$contents[0];
+            my $val;
+            if($ent =~ /^0x[0-9a-f]+$/i) {
+                # hexadec entity
+                $val = hex($ent);
+            }
+            elsif($ent =~ /^0\d+$/) {
+                # octal
+                $val = oct($ent);
+            }
+            elsif($ent =~ /^\d+$/) {
+                # numeric entity
+                $val = $ent;
+            }
+            if(defined $val) {
+                if($val>0 && $val<256) {
+                    $text .= chr($val);
+                }
+                else {
+                    $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                        -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                        -msg => "Entity number out of range " . $_->raw_text()});
+                }
+            }
+            elsif($ENTITIES{$ent}) {
+                # known ISO entity
+                $text .= $ENTITIES{$ent};
+            }
+            else {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                    -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                    -msg => "Unknown entity " . $_->raw_text()});
+                $text .= "E<$ent>";
+            }
+        }
+        elsif($cmd eq 'L') {
+            # try to parse the hyperlink
+            my $link = Pod::Hyperlink->new($contents->raw_text());
+            unless(defined $link) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                    -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                    -msg => "malformed link " . $_->raw_text() ." : $@"});
+                next;
+            }
+            $link->line($line); # remember line
+            if($self->{-warnings}) {
+                foreach my $w ($link->warning()) {
+                    $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                        -severity => 'WARNING', 
+                        -msg => $w });
+                }
+            }
+            # check the link text
+            $text .= $self->_check_ptree($self->parse_text($link->text(),
+                $line), $line, $file, "$nestlist$cmd");
+            # remember link
+            $self->hyperlink([$line,$link]);
+        }
+        elsif($cmd =~ /[BCFIS]/) {
+            # add the guts
+            $text .= $self->_check_ptree($contents, $line, $file, "$nestlist$cmd");
+        }
+        elsif($cmd eq 'Z') {
+            if(length($contents->raw_text())) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                    -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                    -msg => "Nonempty Z<>"});
+            }
+        }
+        elsif($cmd eq 'X') {
+            my $idx = $self->_check_ptree($contents, $line, $file, "$nestlist$cmd");
+            if($idx =~ /^\s*$/s) {
+                $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+                    -severity => 'ERROR', 
+                    -msg => "Empty X<>"});
+            }
+            else {
+                # remember this node
+                $self->idx($idx);
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            # not reached
+            die "internal error";
+        }
+    }
+    $text;
+}
+
+# process a block of verbatim text
+sub verbatim { 
+    ## Nothing particular to check
+    my ($self, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+
+    $self->_preproc_par($paragraph);
+
+    if($self->{_current_head1} eq 'NAME') {
+        my ($file, $line) = $pod_para->file_line;
+        $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file,
+            -severity => 'WARNING',
+            -msg => 'Verbatim paragraph in NAME section' });
+    }
+}
+
+# process a block of regular text
+sub textblock { 
+    my ($self, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+    my ($file, $line) = $pod_para->file_line;
+
+    $self->_preproc_par($paragraph);
+
+    # skip this paragraph if in a =begin block
+    unless($self->{_have_begin}) {
+        my $block = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file);
+        if($self->{_current_head1} eq 'NAME') {
+            if($block =~ /^\s*(\S+?)\s*[,-]/) {
+                # this is the canonical name
+                $self->{-name} = $1 unless(defined $self->{-name});
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub _preproc_par
+{
+    my $self = shift;
+    $_[0] =~ s/[\s\n]+$//;
+    if($_[0]) {
+        $self->{_commands_in_head}++;
+        $self->{_list_item_contents}++ if(defined $self->{_list_item_contents});
+        if(@{$self->{_list_stack}} && !$self->{_list_stack}->[0]->item()) {
+            $self->{_list_stack}->[0]->{_has_par} = 1;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+1;
+
+__END__
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>.
+
+Brad Appleton E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt> (initial version),
+Marek Rouchal E<lt>marekr@cpan.orgE<gt>
+
+Based on code for B<Pod::Text::pod2text()> written by
+Tom Christiansen E<lt>tchrist@mox.perl.comE<gt>
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Find.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Find.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0b085b8c9e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Find.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+#############################################################################  
+# Pod/Find.pm -- finds files containing POD documentation
+#
+# Author: Marek Rouchal <marekr@cpan.org>
+# 
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2000 by Marek Rouchal (and borrowing code
+# from Nick Ing-Simmon's PodToHtml). All rights reserved.
+# This file is part of "PodParser". Pod::Find is free software;
+# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms
+# as Perl itself.
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Find;
+
+use vars qw($VERSION);
+$VERSION = 1.34;   ## Current version of this package
+require  5.005;   ## requires this Perl version or later
+use Carp;
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Find - find POD documents in directory trees
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  use Pod::Find qw(pod_find simplify_name);
+  my %pods = pod_find({ -verbose => 1, -inc => 1 });
+  foreach(keys %pods) {
+     print "found library POD `$pods{$_}' in $_\n";
+  }
+
+  print "podname=",simplify_name('a/b/c/mymodule.pod'),"\n";
+
+  $location = pod_where( { -inc => 1 }, "Pod::Find" );
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+B<Pod::Find> provides a set of functions to locate POD files.  Note that
+no function is exported by default to avoid pollution of your namespace,
+so be sure to specify them in the B<use> statement if you need them:
+
+  use Pod::Find qw(pod_find);
+
+From this version on the typical SCM (software configuration management)
+files/directories like RCS, CVS, SCCS, .svn are ignored.
+
+=cut
+
+use strict;
+#use diagnostics;
+use Exporter;
+use File::Spec;
+use File::Find;
+use Cwd;
+
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT_OK $VERSION);
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT_OK = qw(&pod_find &simplify_name &pod_where &contains_pod);
+
+# package global variables
+my $SIMPLIFY_RX;
+
+=head2 C<pod_find( { %opts } , @directories )>
+
+The function B<pod_find> searches for POD documents in a given set of
+files and/or directories. It returns a hash with the file names as keys
+and the POD name as value. The POD name is derived from the file name
+and its position in the directory tree.
+
+E.g. when searching in F<$HOME/perl5lib>, the file
+F<$HOME/perl5lib/MyModule.pm> would get the POD name I<MyModule>,
+whereas F<$HOME/perl5lib/Myclass/Subclass.pm> would be
+I<Myclass::Subclass>. The name information can be used for POD
+translators.
+
+Only text files containing at least one valid POD command are found.
+
+A warning is printed if more than one POD file with the same POD name
+is found, e.g. F<CPAN.pm> in different directories. This usually
+indicates duplicate occurrences of modules in the I<@INC> search path.
+
+B<OPTIONS> The first argument for B<pod_find> may be a hash reference
+with options. The rest are either directories that are searched
+recursively or files.  The POD names of files are the plain basenames
+with any Perl-like extension (.pm, .pl, .pod) stripped.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item C<-verbose =E<gt> 1>
+
+Print progress information while scanning.
+
+=item C<-perl =E<gt> 1>
+
+Apply Perl-specific heuristics to find the correct PODs. This includes
+stripping Perl-like extensions, omitting subdirectories that are numeric
+but do I<not> match the current Perl interpreter's version id, suppressing
+F<site_perl> as a module hierarchy name etc.
+
+=item C<-script =E<gt> 1>
+
+Search for PODs in the current Perl interpreter's installation 
+B<scriptdir>. This is taken from the local L<Config|Config> module.
+
+=item C<-inc =E<gt> 1>
+
+Search for PODs in the current Perl interpreter's I<@INC> paths. This
+automatically considers paths specified in the C<PERL5LIB> environment
+as this is prepended to I<@INC> by the Perl interpreter itself.
+
+=back
+
+=cut
+
+# return a hash of the POD files found
+# first argument may be a hashref (options),
+# rest is a list of directories to search recursively
+sub pod_find
+{
+    my %opts;
+    if(ref $_[0]) {
+        %opts = %{shift()};
+    }
+
+    $opts{-verbose} ||= 0;
+    $opts{-perl}    ||= 0;
+
+    my (@search) = @_;
+
+    if($opts{-script}) {
+        require Config;
+        push(@search, $Config::Config{scriptdir})
+            if -d $Config::Config{scriptdir};
+        $opts{-perl} = 1;
+    }
+
+    if($opts{-inc}) {
+        if ($^O eq 'MacOS') {
+            # tolerate '.', './some_dir' and '(../)+some_dir' on Mac OS
+            my @new_INC = @INC;
+            for (@new_INC) {
+                if ( $_ eq '.' ) {
+                    $_ = ':';
+                } elsif ( $_ =~ s|^((?:\.\./)+)|':' x (length($1)/3)|e ) {
+                    $_ = ':'. $_;
+                } else {
+                    $_ =~ s|^\./|:|;
+                }
+            }
+            push(@search, grep($_ ne File::Spec->curdir, @new_INC));
+        } else {
+            push(@search, grep($_ ne File::Spec->curdir, @INC));
+        }
+
+        $opts{-perl} = 1;
+    }
+
+    if($opts{-perl}) {
+        require Config;
+        # this code simplifies the POD name for Perl modules:
+        # * remove "site_perl"
+        # * remove e.g. "i586-linux" (from 'archname')
+        # * remove e.g. 5.00503
+        # * remove pod/ if followed by *.pod (e.g. in pod/perlfunc.pod)
+
+        # Mac OS:
+        # * remove ":?site_perl:"
+        # * remove :?pod: if followed by *.pod (e.g. in :pod:perlfunc.pod)
+
+        if ($^O eq 'MacOS') {
+            $SIMPLIFY_RX =
+              qq!^(?i:\:?site_perl\:|\:?pod\:(?=.*?\\.pod\\z))*!;
+        } else {
+            $SIMPLIFY_RX =
+              qq!^(?i:site(_perl)?/|\Q$Config::Config{archname}\E/|\\d+\\.\\d+([_.]?\\d+)?/|pod/(?=.*?\\.pod\\z))*!;
+        }
+    }
+
+    my %dirs_visited;
+    my %pods;
+    my %names;
+    my $pwd = cwd();
+
+    foreach my $try (@search) {
+        unless(File::Spec->file_name_is_absolute($try)) {
+            # make path absolute
+            $try = File::Spec->catfile($pwd,$try);
+        }
+        # simplify path
+        # on VMS canonpath will vmsify:[the.path], but File::Find::find
+        # wants /unixy/paths
+        $try = File::Spec->canonpath($try) if ($^O ne 'VMS');
+        $try = VMS::Filespec::unixify($try) if ($^O eq 'VMS');
+        my $name;
+        if(-f $try) {
+            if($name = _check_and_extract_name($try, $opts{-verbose})) {
+                _check_for_duplicates($try, $name, \%names, \%pods);
+            }
+            next;
+        }
+        my $root_rx = $^O eq 'MacOS' ? qq!^\Q$try\E! : qq!^\Q$try\E/!;
+        File::Find::find( sub {
+            my $item = $File::Find::name;
+            if(-d) {
+                if($item =~ m{/(?:RCS|CVS|SCCS|\.svn)$}) {
+                    $File::Find::prune = 1;
+                    return;
+                }
+                elsif($dirs_visited{$item}) {
+                    warn "Directory '$item' already seen, skipping.\n"
+                        if($opts{-verbose});
+                    $File::Find::prune = 1;
+                    return;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $dirs_visited{$item} = 1;
+                }
+                if($opts{-perl} && /^(\d+\.[\d_]+)\z/s && eval "$1" != $]) {
+                    $File::Find::prune = 1;
+                    warn "Perl $] version mismatch on $_, skipping.\n"
+                        if($opts{-verbose});
+                }
+                return;
+            }
+            if($name = _check_and_extract_name($item, $opts{-verbose}, $root_rx)) {
+                _check_for_duplicates($item, $name, \%names, \%pods);
+            }
+        }, $try); # end of File::Find::find
+    }
+    chdir $pwd;
+    %pods;
+}
+
+sub _check_for_duplicates {
+    my ($file, $name, $names_ref, $pods_ref) = @_;
+    if($$names_ref{$name}) {
+        warn "Duplicate POD found (shadowing?): $name ($file)\n";
+        warn "    Already seen in ",
+            join(' ', grep($$pods_ref{$_} eq $name, keys %$pods_ref)),"\n";
+    }
+    else {
+        $$names_ref{$name} = 1;
+    }
+    $$pods_ref{$file} = $name;
+}
+
+sub _check_and_extract_name {
+    my ($file, $verbose, $root_rx) = @_;
+
+    # check extension or executable flag
+    # this involves testing the .bat extension on Win32!
+    unless(-f $file && -T $file && ($file =~ /\.(pod|pm|plx?)\z/i || -x $file )) {
+      return undef;
+    }
+
+    return undef unless contains_pod($file,$verbose);
+
+    # strip non-significant path components
+    # TODO what happens on e.g. Win32?
+    my $name = $file;
+    if(defined $root_rx) {
+        $name =~ s!$root_rx!!s;
+        $name =~ s!$SIMPLIFY_RX!!os if(defined $SIMPLIFY_RX);
+    }
+    else {
+        if ($^O eq 'MacOS') {
+            $name =~ s/^.*://s;
+        } else {
+            $name =~ s:^.*/::s;
+        }
+    }
+    _simplify($name);
+    $name =~ s!/+!::!g; #/
+    if ($^O eq 'MacOS') {
+        $name =~ s!:+!::!g; # : -> ::
+    } else {
+        $name =~ s!/+!::!g; # / -> ::
+    }
+    $name;
+}
+
+=head2 C<simplify_name( $str )>
+
+The function B<simplify_name> is equivalent to B<basename>, but also
+strips Perl-like extensions (.pm, .pl, .pod) and extensions like
+F<.bat>, F<.cmd> on Win32 and OS/2, or F<.com> on VMS, respectively.
+
+=cut
+
+# basic simplification of the POD name:
+# basename & strip extension
+sub simplify_name {
+    my ($str) = @_;
+    # remove all path components
+    if ($^O eq 'MacOS') {
+        $str =~ s/^.*://s;
+    } else {
+        $str =~ s:^.*/::s;
+    }
+    _simplify($str);
+    $str;
+}
+
+# internal sub only
+sub _simplify {
+    # strip Perl's own extensions
+    $_[0] =~ s/\.(pod|pm|plx?)\z//i;
+    # strip meaningless extensions on Win32 and OS/2
+    $_[0] =~ s/\.(bat|exe|cmd)\z//i if($^O =~ /mswin|os2/i);
+    # strip meaningless extensions on VMS
+    $_[0] =~ s/\.(com)\z//i if($^O eq 'VMS');
+}
+
+# contribution from Tim Jenness <t.jenness@jach.hawaii.edu>
+
+=head2 C<pod_where( { %opts }, $pod )>
+
+Returns the location of a pod document given a search directory
+and a module (e.g. C<File::Find>) or script (e.g. C<perldoc>) name.
+
+Options:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item C<-inc =E<gt> 1>
+
+Search @INC for the pod and also the C<scriptdir> defined in the
+L<Config|Config> module.
+
+=item C<-dirs =E<gt> [ $dir1, $dir2, ... ]>
+
+Reference to an array of search directories. These are searched in order
+before looking in C<@INC> (if B<-inc>). Current directory is used if
+none are specified.
+
+=item C<-verbose =E<gt> 1>
+
+List directories as they are searched
+
+=back
+
+Returns the full path of the first occurrence to the file.
+Package names (eg 'A::B') are automatically converted to directory
+names in the selected directory. (eg on unix 'A::B' is converted to
+'A/B'). Additionally, '.pm', '.pl' and '.pod' are appended to the
+search automatically if required.
+
+A subdirectory F<pod/> is also checked if it exists in any of the given
+search directories. This ensures that e.g. L<perlfunc|perlfunc> is
+found.
+
+It is assumed that if a module name is supplied, that that name
+matches the file name. Pods are not opened to check for the 'NAME'
+entry.
+
+A check is made to make sure that the file that is found does 
+contain some pod documentation.
+
+=cut
+
+sub pod_where {
+
+  # default options
+  my %options = (
+         '-inc' => 0,
+         '-verbose' => 0,
+         '-dirs' => [ File::Spec->curdir ],
+        );
+
+  # Check for an options hash as first argument
+  if (defined $_[0] && ref($_[0]) eq 'HASH') {
+    my $opt = shift;
+
+    # Merge default options with supplied options
+    %options = (%options, %$opt);
+  }
+
+  # Check usage
+  carp 'Usage: pod_where({options}, $pod)' unless (scalar(@_));
+
+  # Read argument
+  my $pod = shift;
+
+  # Split on :: and then join the name together using File::Spec
+  my @parts = split (/::/, $pod);
+
+  # Get full directory list
+  my @search_dirs = @{ $options{'-dirs'} };
+
+  if ($options{'-inc'}) {
+
+    require Config;
+
+    # Add @INC
+    if ($^O eq 'MacOS' && $options{'-inc'}) {
+        # tolerate '.', './some_dir' and '(../)+some_dir' on Mac OS
+        my @new_INC = @INC;
+        for (@new_INC) {
+            if ( $_ eq '.' ) {
+                $_ = ':';
+            } elsif ( $_ =~ s|^((?:\.\./)+)|':' x (length($1)/3)|e ) {
+                $_ = ':'. $_;
+            } else {
+                $_ =~ s|^\./|:|;
+            }
+        }
+        push (@search_dirs, @new_INC);
+    } elsif ($options{'-inc'}) {
+        push (@search_dirs, @INC);
+    }
+
+    # Add location of pod documentation for perl man pages (eg perlfunc)
+    # This is a pod directory in the private install tree
+    #my $perlpoddir = File::Spec->catdir($Config::Config{'installprivlib'},
+    #					'pod');
+    #push (@search_dirs, $perlpoddir)
+    #  if -d $perlpoddir;
+
+    # Add location of binaries such as pod2text
+    push (@search_dirs, $Config::Config{'scriptdir'})
+      if -d $Config::Config{'scriptdir'};
+  }
+
+  warn "Search path is: ".join(' ', @search_dirs)."\n"
+        if $options{'-verbose'};
+
+  # Loop over directories
+  Dir: foreach my $dir ( @search_dirs ) {
+
+    # Don't bother if can't find the directory
+    if (-d $dir) {
+      warn "Looking in directory $dir\n" 
+        if $options{'-verbose'};
+
+      # Now concatenate this directory with the pod we are searching for
+      my $fullname = File::Spec->catfile($dir, @parts);
+      warn "Filename is now $fullname\n"
+        if $options{'-verbose'};
+
+      # Loop over possible extensions
+      foreach my $ext ('', '.pod', '.pm', '.pl') {
+        my $fullext = $fullname . $ext;
+        if (-f $fullext && 
+         contains_pod($fullext, $options{'-verbose'}) ) {
+          warn "FOUND: $fullext\n" if $options{'-verbose'};
+          return $fullext;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      warn "Directory $dir does not exist\n"
+        if $options{'-verbose'};
+      next Dir;
+    }
+    # for some strange reason the path on MacOS/darwin/cygwin is
+    # 'pods' not 'pod'
+    # this could be the case also for other systems that
+    # have a case-tolerant file system, but File::Spec
+    # does not recognize 'darwin' yet. And cygwin also has "pods",
+    # but is not case tolerant. Oh well...
+    if((File::Spec->case_tolerant || $^O =~ /macos|darwin|cygwin/i)
+     && -d File::Spec->catdir($dir,'pods')) {
+      $dir = File::Spec->catdir($dir,'pods');
+      redo Dir;
+    }
+    if(-d File::Spec->catdir($dir,'pod')) {
+      $dir = File::Spec->catdir($dir,'pod');
+      redo Dir;
+    }
+  }
+  # No match;
+  return undef;
+}
+
+=head2 C<contains_pod( $file , $verbose )>
+
+Returns true if the supplied filename (not POD module) contains some pod
+information.
+
+=cut
+
+sub contains_pod {
+  my $file = shift;
+  my $verbose = 0;
+  $verbose = shift if @_;
+
+  # check for one line of POD
+  unless(open(POD,"<$file")) {
+    warn "Error: $file is unreadable: $!\n";
+    return undef;
+  }
+  
+  local $/ = undef;
+  my $pod = <POD>;
+  close(POD) || die "Error closing $file: $!\n";
+  unless($pod =~ /^=(head\d|pod|over|item)\b/m) {
+    warn "No POD in $file, skipping.\n"
+      if($verbose);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>.
+
+Marek Rouchal E<lt>marekr@cpan.orgE<gt>,
+heavily borrowing code from Nick Ing-Simmons' PodToHtml.
+
+Tim Jenness E<lt>t.jenness@jach.hawaii.eduE<gt> provided
+C<pod_where> and C<contains_pod>.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Checker>, L<perldoc>
+
+=cut
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Functions.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Functions.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0e250cf0b50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Functions.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+package Pod::Functions;
+use strict;
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Functions - Group Perl's functions a la perlfunc.pod
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::Functions;
+    
+    my @misc_ops = @{ $Kinds{ 'Misc' } };
+    my $misc_dsc = $Type_Description{ 'Misc' };
+
+or
+
+    perl /path/to/lib/Pod/Functions.pm
+
+This will print a grouped list of Perl's functions, like the 
+L<perlfunc/"Perl Functions by Category"> section.
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+It exports the following variables:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item %Kinds
+
+This holds a hash-of-lists. Each list contains the functions in the category
+the key denotes.
+
+=item %Type
+
+In this hash each key represents a function and the value is the category.
+The category can be a comma separated list.
+
+=item %Flavor
+
+In this hash each key represents a function and the value is a short 
+description of that function.
+
+=item %Type_Description
+
+In this hash each key represents a category of functions and the value is 
+a short description of that category.
+
+=item @Type_Order
+
+This list of categories is used to produce the same order as the
+L<perlfunc/"Perl Functions by Category"> section.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 CHANGES
+
+1.02 20020813 <abe@ztreet.demon.nl>
+    de-typo in the SYNOPSIS section (thanks Mike Castle for noticing)
+
+1.01 20011229 <abe@ztreet.demon.nl>
+    fixed some bugs that slipped in after 5.6.1
+    added the pod
+    finished making it strict safe
+
+1.00 ??
+    first numbered version
+
+=cut
+
+our $VERSION = '1.03';
+
+require Exporter;
+
+our @ISA = qw(Exporter);
+our @EXPORT = qw(%Kinds %Type %Flavor %Type_Description @Type_Order);
+
+our(%Kinds, %Type, %Flavor);
+
+our %Type_Description = (
+    'ARRAY'	=> 'Functions for real @ARRAYs',
+    'Binary'	=> 'Functions for fixed length data or records',
+    'File'	=> 'Functions for filehandles, files, or directories',
+    'Flow'	=> 'Keywords related to control flow of your perl program',
+    'HASH'	=> 'Functions for real %HASHes',
+    'I/O'	=> 'Input and output functions',
+    'LIST'	=> 'Functions for list data',
+    'Math'	=> 'Numeric functions',
+    'Misc'	=> 'Miscellaneous functions',
+    'Modules'	=> 'Keywords related to perl modules',
+    'Network'	=> 'Fetching network info',
+    'Objects'	=> 'Keywords related to classes and object-orientedness',
+    'Process'	=> 'Functions for processes and process groups',
+    'Regexp'	=> 'Regular expressions and pattern matching',
+    'Socket'	=> 'Low-level socket functions',
+    'String'	=> 'Functions for SCALARs or strings',
+    'SysV'	=> 'System V interprocess communication functions',
+    'Time'	=> 'Time-related functions',
+    'User'	=> 'Fetching user and group info',
+    'Namespace'	=> 'Keywords altering or affecting scoping of identifiers',
+);
+
+our @Type_Order = qw{
+    String
+    Regexp
+    Math
+    ARRAY
+    LIST
+    HASH
+    I/O
+    Binary
+    File
+    Flow
+    Namespace
+    Misc
+    Process
+    Modules
+    Objects
+    Socket
+    SysV
+    User
+    Network
+    Time
+};
+
+while (<DATA>) {
+    chomp;
+    s/#.*//;
+    next unless $_;
+    my($name, $type, $text) = split " ", $_, 3;
+    $Type{$name} = $type;
+    $Flavor{$name} = $text;
+    for my $t ( split /[,\s]+/, $type ) {
+        push @{$Kinds{$t}}, $name;
+    }
+}
+
+close DATA;
+
+my( $typedesc, $list );
+unless (caller) { 
+    foreach my $type ( @Type_Order ) {
+	$list = join(", ", sort @{$Kinds{$type}});
+	$typedesc = $Type_Description{$type} . ":";
+	write;
+    } 
+}
+
+format = 
+
+^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
+    $typedesc 
+~~ ^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
+    $typedesc 
+ ~~  ^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
+	$list
+.
+
+1;
+
+__DATA__
+-X	File	a file test (-r, -x, etc)
+abs	Math	absolute value function
+accept	Socket	accept an incoming socket connect
+alarm	Process	schedule a SIGALRM 
+atan2	Math	arctangent of Y/X in the range -PI to PI
+bind	Socket	binds an address to a socket
+binmode	I/O	prepare binary files for I/O
+bless	Objects	create an object 
+caller	Flow,Namespace	get context of the current subroutine call
+chdir	File	change your current working directory
+chmod	File	changes the permissions on a list of files
+chomp	String 	remove a trailing record separator from a string
+chop	String 	remove the last character from a string
+chown	File	change the owership on a list of files
+chr	String 	get character this number represents
+chroot	File	make directory new root for path lookups
+close	I/O	close file (or pipe or socket) handle
+closedir	I/O	close directory handle
+connect	Socket	connect to a remote socket
+continue	Flow	optional trailing block in a while or foreach 
+cos	Math	cosine function
+crypt	String	one-way passwd-style encryption
+dbmclose	Objects,I/O	breaks binding on a tied dbm file
+dbmopen	Objects,I/O	create binding on a tied dbm file
+defined	Misc	test whether a value, variable, or function is defined
+delete	HASH	deletes a value from a hash
+die	I/O,Flow	raise an exception or bail out
+do	Flow,Modules	turn a BLOCK into a TERM
+dump	Misc,Flow	create an immediate core dump
+each	HASH	retrieve the next key/value pair from a hash
+endgrent	User	be done using group file
+endhostent	User	be done using hosts file
+endnetent	User	be done using networks file
+endprotoent	Network	be done using protocols file
+endpwent	User	be done using passwd file
+endservent	Network	be done using services file
+eof	I/O	test a filehandle for its end
+eval	Flow,Misc	catch exceptions or compile and run code
+exec	Process	abandon this program to run another
+exists	HASH	test whether a hash key is present
+exit	Flow	terminate this program
+exp	Math	raise I<e> to a power
+fcntl	File	file control system call
+fileno	I/O	return file descriptor from filehandle
+flock	I/O	lock an entire file with an advisory lock
+fork	Process	create a new process just like this one
+format	I/O	declare a picture format with use by the write() function
+formline	Misc	internal function used for formats
+getc	I/O	get	the next character from the filehandle
+getgrent	User	get next group record 
+getgrgid	User	get group record given group user ID
+getgrnam	User	get group record given group name
+gethostbyaddr	Network	get host record given its address
+gethostbyname	Network	get host record given name
+gethostent	Network	get next hosts record 
+getlogin	User	return who logged in at this tty
+getnetbyaddr	Network	get network record given its address
+getnetbyname	Network	get networks record given name
+getnetent	Network	get next networks record 
+getpeername	Socket	find the other end of a socket connection
+getpgrp	Process	get process group
+getppid	Process	get parent process ID
+getpriority	Process	get current nice value
+getprotobyname	Network	get protocol record given name
+getprotobynumber	Network	get protocol record numeric protocol
+getprotoent	Network	get next protocols record
+getpwent	User	get next passwd record
+getpwnam	User	get passwd record given user login name
+getpwuid	User	get passwd record given user ID
+getservbyname	Network	get services record given its name
+getservbyport	Network	get services record given numeric port
+getservent	Network	get next services record 
+getsockname	Socket	retrieve the sockaddr for a given socket
+getsockopt	Socket	get socket options on a given socket
+glob	File		expand filenames using wildcards
+gmtime	Time	convert UNIX time into record or string using Greenwich time
+goto	Flow	create spaghetti code
+grep	LIST	locate elements in a list test true against a given criterion
+hex	Math,String	convert a string to a hexadecimal number
+import	Modules,Namespace	patch a module's namespace into your own
+index	String	find a substring within a string
+int	Math	get the integer portion of a number
+ioctl	File	system-dependent device control system call
+join	LIST	join a list into a string using a separator
+keys	HASH	retrieve list of indices from a hash
+kill	Process	send a signal to a process or process group
+last	Flow	exit a block prematurely
+lc	String	return lower-case version of a string
+lcfirst	String	return a string with just the next letter in lower case
+length	String	return the number of bytes in a string
+link	File	create a hard link in the filesytem
+listen	Socket	register your socket as a server 
+local	Misc,Namespace	create a temporary value for a global variable (dynamic scoping)
+localtime	Time	convert UNIX time into record or string using local time
+lock	Threads	get a thread lock on a variable, subroutine, or method
+log	Math	retrieve the natural logarithm for a number
+lstat	File	stat a symbolic link
+m//	Regexp	match a string with a regular expression pattern
+map	LIST	apply a change to a list to get back a new list with the changes
+mkdir	File	create a directory
+msgctl	SysV	SysV IPC message control operations
+msgget	SysV	get SysV IPC message queue
+msgrcv	SysV	receive a SysV IPC message from a message queue
+msgsnd	SysV	send a SysV IPC message to a message queue
+my	Misc,Namespace	declare and assign a local variable (lexical scoping)
+next	Flow	iterate a block prematurely
+no	Modules	unimport some module symbols or semantics at compile time
+package	Modules,Objects,Namespace	declare a separate global namespace
+prototype	Flow,Misc	get the prototype (if any) of a subroutine
+oct	String,Math	convert a string to an octal number
+open	File	open a file, pipe, or descriptor
+opendir	File	open a directory
+ord	String	find a character's numeric representation
+our	Misc,Namespace	declare and assign a package variable (lexical scoping)
+pack	Binary,String	convert a list into a binary representation
+pipe	Process	open a pair of connected filehandles
+pop	ARRAY	remove the last element from an array and return it
+pos	Regexp	find or set the offset for the last/next m//g search
+print	I/O	output a list to a filehandle
+printf	I/O  	output a formatted list to a filehandle
+push	ARRAY	append one or more elements to an array
+q/STRING/	String	singly quote a string
+qq/STRING/	String	doubly quote a string
+quotemeta	Regexp	quote regular expression magic characters
+qw/STRING/	LIST	quote a list of words
+qx/STRING/	Process	backquote quote a string
+qr/STRING/	Regexp	Compile pattern 
+rand	Math	retrieve the next pseudorandom number 
+read	I/O,Binary	fixed-length buffered input from a filehandle
+readdir	I/O	get a directory from a directory handle
+readline	I/O	fetch a record from a file
+readlink	File	determine where a symbolic link is pointing
+readpipe	Process	execute a system command and collect standard output
+recv	Socket	receive a message over a Socket
+redo	Flow	start this loop iteration over again
+ref	Objects	find out the type of thing being referenced
+rename	File	change a filename
+require	Modules	load in external functions from a library at runtime
+reset	Misc	clear all variables of a given name
+return	Flow	get out of a function early
+reverse	String,LIST	flip a string or a list
+rewinddir	I/O	reset directory handle
+rindex	String	right-to-left substring search
+rmdir	File	remove a directory
+s///	Regexp	replace a pattern with a string
+scalar	Misc	force a scalar context
+seek	I/O	reposition file pointer for random-access I/O
+seekdir	I/O	reposition directory pointer 
+select	I/O	reset default output or do I/O multiplexing
+semctl	SysV	SysV semaphore control operations
+semget	SysV	get set of SysV semaphores
+semop	SysV	SysV semaphore operations
+send	Socket	send a message over a socket
+setgrent	User	prepare group file for use
+sethostent	Network	prepare hosts file for use
+setnetent	Network	prepare networks file for use
+setpgrp	Process	set the process group of a process
+setpriority	Process	set a process's nice value
+setprotoent	Network	prepare protocols file for use
+setpwent	User	prepare passwd file for use
+setservent	Network	prepare services file for use
+setsockopt	Socket	set some socket options
+shift	ARRAY	remove the first element of an array, and return it
+shmctl	SysV	SysV shared memory operations
+shmget	SysV	get SysV shared memory segment identifier
+shmread	SysV	read SysV shared memory 
+shmwrite	SysV	write SysV shared memory 
+shutdown	Socket	close down just half of a socket connection
+sin	Math	return the sine of a number
+sleep	Process	block for some number of seconds
+socket	Socket	create a socket
+socketpair	Socket	create a pair of sockets
+sort	LIST	sort a list of values 
+splice	ARRAY	add or remove elements anywhere in an array
+split	Regexp	split up a string using a regexp delimiter
+sprintf	String	formatted print into a string	
+sqrt	Math	square root function
+srand	Math	seed the random number generator
+stat	File	get a file's status information
+study	Regexp	optimize input data for repeated searches
+sub	Flow	declare a subroutine, possibly anonymously
+substr	String	get or alter a portion of a stirng
+symlink	File	create a symbolic link to a file
+syscall	I/O,Binary	execute an arbitrary system call
+sysopen	File	open a file, pipe, or descriptor
+sysread	I/O,Binary	fixed-length unbuffered input from a filehandle
+sysseek	I/O,Binary	position I/O pointer on handle used with sysread and syswrite
+system	Process	run a separate program 
+syswrite	I/O,Binary	fixed-length unbuffered output to a filehandle
+tell	I/O	get current seekpointer on a filehandle
+telldir	I/O	get current seekpointer on a directory handle
+tie	Objects	bind a variable to an object class 
+tied	Objects	get a reference to the object underlying a tied variable
+time	Time	return number of seconds since 1970
+times	Process,Time	return elapsed time for self and child processes
+tr///	String	transliterate a string
+truncate	I/O	shorten a file
+uc	String	return upper-case version of a string
+ucfirst	String	return a string with just the next letter in upper case
+umask	File	set file creation mode mask
+undef	Misc	remove a variable or function definition
+unlink	File	remove one link to a file
+unpack	Binary,LIST	convert binary structure into normal perl variables
+unshift	ARRAY	prepend more elements to the beginning of a list
+untie	Objects	break a tie binding to a variable
+use	Modules,Namespace	load a module and import its namespace
+use 	Objects	load in a module at compile time
+utime	File	set a file's last access and modify times
+values	HASH	return a list of the values in a hash
+vec	Binary	test or set particular bits in a string
+wait	Process	wait for any child process to die
+waitpid	Process	wait for  a particular child process to die
+wantarray	Misc,Flow	get void vs scalar vs list context of current subroutine call
+warn	I/O	print debugging info
+write	I/O	print a picture record
+y///	String	transliterate a string
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Html.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Html.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4b9752bc6fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Html.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,2123 @@
+package Pod::Html;
+use strict;
+require Exporter;
+
+use vars qw($VERSION @ISA @EXPORT @EXPORT_OK);
+$VERSION = 1.0504;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(pod2html htmlify);
+@EXPORT_OK = qw(anchorify);
+
+use Carp;
+use Config;
+use Cwd;
+use File::Spec;
+use File::Spec::Unix;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+use locale;	# make \w work right in non-ASCII lands
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Html - module to convert pod files to HTML
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::Html;
+    pod2html([options]);
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Converts files from pod format (see L<perlpod>) to HTML format.  It
+can automatically generate indexes and cross-references, and it keeps
+a cache of things it knows how to cross-reference.
+
+=head1 ARGUMENTS
+
+Pod::Html takes the following arguments:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item backlink
+
+    --backlink="Back to Top"
+
+Adds "Back to Top" links in front of every C<head1> heading (except for
+the first).  By default, no backlinks are generated.
+
+=item cachedir
+
+    --cachedir=name
+
+Creates the item and directory caches in the given directory.
+
+=item css
+
+    --css=stylesheet
+
+Specify the URL of a cascading style sheet.  Also disables all HTML/CSS
+C<style> attributes that are output by default (to avoid conflicts).
+
+=item flush
+
+    --flush
+
+Flushes the item and directory caches.
+
+=item header
+
+    --header
+    --noheader
+
+Creates header and footer blocks containing the text of the C<NAME>
+section.  By default, no headers are generated.
+
+=item help
+
+    --help
+
+Displays the usage message.
+
+=item hiddendirs
+
+    --hiddendirs
+    --nohiddendirs
+
+Include hidden directories in the search for POD's in podpath if recurse
+is set.
+The default is not to traverse any directory whose name begins with C<.>.
+See L</"podpath"> and L</"recurse">.
+
+[This option is for backward compatibility only.
+It's hard to imagine that one would usefully create a module with a
+name component beginning with C<.>.]
+
+=item htmldir
+
+    --htmldir=name
+
+Sets the directory in which the resulting HTML file is placed.  This
+is used to generate relative links to other files. Not passing this
+causes all links to be absolute, since this is the value that tells
+Pod::Html the root of the documentation tree.
+
+=item htmlroot
+
+    --htmlroot=name
+
+Sets the base URL for the HTML files.  When cross-references are made,
+the HTML root is prepended to the URL.
+
+=item index
+
+    --index
+    --noindex
+
+Generate an index at the top of the HTML file.  This is the default
+behaviour.
+
+=item infile
+
+    --infile=name
+
+Specify the pod file to convert.  Input is taken from STDIN if no
+infile is specified.
+
+=item libpods
+
+    --libpods=name:...:name
+
+List of page names (eg, "perlfunc") which contain linkable C<=item>s.
+
+=item netscape
+
+    --netscape
+    --nonetscape
+
+B<Deprecated>, has no effect. For backwards compatibility only.
+
+=item outfile
+
+    --outfile=name
+
+Specify the HTML file to create.  Output goes to STDOUT if no outfile
+is specified.
+
+=item podpath
+
+    --podpath=name:...:name
+
+Specify which subdirectories of the podroot contain pod files whose
+HTML converted forms can be linked to in cross references.
+
+=item podroot
+
+    --podroot=name
+
+Specify the base directory for finding library pods.
+
+=item quiet
+
+    --quiet
+    --noquiet
+
+Don't display I<mostly harmless> warning messages.  These messages
+will be displayed by default.  But this is not the same as C<verbose>
+mode.
+
+=item recurse
+
+    --recurse
+    --norecurse
+
+Recurse into subdirectories specified in podpath (default behaviour).
+
+=item title
+
+    --title=title
+
+Specify the title of the resulting HTML file.
+
+=item verbose
+
+    --verbose
+    --noverbose
+
+Display progress messages.  By default, they won't be displayed.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 EXAMPLE
+
+    pod2html("pod2html",
+	     "--podpath=lib:ext:pod:vms",
+	     "--podroot=/usr/src/perl",
+	     "--htmlroot=/perl/nmanual",
+	     "--libpods=perlfunc:perlguts:perlvar:perlrun:perlop",
+	     "--recurse",
+	     "--infile=foo.pod",
+	     "--outfile=/perl/nmanual/foo.html");
+
+=head1 ENVIRONMENT
+
+Uses C<$Config{pod2html}> to setup default options.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Tom Christiansen, E<lt>tchrist@perl.comE<gt>.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<perlpod>
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT
+
+This program is distributed under the Artistic License.
+
+=cut
+
+
+my($Cachedir);
+my($Dircache, $Itemcache);
+my @Begin_Stack;
+my @Libpods;
+my($Htmlroot, $Htmldir, $Htmlfile, $Htmlfileurl);
+my($Podfile, @Podpath, $Podroot);
+my $Css;
+
+my $Recurse;
+my $Quiet;
+my $HiddenDirs;
+my $Verbose;
+my $Doindex;
+
+my $Backlink;
+my($Listlevel, @Listtype);
+my $ListNewTerm;
+use vars qw($Ignore);  # need to localize it later.
+
+my(%Items_Named, @Items_Seen);
+my($Title, $Header);
+
+my $Top;
+my $Paragraph;
+
+my %Sections;
+
+# Caches
+my %Pages = ();			# associative array used to find the location
+				#   of pages referenced by L<> links.
+my %Items = ();			# associative array used to find the location
+				#   of =item directives referenced by C<> links
+
+my %Local_Items;
+my $Is83;
+my $PTQuote;
+
+my $Curdir = File::Spec->curdir;
+
+init_globals();
+
+sub init_globals {
+    $Cachedir = ".";		# The directory to which item and directory
+				# caches will be written.
+
+    $Dircache = "pod2htmd.tmp";
+    $Itemcache = "pod2htmi.tmp";
+
+    @Begin_Stack = ();		# begin/end stack
+
+    @Libpods = ();	    	# files to search for links from C<> directives
+    $Htmlroot = "/";	    	# http-server base directory from which all
+				#   relative paths in $podpath stem.
+    $Htmldir = "";	    	# The directory to which the html pages
+				# will (eventually) be written.
+    $Htmlfile = "";		# write to stdout by default
+    $Htmlfileurl = "";		# The url that other files would use to
+				# refer to this file.  This is only used
+				# to make relative urls that point to
+				# other files.
+
+    $Podfile = "";		# read from stdin by default
+    @Podpath = ();		# list of directories containing library pods.
+    $Podroot = $Curdir;	        # filesystem base directory from which all
+				#   relative paths in $podpath stem.
+    $Css = '';                  # Cascading style sheet
+    $Recurse = 1;		# recurse on subdirectories in $podpath.
+    $Quiet = 0;		        # not quiet by default
+    $Verbose = 0;		# not verbose by default
+    $Doindex = 1;   	    	# non-zero if we should generate an index
+    $Backlink = '';		# text for "back to top" links
+    $Listlevel = 0;		# current list depth
+    @Listtype = ();		# list types for open lists
+    $ListNewTerm = 0;		# indicates new term in definition list; used
+    				# to correctly open/close <dd> tags
+    $Ignore = 1;		# whether or not to format text.  we don't
+				#   format text until we hit our first pod
+				#   directive.
+
+    @Items_Seen = ();	        # for multiples of the same item in perlfunc
+    %Items_Named = ();
+    $Header = 0;		# produce block header/footer
+    $Title = '';		# title to give the pod(s)
+    $Top = 1;			# true if we are at the top of the doc.  used
+				#   to prevent the first <hr /> directive.
+    $Paragraph = '';		# which paragraph we're processing (used
+				#   for error messages)
+    $PTQuote = 0;               # status of double-quote conversion
+    %Sections = ();		# sections within this page
+
+    %Local_Items = ();
+    $Is83 = $^O eq 'dos';       # Is it an 8.3 filesystem?
+}
+
+#
+# clean_data: global clean-up of pod data
+#
+sub clean_data($){
+    my( $dataref ) = @_;
+    for my $i ( 0..$#{$dataref} ) {
+	${$dataref}[$i] =~ s/\s+\Z//;
+
+        # have a look for all-space lines
+      if( ${$dataref}[$i] =~ /^\s+$/m and $dataref->[$i] !~ /^\s/ ){
+	    my @chunks = split( /^\s+$/m, ${$dataref}[$i] );
+	    splice( @$dataref, $i, 1, @chunks );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+sub pod2html {
+    local(@ARGV) = @_;
+    local($/);
+    local $_;
+
+    init_globals();
+
+    $Is83 = 0 if (defined (&Dos::UseLFN) && Dos::UseLFN());
+
+    # cache of %Pages and %Items from last time we ran pod2html
+
+    #undef $opt_help if defined $opt_help;
+
+    # parse the command-line parameters
+    parse_command_line();
+
+    # escape the backlink argument (same goes for title but is done later...)
+    $Backlink = html_escape($Backlink) if defined $Backlink;
+
+    # set some variables to their default values if necessary
+    local *POD;
+    unless (@ARGV && $ARGV[0]) {
+	$Podfile  = "-" unless $Podfile;	# stdin
+	open(POD, "<$Podfile")
+		|| die "$0: cannot open $Podfile file for input: $!\n";
+    } else {
+	$Podfile = $ARGV[0];  # XXX: might be more filenames
+	*POD = *ARGV;
+    }
+    $Htmlfile = "-" unless $Htmlfile;	# stdout
+    $Htmlroot = "" if $Htmlroot eq "/";	# so we don't get a //
+    $Htmldir =~ s#/\z## ;               # so we don't get a //
+    if (  $Htmlroot eq ''
+       && defined( $Htmldir )
+       && $Htmldir ne ''
+       && substr( $Htmlfile, 0, length( $Htmldir ) ) eq $Htmldir
+       )
+    {
+	# Set the 'base' url for this file, so that we can use it
+	# as the location from which to calculate relative links
+	# to other files. If this is '', then absolute links will
+	# be used throughout.
+        $Htmlfileurl= "$Htmldir/" . substr( $Htmlfile, length( $Htmldir ) + 1);
+    }
+
+    # read the pod a paragraph at a time
+    warn "Scanning for sections in input file(s)\n" if $Verbose;
+    $/ = "";
+    my @poddata  = <POD>;
+    close(POD);
+
+    # be eol agnostic
+    for (@poddata) {
+	if (/\r/) {
+	    if (/\r\n/) {
+		@poddata = map { s/\r\n/\n/g;
+				 /\n\n/ ?
+				     map { "$_\n\n" } split /\n\n/ :
+				     $_ } @poddata;
+	    } else {
+		@poddata = map { s/\r/\n/g;
+				 /\n\n/ ?
+				     map { "$_\n\n" } split /\n\n/ :
+				     $_ } @poddata;
+	    }
+	    last;
+	}
+    }
+
+    clean_data( \@poddata );
+
+    # scan the pod for =head[1-6] directives and build an index
+    my $index = scan_headings(\%Sections, @poddata);
+
+    unless($index) {
+	warn "No headings in $Podfile\n" if $Verbose;
+    }
+
+    # open the output file
+    open(HTML, ">$Htmlfile")
+	    || die "$0: cannot open $Htmlfile file for output: $!\n";
+
+    # put a title in the HTML file if one wasn't specified
+    if ($Title eq '') {
+	TITLE_SEARCH: {
+ 	    for (my $i = 0; $i < @poddata; $i++) {
+		if ($poddata[$i] =~ /^=head1\s*NAME\b/m) {
+ 		    for my $para ( @poddata[$i, $i+1] ) {
+			last TITLE_SEARCH
+			    if ($Title) = $para =~ /(\S+\s+-+.*\S)/s;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (!$Title and $Podfile =~ /\.pod\z/) {
+	# probably a split pod so take first =head[12] as title
+ 	for (my $i = 0; $i < @poddata; $i++) {
+	    last if ($Title) = $poddata[$i] =~ /^=head[12]\s*(.*)/;
+	}
+	warn "adopted '$Title' as title for $Podfile\n"
+	    if $Verbose and $Title;
+    }
+    if ($Title) {
+	$Title =~ s/\s*\(.*\)//;
+    } else {
+	warn "$0: no title for $Podfile.\n" unless $Quiet;
+	$Podfile =~ /^(.*)(\.[^.\/]+)?\z/s;
+	$Title = ($Podfile eq "-" ? 'No Title' : $1);
+	warn "using $Title" if $Verbose;
+    }
+    $Title = html_escape($Title);
+
+    my $csslink = '';
+    my $bodystyle = ' style="background-color: white"';
+    my $tdstyle = ' style="background-color: #cccccc"';
+
+    if ($Css) {
+      $csslink = qq(\n<link rel="stylesheet" href="$Css" type="text/css" />);
+      $csslink =~ s,\\,/,g;
+      $csslink =~ s,(/.):,$1|,;
+      $bodystyle = '';
+      $tdstyle = '';
+    }
+
+      my $block = $Header ? <<END_OF_BLOCK : '';
+<table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
+<tr><td class="block"$tdstyle valign="middle">
+<big><strong><span class="block">&nbsp;$Title</span></strong></big>
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+END_OF_BLOCK
+
+    print HTML <<END_OF_HEAD;
+<?xml version="1.0" ?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>$Title</title>$csslink
+<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
+<link rev="made" href="mailto:$Config{perladmin}" />
+</head>
+
+<body$bodystyle>
+$block
+END_OF_HEAD
+
+    # load/reload/validate/cache %Pages and %Items
+    get_cache($Dircache, $Itemcache, \@Podpath, $Podroot, $Recurse);
+
+    # scan the pod for =item directives
+    scan_items( \%Local_Items, "", @poddata);
+
+    # put an index at the top of the file.  note, if $Doindex is 0 we
+    # still generate an index, but surround it with an html comment.
+    # that way some other program can extract it if desired.
+    $index =~ s/--+/-/g;
+    print HTML "<p><a name=\"__index__\"></a></p>\n";
+    print HTML "<!-- INDEX BEGIN -->\n";
+    print HTML "<!--\n" unless $Doindex;
+    print HTML $index;
+    print HTML "-->\n" unless $Doindex;
+    print HTML "<!-- INDEX END -->\n\n";
+    print HTML "<hr />\n" if $Doindex and $index;
+
+    # now convert this file
+    my $after_item;             # set to true after an =item
+    warn "Converting input file $Podfile\n" if $Verbose;
+    foreach my $i (0..$#poddata){
+        $PTQuote = 0; # status of quote conversion
+
+	$_ = $poddata[$i];
+	$Paragraph = $i+1;
+	if (/^(=.*)/s) {	# is it a pod directive?
+	    $Ignore = 0;
+	    $after_item = 0;
+	    $_ = $1;
+	    if (/^=begin\s+(\S+)\s*(.*)/si) {# =begin
+		process_begin($1, $2);
+	    } elsif (/^=end\s+(\S+)\s*(.*)/si) {# =end
+		process_end($1, $2);
+	    } elsif (/^=cut/) {			# =cut
+		process_cut();
+	    } elsif (/^=pod/) {			# =pod
+		process_pod();
+	    } else {
+		next if @Begin_Stack && $Begin_Stack[-1] ne 'html';
+
+		if (/^=(head[1-6])\s+(.*\S)/s) {	# =head[1-6] heading
+		    process_head( $1, $2, $Doindex && $index );
+		} elsif (/^=item\s*(.*\S)?/sm) {	# =item text
+		    process_item( $1 );
+		    $after_item = 1;
+		} elsif (/^=over\s*(.*)/) {		# =over N
+		    process_over();
+		} elsif (/^=back/) {		# =back
+		    process_back();
+		} elsif (/^=for\s+(\S+)\s*(.*)/si) {# =for
+		    process_for($1,$2);
+		} else {
+		    /^=(\S*)\s*/;
+		    warn "$0: $Podfile: unknown pod directive '$1' in "
+		       . "paragraph $Paragraph.  ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet;
+		}
+	    }
+	    $Top = 0;
+	}
+	else {
+	    next if $Ignore;
+	    next if @Begin_Stack && $Begin_Stack[-1] ne 'html';
+	    print HTML and next if @Begin_Stack && $Begin_Stack[-1] eq 'html';
+	    my $text = $_;
+
+	    # Open tag for definition list as we have something to put in it
+	    if( $ListNewTerm ){
+		print HTML "<dd>\n";
+		$ListNewTerm = 0;
+	    }
+
+	    if( $text =~ /\A\s+/ ){
+		process_pre( \$text );
+	        print HTML "<pre>\n$text</pre>\n";
+
+	    } else {
+		process_text( \$text );
+
+		# experimental: check for a paragraph where all lines
+		# have some ...\t...\t...\n pattern
+		if( $text =~ /\t/ ){
+		    my @lines = split( "\n", $text );
+		    if( @lines > 1 ){
+			my $all = 2;
+			foreach my $line ( @lines ){
+			    if( $line =~ /\S/ && $line !~ /\t/ ){
+				$all--;
+				last if $all == 0;
+			    }
+			}
+			if( $all > 0 ){
+			    $text =~ s/\t+/<td>/g;
+			    $text =~ s/^/<tr><td>/gm;
+			    $text = '<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">' .
+                                    $text . '</table>';
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		## end of experimental
+
+		print HTML "<p>$text</p>\n";
+	    }
+	    $after_item = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    # finish off any pending directives
+    finish_list();
+
+    # link to page index
+    print HTML "<p><a href=\"#__index__\"><small>$Backlink</small></a></p>\n"
+	if $Doindex and $index and $Backlink;
+
+    print HTML <<END_OF_TAIL;
+$block
+</body>
+
+</html>
+END_OF_TAIL
+
+    # close the html file
+    close(HTML);
+
+    warn "Finished\n" if $Verbose;
+}
+
+##############################################################################
+
+sub usage {
+    my $podfile = shift;
+    warn "$0: $podfile: @_\n" if @_;
+    die <<END_OF_USAGE;
+Usage:  $0 --help --htmlroot=<name> --infile=<name> --outfile=<name>
+           --podpath=<name>:...:<name> --podroot=<name>
+           --libpods=<name>:...:<name> --recurse --verbose --index
+           --netscape --norecurse --noindex --cachedir=<name>
+
+  --backlink     - set text for "back to top" links (default: none).
+  --cachedir     - directory for the item and directory cache files.
+  --css          - stylesheet URL
+  --flush        - flushes the item and directory caches.
+  --[no]header   - produce block header/footer (default is no headers).
+  --help         - prints this message.
+  --hiddendirs   - search hidden directories in podpath
+  --htmldir      - directory for resulting HTML files.
+  --htmlroot     - http-server base directory from which all relative paths
+                   in podpath stem (default is /).
+  --[no]index    - generate an index at the top of the resulting html
+                   (default behaviour).
+  --infile       - filename for the pod to convert (input taken from stdin
+                   by default).
+  --libpods      - colon-separated list of pages to search for =item pod
+                   directives in as targets of C<> and implicit links (empty
+                   by default).  note, these are not filenames, but rather
+                   page names like those that appear in L<> links.
+  --outfile      - filename for the resulting html file (output sent to
+                   stdout by default).
+  --podpath      - colon-separated list of directories containing library
+                   pods (empty by default).
+  --podroot      - filesystem base directory from which all relative paths
+                   in podpath stem (default is .).
+  --[no]quiet    - suppress some benign warning messages (default is off).
+  --[no]recurse  - recurse on those subdirectories listed in podpath
+                   (default behaviour).
+  --title        - title that will appear in resulting html file.
+  --[no]verbose  - self-explanatory (off by default).
+  --[no]netscape - deprecated, has no effect. for backwards compatibility only.
+
+END_OF_USAGE
+
+}
+
+sub parse_command_line {
+    my ($opt_backlink,$opt_cachedir,$opt_css,$opt_flush,$opt_header,$opt_help,
+	$opt_htmldir,$opt_htmlroot,$opt_index,$opt_infile,$opt_libpods,
+	$opt_netscape,$opt_outfile,$opt_podpath,$opt_podroot,$opt_quiet,
+	$opt_recurse,$opt_title,$opt_verbose,$opt_hiddendirs);
+
+    unshift @ARGV, split ' ', $Config{pod2html} if $Config{pod2html};
+    my $result = GetOptions(
+			    'backlink=s' => \$opt_backlink,
+			    'cachedir=s' => \$opt_cachedir,
+			    'css=s'      => \$opt_css,
+			    'flush'      => \$opt_flush,
+			    'header!'    => \$opt_header,
+			    'help'       => \$opt_help,
+			    'hiddendirs!'=> \$opt_hiddendirs,
+			    'htmldir=s'  => \$opt_htmldir,
+			    'htmlroot=s' => \$opt_htmlroot,
+			    'index!'     => \$opt_index,
+			    'infile=s'   => \$opt_infile,
+			    'libpods=s'  => \$opt_libpods,
+			    'netscape!'  => \$opt_netscape,
+			    'outfile=s'  => \$opt_outfile,
+			    'podpath=s'  => \$opt_podpath,
+			    'podroot=s'  => \$opt_podroot,
+			    'quiet!'     => \$opt_quiet,
+			    'recurse!'   => \$opt_recurse,
+			    'title=s'    => \$opt_title,
+			    'verbose!'   => \$opt_verbose,
+			   );
+    usage("-", "invalid parameters") if not $result;
+
+    usage("-") if defined $opt_help;	# see if the user asked for help
+    $opt_help = "";			# just to make -w shut-up.
+
+    @Podpath  = split(":", $opt_podpath) if defined $opt_podpath;
+    @Libpods  = split(":", $opt_libpods) if defined $opt_libpods;
+
+    $Backlink = $opt_backlink if defined $opt_backlink;
+    $Cachedir = $opt_cachedir if defined $opt_cachedir;
+    $Css      = $opt_css      if defined $opt_css;
+    $Header   = $opt_header   if defined $opt_header;
+    $Htmldir  = $opt_htmldir  if defined $opt_htmldir;
+    $Htmlroot = $opt_htmlroot if defined $opt_htmlroot;
+    $Doindex  = $opt_index    if defined $opt_index;
+    $Podfile  = $opt_infile   if defined $opt_infile;
+    $HiddenDirs = $opt_hiddendirs if defined $opt_hiddendirs;
+    $Htmlfile = $opt_outfile  if defined $opt_outfile;
+    $Podroot  = $opt_podroot  if defined $opt_podroot;
+    $Quiet    = $opt_quiet    if defined $opt_quiet;
+    $Recurse  = $opt_recurse  if defined $opt_recurse;
+    $Title    = $opt_title    if defined $opt_title;
+    $Verbose  = $opt_verbose  if defined $opt_verbose;
+
+    warn "Flushing item and directory caches\n"
+	if $opt_verbose && defined $opt_flush;
+    $Dircache = "$Cachedir/pod2htmd.tmp";
+    $Itemcache = "$Cachedir/pod2htmi.tmp";
+    if (defined $opt_flush) {
+	1 while unlink($Dircache, $Itemcache);
+    }
+}
+
+
+my $Saved_Cache_Key;
+
+sub get_cache {
+    my($dircache, $itemcache, $podpath, $podroot, $recurse) = @_;
+    my @cache_key_args = @_;
+
+    # A first-level cache:
+    # Don't bother reading the cache files if they still apply
+    # and haven't changed since we last read them.
+
+    my $this_cache_key = cache_key(@cache_key_args);
+
+    return if $Saved_Cache_Key and $this_cache_key eq $Saved_Cache_Key;
+
+    # load the cache of %Pages and %Items if possible.  $tests will be
+    # non-zero if successful.
+    my $tests = 0;
+    if (-f $dircache && -f $itemcache) {
+	warn "scanning for item cache\n" if $Verbose;
+	$tests = load_cache($dircache, $itemcache, $podpath, $podroot);
+    }
+
+    # if we didn't succeed in loading the cache then we must (re)build
+    #  %Pages and %Items.
+    if (!$tests) {
+	warn "scanning directories in pod-path\n" if $Verbose;
+	scan_podpath($podroot, $recurse, 0);
+    }
+    $Saved_Cache_Key = cache_key(@cache_key_args);
+}
+
+sub cache_key {
+    my($dircache, $itemcache, $podpath, $podroot, $recurse) = @_;
+    return join('!', $dircache, $itemcache, $recurse,
+	@$podpath, $podroot, stat($dircache), stat($itemcache));
+}
+
+#
+# load_cache - tries to find if the caches stored in $dircache and $itemcache
+#  are valid caches of %Pages and %Items.  if they are valid then it loads
+#  them and returns a non-zero value.
+#
+sub load_cache {
+    my($dircache, $itemcache, $podpath, $podroot) = @_;
+    my($tests);
+    local $_;
+
+    $tests = 0;
+
+    open(CACHE, "<$itemcache") ||
+	die "$0: error opening $itemcache for reading: $!\n";
+    $/ = "\n";
+
+    # is it the same podpath?
+    $_ = <CACHE>;
+    chomp($_);
+    $tests++ if (join(":", @$podpath) eq $_);
+
+    # is it the same podroot?
+    $_ = <CACHE>;
+    chomp($_);
+    $tests++ if ($podroot eq $_);
+
+    # load the cache if its good
+    if ($tests != 2) {
+	close(CACHE);
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    warn "loading item cache\n" if $Verbose;
+    while (<CACHE>) {
+	/(.*?) (.*)$/;
+	$Items{$1} = $2;
+    }
+    close(CACHE);
+
+    warn "scanning for directory cache\n" if $Verbose;
+    open(CACHE, "<$dircache") ||
+	die "$0: error opening $dircache for reading: $!\n";
+    $/ = "\n";
+    $tests = 0;
+
+    # is it the same podpath?
+    $_ = <CACHE>;
+    chomp($_);
+    $tests++ if (join(":", @$podpath) eq $_);
+
+    # is it the same podroot?
+    $_ = <CACHE>;
+    chomp($_);
+    $tests++ if ($podroot eq $_);
+
+    # load the cache if its good
+    if ($tests != 2) {
+	close(CACHE);
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    warn "loading directory cache\n" if $Verbose;
+    while (<CACHE>) {
+	/(.*?) (.*)$/;
+	$Pages{$1} = $2;
+    }
+
+    close(CACHE);
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+#
+# scan_podpath - scans the directories specified in @podpath for directories,
+#  .pod files, and .pm files.  it also scans the pod files specified in
+#  @Libpods for =item directives.
+#
+sub scan_podpath {
+    my($podroot, $recurse, $append) = @_;
+    my($pwd, $dir);
+    my($libpod, $dirname, $pod, @files, @poddata);
+
+    unless($append) {
+	%Items = ();
+	%Pages = ();
+    }
+
+    # scan each directory listed in @Podpath
+    $pwd = getcwd();
+    chdir($podroot)
+	|| die "$0: error changing to directory $podroot: $!\n";
+    foreach $dir (@Podpath) {
+	scan_dir($dir, $recurse);
+    }
+
+    # scan the pods listed in @Libpods for =item directives
+    foreach $libpod (@Libpods) {
+	# if the page isn't defined then we won't know where to find it
+	# on the system.
+	next unless defined $Pages{$libpod} && $Pages{$libpod};
+
+	# if there is a directory then use the .pod and .pm files within it.
+	# NOTE: Only finds the first so-named directory in the tree.
+#	if ($Pages{$libpod} =~ /([^:]*[^(\.pod|\.pm)]):/) {
+	if ($Pages{$libpod} =~ /([^:]*(?<!\.pod)(?<!\.pm)):/) {
+	    #  find all the .pod and .pm files within the directory
+	    $dirname = $1;
+	    opendir(DIR, $dirname) ||
+		die "$0: error opening directory $dirname: $!\n";
+	    @files = grep(/(\.pod|\.pm)\z/ && ! -d $_, readdir(DIR));
+	    closedir(DIR);
+
+	    # scan each .pod and .pm file for =item directives
+	    foreach $pod (@files) {
+		open(POD, "<$dirname/$pod") ||
+		    die "$0: error opening $dirname/$pod for input: $!\n";
+		@poddata = <POD>;
+		close(POD);
+		clean_data( \@poddata );
+
+		scan_items( \%Items, "$dirname/$pod", @poddata);
+	    }
+
+	    # use the names of files as =item directives too.
+### Don't think this should be done this way - confuses issues.(WL)
+###	    foreach $pod (@files) {
+###		$pod =~ /^(.*)(\.pod|\.pm)$/;
+###		$Items{$1} = "$dirname/$1.html" if $1;
+###	    }
+	} elsif ($Pages{$libpod} =~ /([^:]*\.pod):/ ||
+		 $Pages{$libpod} =~ /([^:]*\.pm):/) {
+	    # scan the .pod or .pm file for =item directives
+	    $pod = $1;
+	    open(POD, "<$pod") ||
+		die "$0: error opening $pod for input: $!\n";
+	    @poddata = <POD>;
+	    close(POD);
+	    clean_data( \@poddata );
+
+	    scan_items( \%Items, "$pod", @poddata);
+	} else {
+	    warn "$0: shouldn't be here (line ".__LINE__."\n" unless $Quiet;
+	}
+    }
+    @poddata = ();	# clean-up a bit
+
+    chdir($pwd)
+	|| die "$0: error changing to directory $pwd: $!\n";
+
+    # cache the item list for later use
+    warn "caching items for later use\n" if $Verbose;
+    open(CACHE, ">$Itemcache") ||
+	die "$0: error open $Itemcache for writing: $!\n";
+
+    print CACHE join(":", @Podpath) . "\n$podroot\n";
+    foreach my $key (keys %Items) {
+	print CACHE "$key $Items{$key}\n";
+    }
+
+    close(CACHE);
+
+    # cache the directory list for later use
+    warn "caching directories for later use\n" if $Verbose;
+    open(CACHE, ">$Dircache") ||
+	die "$0: error open $Dircache for writing: $!\n";
+
+    print CACHE join(":", @Podpath) . "\n$podroot\n";
+    foreach my $key (keys %Pages) {
+	print CACHE "$key $Pages{$key}\n";
+    }
+
+    close(CACHE);
+}
+
+#
+# scan_dir - scans the directory specified in $dir for subdirectories, .pod
+#  files, and .pm files.  notes those that it finds.  this information will
+#  be used later in order to figure out where the pages specified in L<>
+#  links are on the filesystem.
+#
+sub scan_dir {
+    my($dir, $recurse) = @_;
+    my($t, @subdirs, @pods, $pod, $dirname, @dirs);
+    local $_;
+
+    @subdirs = ();
+    @pods = ();
+
+    opendir(DIR, $dir) ||
+	die "$0: error opening directory $dir: $!\n";
+    while (defined($_ = readdir(DIR))) {
+	if (-d "$dir/$_" && $_ ne "." && $_ ne ".."
+	    && ($HiddenDirs || !/^\./)
+	) {         # directory
+	    $Pages{$_}  = "" unless defined $Pages{$_};
+	    $Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_:";
+	    push(@subdirs, $_);
+	} elsif (/\.pod\z/) {	    	    	    	    # .pod
+	    s/\.pod\z//;
+	    $Pages{$_}  = "" unless defined $Pages{$_};
+	    $Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_.pod:";
+	    push(@pods, "$dir/$_.pod");
+	} elsif (/\.html\z/) { 	    	    	    	    # .html
+	    s/\.html\z//;
+	    $Pages{$_}  = "" unless defined $Pages{$_};
+	    $Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_.pod:";
+	} elsif (/\.pm\z/) { 	    	    	    	    # .pm
+	    s/\.pm\z//;
+	    $Pages{$_}  = "" unless defined $Pages{$_};
+	    $Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_.pm:";
+	    push(@pods, "$dir/$_.pm");
+	} elsif (-T "$dir/$_") {			    # script(?)
+	    local *F;
+	    if (open(F, "$dir/$_")) {
+		my $line;
+		while (defined($line = <F>)) {
+		    if ($line =~ /^=(?:pod|head1)/) {
+			$Pages{$_}  = "" unless defined $Pages{$_};
+			$Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_.pod:";
+			last;
+		    }
+		}
+		close(F);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    closedir(DIR);
+
+    # recurse on the subdirectories if necessary
+    if ($recurse) {
+	foreach my $subdir (@subdirs) {
+	    scan_dir("$dir/$subdir", $recurse);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#
+# scan_headings - scan a pod file for head[1-6] tags, note the tags, and
+#  build an index.
+#
+sub scan_headings {
+    my($sections, @data) = @_;
+    my($tag, $which_head, $otitle, $listdepth, $index);
+
+    local $Ignore = 0;
+
+    $listdepth = 0;
+    $index = "";
+
+    # scan for =head directives, note their name, and build an index
+    #  pointing to each of them.
+    foreach my $line (@data) {
+      if ($line =~ /^=(head)([1-6])\s+(.*)/) {
+        ($tag, $which_head, $otitle) = ($1,$2,$3);
+
+        my $title = depod( $otitle );
+        my $name = anchorify( $title );
+        $$sections{$name} = 1;
+        $title = process_text( \$otitle );
+
+	    while ($which_head != $listdepth) {
+		if ($which_head > $listdepth) {
+		    $index .= "\n" . ("\t" x $listdepth) . "<ul>\n";
+		    $listdepth++;
+		} elsif ($which_head < $listdepth) {
+		    $listdepth--;
+		    $index .= "\n" . ("\t" x $listdepth) . "</ul>\n";
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    $index .= "\n" . ("\t" x $listdepth) . "<li>" .
+	              "<a href=\"#" . $name . "\">" .
+		      $title . "</a></li>";
+	}
+    }
+
+    # finish off the lists
+    while ($listdepth--) {
+	$index .= "\n" . ("\t" x $listdepth) . "</ul>\n";
+    }
+
+    # get rid of bogus lists
+    $index =~ s,\t*<ul>\s*</ul>\n,,g;
+
+    return $index;
+}
+
+#
+# scan_items - scans the pod specified by $pod for =item directives.  we
+#  will use this information later on in resolving C<> links.
+#
+sub scan_items {
+    my( $itemref, $pod, @poddata ) = @_;
+    my($i, $item);
+    local $_;
+
+    $pod =~ s/\.pod\z//;
+    $pod .= ".html" if $pod;
+
+    foreach $i (0..$#poddata) {
+	my $txt = depod( $poddata[$i] );
+
+	# figure out what kind of item it is.
+	# Build string for referencing this item.
+	if ( $txt =~ /\A=item\s+\*\s*(.*)\Z/s ) { # bulleted list
+	    next unless $1;
+	    $item = $1;
+        } elsif( $txt =~ /\A=item\s+(?>\d+\.?)\s*(.*)\Z/s ) { # numbered list
+	    $item = $1;
+	} elsif( $txt =~ /\A=item\s+(.*)\Z/s ) { # definition list
+	    $item = $1;
+	} else {
+	    next;
+	}
+	my $fid = fragment_id( $item );
+	$$itemref{$fid} = "$pod" if $fid;
+    }
+}
+
+#
+# process_head - convert a pod head[1-6] tag and convert it to HTML format.
+#
+sub process_head {
+    my($tag, $heading, $hasindex) = @_;
+
+    # figure out the level of the =head
+    $tag =~ /head([1-6])/;
+    my $level = $1;
+
+    finish_list();
+
+    print HTML "<p>\n";
+    if( $level == 1 && ! $Top ){
+      print HTML "<a href=\"#__index__\"><small>$Backlink</small></a>\n"
+        if $hasindex and $Backlink;
+      print HTML "</p>\n<hr />\n"
+    } else {
+      print HTML "</p>\n";
+    }
+
+    my $name = anchorify( depod( $heading ) );
+    my $convert = process_text( \$heading );
+    print HTML "<h$level><a name=\"$name\">$convert</a></h$level>\n";
+}
+
+
+#
+# emit_item_tag - print an =item's text
+# Note: The global $EmittedItem is used for inhibiting self-references.
+#
+my $EmittedItem;
+
+sub emit_item_tag($$$){
+    my( $otext, $text, $compact ) = @_;
+    my $item = fragment_id( $text );
+
+    $EmittedItem = $item;
+    ### print STDERR "emit_item_tag=$item ($text)\n";
+
+    print HTML '<strong>';
+    if ($Items_Named{$item}++) {
+	print HTML process_text( \$otext );
+    } else {
+        my $name = 'item_' . $item;
+        $name = anchorify($name);
+	print HTML qq{<a name="$name">}, process_text( \$otext ), '</a>';
+    }
+    print HTML "</strong>";
+    undef( $EmittedItem );
+}
+
+sub new_listitem {
+    my( $tag ) = @_;
+    # Open tag for definition list as we have something to put in it
+    if( ($tag ne 'dl') && ($ListNewTerm) ){
+	print HTML "<dd>\n";
+	$ListNewTerm = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( $Items_Seen[$Listlevel]++ == 0 ){
+	# start of new list
+	push( @Listtype, "$tag" );
+	print HTML "<$tag>\n";
+    } else {
+	# if this is not the first item, close the previous one
+	if ( $tag eq 'dl' ){
+	    print HTML "</dd>\n" unless $ListNewTerm;
+	} else {
+	    print HTML "</li>\n";
+	}
+    }
+    my $opentag = $tag eq 'dl' ? 'dt' : 'li';
+    print HTML "<$opentag>";
+}
+
+#
+# process_item - convert a pod item tag and convert it to HTML format.
+#
+sub process_item {
+    my( $otext ) = @_;
+
+    # lots of documents start a list without doing an =over.  this is
+    # bad!  but, the proper thing to do seems to be to just assume
+    # they did do an =over.  so warn them once and then continue.
+    if( $Listlevel == 0 ){
+	warn "$0: $Podfile: unexpected =item directive in paragraph $Paragraph.  ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet;
+	process_over();
+    }
+
+    # remove formatting instructions from the text
+    my $text = depod( $otext );
+
+    # all the list variants:
+    if( $text =~ /\A\*/ ){ # bullet
+        new_listitem( 'ul' );
+        if ($text =~ /\A\*\s+(.+)\Z/s ) { # with additional text
+            my $tag = $1;
+            $otext =~ s/\A\*\s+//;
+            emit_item_tag( $otext, $tag, 1 );
+            print HTML "\n";
+        }
+
+    } elsif( $text =~ /\A\d+/ ){ # numbered list
+        new_listitem( 'ol' );
+        if ($text =~ /\A(?>\d+\.?)\s*(.+)\Z/s ) { # with additional text
+            my $tag = $1;
+            $otext =~ s/\A\d+\.?\s*//;
+            emit_item_tag( $otext, $tag, 1 );
+            print HTML "\n";
+        }
+
+    } else {			# definition list
+        # new_listitem takes care of opening the <dt> tag
+        new_listitem( 'dl' );
+        if( $text =~ /\A(.+)\Z/s ){ # should have text
+            emit_item_tag( $otext, $text, 1 );
+        } else {
+            warn "$0: $Podfile: no term text provided for definition list in paragraph $Paragraph.  ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet;
+        }
+        # write the definition term and close <dt> tag
+        print HTML "</dt>\n";
+        # trigger opening a <dd> tag for the actual definition; will not
+        # happen if next paragraph is also a definition term (=item)
+        $ListNewTerm = 1;
+    }
+    print HTML "\n";
+}
+
+#
+# process_over - process a pod over tag and start a corresponding HTML list.
+#
+sub process_over {
+    # start a new list
+    $Listlevel++;
+    push( @Items_Seen, 0 );
+}
+
+#
+# process_back - process a pod back tag and convert it to HTML format.
+#
+sub process_back {
+    if( $Listlevel == 0 ){
+	warn "$0: $Podfile: unexpected =back directive in paragraph $Paragraph.  ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    # close off the list.  note, I check to see if $Listtype[$Listlevel] is
+    # defined because an =item directive may have never appeared and thus
+    # $Listtype[$Listlevel] may have never been initialized.
+    $Listlevel--;
+    if( defined $Listtype[$Listlevel] ){
+        if ( $Listtype[$Listlevel] eq 'dl' ){
+            print HTML "</dd>\n" unless $ListNewTerm;
+        } else {
+            print HTML "</li>\n";
+        }
+        print HTML "</$Listtype[$Listlevel]>\n";
+        pop( @Listtype );
+        $ListNewTerm = 0;
+    }
+
+    # clean up item count
+    pop( @Items_Seen );
+}
+
+#
+# process_cut - process a pod cut tag, thus start ignoring pod directives.
+#
+sub process_cut {
+    $Ignore = 1;
+}
+
+#
+# process_pod - process a pod tag, thus stop ignoring pod directives
+# until we see a corresponding cut.
+#
+sub process_pod {
+    # no need to set $Ignore to 0 cause the main loop did it
+}
+
+#
+# process_for - process a =for pod tag.  if it's for html, spit
+# it out verbatim, if illustration, center it, otherwise ignore it.
+#
+sub process_for {
+    my($whom, $text) = @_;
+    if ( $whom =~ /^(pod2)?html$/i) {
+	print HTML $text;
+    } elsif ($whom =~ /^illustration$/i) {
+        1 while chomp $text;
+	for my $ext (qw[.png .gif .jpeg .jpg .tga .pcl .bmp]) {
+	  $text .= $ext, last if -r "$text$ext";
+	}
+        print HTML qq{<p align="center"><img src="$text" alt="$text illustration" /></p>};
+    }
+}
+
+#
+# process_begin - process a =begin pod tag.  this pushes
+# whom we're beginning on the begin stack.  if there's a
+# begin stack, we only print if it us.
+#
+sub process_begin {
+    my($whom, $text) = @_;
+    $whom = lc($whom);
+    push (@Begin_Stack, $whom);
+    if ( $whom =~ /^(pod2)?html$/) {
+	print HTML $text if $text;
+    }
+}
+
+#
+# process_end - process a =end pod tag.  pop the
+# begin stack.  die if we're mismatched.
+#
+sub process_end {
+    my($whom, $text) = @_;
+    $whom = lc($whom);
+    if ($Begin_Stack[-1] ne $whom ) {
+	die "Unmatched begin/end at chunk $Paragraph\n"
+    }
+    pop( @Begin_Stack );
+}
+
+#
+# process_pre - indented paragraph, made into <pre></pre>
+#
+sub process_pre {
+    my( $text ) = @_;
+    my( $rest );
+    return if $Ignore;
+
+    $rest = $$text;
+
+    # insert spaces in place of tabs
+    $rest =~ s#(.+)#
+	    my $line = $1;
+            1 while $line =~ s/(\t+)/' ' x ((length($1) * 8) - $-[0] % 8)/e;
+	    $line;
+	#eg;
+
+    # convert some special chars to HTML escapes
+    $rest = html_escape($rest);
+
+    # try and create links for all occurrences of perl.* within
+    # the preformatted text.
+    $rest =~ s{
+	         (\s*)(perl\w+)
+	      }{
+		 if ( defined $Pages{$2} ){	# is a link
+		     qq($1<a href="$Htmlroot/$Pages{$2}">$2</a>);
+		 } elsif (defined $Pages{dosify($2)}) {	# is a link
+		     qq($1<a href="$Htmlroot/$Pages{dosify($2)}">$2</a>);
+		 } else {
+		     "$1$2";
+		 }
+	      }xeg;
+     $rest =~ s{
+		 (<a\ href="?) ([^>:]*:)? ([^>:]*) \.pod: ([^>:]*:)?
+               }{
+                  my $url ;
+                  if ( $Htmlfileurl ne '' ){
+		     # Here, we take advantage of the knowledge
+		     # that $Htmlfileurl ne '' implies $Htmlroot eq ''.
+		     # Since $Htmlroot eq '', we need to prepend $Htmldir
+		     # on the fron of the link to get the absolute path
+		     # of the link's target. We check for a leading '/'
+		     # to avoid corrupting links that are #, file:, etc.
+		     my $old_url = $3 ;
+		     $old_url = "$Htmldir$old_url" if $old_url =~ m{^\/};
+ 		     $url = relativize_url( "$old_url.html", $Htmlfileurl );
+	          } else {
+		     $url = "$3.html" ;
+		  }
+		  "$1$url" ;
+	       }xeg;
+
+    # Look for embedded URLs and make them into links.  We don't
+    # relativize them since they are best left as the author intended.
+
+    my $urls = '(' . join ('|', qw{
+                http
+                telnet
+		mailto
+		news
+                gopher
+                file
+                wais
+                ftp
+            } )
+        . ')';
+
+    my $ltrs = '\w';
+    my $gunk = '/#~:.?+=&%@!\-';
+    my $punc = '.:!?\-;';
+    my $any  = "${ltrs}${gunk}${punc}";
+
+    $rest =~ s{
+	\b			# start at word boundary
+	(			# begin $1  {
+	    $urls :		# need resource and a colon
+	    (?!:)		# Ignore File::, among others.
+	    [$any] +?		# followed by one or more of any valid
+				#   character, but be conservative and
+				#   take only what you need to....
+	)			# end   $1  }
+	(?=
+	    &quot; &gt;		# maybe pre-quoted '<a href="...">'
+	|			# or:
+	    [$punc]*		# 0 or more punctuation
+	    (?:			#   followed
+		[^$any]		#   by a non-url char
+	    |			#   or
+		$		#   end of the string
+	    )			#
+	|			# or else
+	    $			#   then end of the string
+        )
+      }{<a href="$1">$1</a>}igox;
+
+    # text should be as it is (verbatim)
+    $$text = $rest;
+}
+
+
+#
+# pure text processing
+#
+# pure_text/inIS_text: differ with respect to automatic C<> recognition.
+# we don't want this to happen within IS
+#
+sub pure_text($){
+    my $text = shift();
+    process_puretext( $text, \$PTQuote, 1 );
+}
+
+sub inIS_text($){
+    my $text = shift();
+    process_puretext( $text, \$PTQuote, 0 );
+}
+
+#
+# process_puretext - process pure text (without pod-escapes) converting
+#  double-quotes and handling implicit C<> links.
+#
+sub process_puretext {
+    my($text, $quote, $notinIS) = @_;
+
+    ## Guessing at func() or [\$\@%&]*var references in plain text is destined
+    ## to produce some strange looking ref's. uncomment to disable:
+    ## $notinIS = 0;
+
+    my(@words, $lead, $trail);
+
+    # convert double-quotes to single-quotes
+    if( $$quote && $text =~ s/"/''/s ){
+        $$quote = 0;
+    }
+    while ($text =~ s/"([^"]*)"/``$1''/sg) {};
+    $$quote = 1 if $text =~ s/"/``/s;
+
+    # keep track of leading and trailing white-space
+    $lead  = ($text =~ s/\A(\s+)//s ? $1 : "");
+    $trail = ($text =~ s/(\s+)\Z//s ? $1 : "");
+
+    # split at space/non-space boundaries
+    @words = split( /(?<=\s)(?=\S)|(?<=\S)(?=\s)/, $text );
+
+    # process each word individually
+    foreach my $word (@words) {
+	# skip space runs
+ 	next if $word =~ /^\s*$/;
+	# see if we can infer a link
+	if( $notinIS && $word =~ /^(\w+)\((.*)\)$/ ) {
+	    # has parenthesis so should have been a C<> ref
+            ## try for a pagename (perlXXX(1))?
+            my( $func, $args ) = ( $1, $2 );
+            if( $args =~ /^\d+$/ ){
+                my $url = page_sect( $word, '' );
+                if( defined $url ){
+                    $word = "<a href=\"$url\">the $word manpage</a>";
+                    next;
+                }
+            }
+            ## try function name for a link, append tt'ed argument list
+            $word = emit_C( $func, '', "($args)");
+
+#### disabled. either all (including $\W, $\w+{.*} etc.) or nothing.
+##      } elsif( $notinIS && $word =~ /^[\$\@%&*]+\w+$/) {
+##	    # perl variables, should be a C<> ref
+##	    $word = emit_C( $word );
+
+	} elsif ($word =~ m,^\w+://\w,) {
+	    # looks like a URL
+            # Don't relativize it: leave it as the author intended
+	    $word = qq(<a href="$word">$word</a>);
+	} elsif ($word =~ /[\w.-]+\@[\w-]+\.\w/) {
+	    # looks like an e-mail address
+	    my ($w1, $w2, $w3) = ("", $word, "");
+	    ($w1, $w2, $w3) = ("(", $1, ")$2") if $word =~ /^\((.*?)\)(,?)/;
+	    ($w1, $w2, $w3) = ("&lt;", $1, "&gt;$2") if $word =~ /^<(.*?)>(,?)/;
+	    $word = qq($w1<a href="mailto:$w2">$w2</a>$w3);
+	} else {
+	    $word = html_escape($word) if $word =~ /["&<>]/;
+	}
+    }
+
+    # put everything back together
+    return $lead . join( '', @words ) . $trail;
+}
+
+
+#
+# process_text - handles plaintext that appears in the input pod file.
+# there may be pod commands embedded within the text so those must be
+# converted to html commands.
+#
+
+sub process_text1($$;$$);
+sub pattern ($) { $_[0] ? '[^\S\n]+'.('>' x ($_[0] + 1)) : '>' }
+sub closing ($) { local($_) = shift; (defined && s/\s+$//) ? length : 0 }
+
+sub process_text {
+    return if $Ignore;
+    my( $tref ) = @_;
+    my $res = process_text1( 0, $tref );
+    $$tref = $res;
+}
+
+sub process_text1($$;$$){
+    my( $lev, $rstr, $func, $closing ) = @_;
+    my $res = '';
+
+    unless (defined $func) {
+	$func = '';
+	$lev++;
+    }
+
+    if( $func eq 'B' ){
+	# B<text> - boldface
+	$res = '<strong>' . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</strong>';
+
+    } elsif( $func eq 'C' ){
+	# C<code> - can be a ref or <code></code>
+	# need to extract text
+	my $par = go_ahead( $rstr, 'C', $closing );
+
+	## clean-up of the link target
+        my $text = depod( $par );
+
+	### my $x = $par =~ /[BI]</ ? 'yes' : 'no' ;
+        ### print STDERR "-->call emit_C($par) lev=$lev, par with BI=$x\n";
+
+	$res = emit_C( $text, $lev > 1 || ($par =~ /[BI]</) );
+
+    } elsif( $func eq 'E' ){
+	# E<x> - convert to character
+	$$rstr =~ s/^([^>]*)>//;
+	my $escape = $1;
+	$escape =~ s/^(\d+|X[\dA-F]+)$/#$1/i;
+	$res = "&$escape;";
+
+    } elsif( $func eq 'F' ){
+	# F<filename> - italizice
+	$res = '<em>' . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</em>';
+
+    } elsif( $func eq 'I' ){
+	# I<text> - italizice
+	$res = '<em>' . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</em>';
+
+    } elsif( $func eq 'L' ){
+	# L<link> - link
+	## L<text|cross-ref> => produce text, use cross-ref for linking
+	## L<cross-ref> => make text from cross-ref
+	## need to extract text
+	my $par = go_ahead( $rstr, 'L', $closing );
+
+        # some L<>'s that shouldn't be:
+	# a) full-blown URL's are emitted as-is
+        if( $par =~ m{^\w+://}s ){
+	    return make_URL_href( $par );
+	}
+        # b) C<...> is stripped and treated as C<>
+        if( $par =~ /^C<(.*)>$/ ){
+	    my $text = depod( $1 );
+ 	    return emit_C( $text, $lev > 1 || ($par =~ /[BI]</) );
+	}
+
+	# analyze the contents
+	$par =~ s/\n/ /g;   # undo word-wrapped tags
+        my $opar = $par;
+	my $linktext;
+	if( $par =~ s{^([^|]+)\|}{} ){
+	    $linktext = $1;
+	}
+
+	# make sure sections start with a /
+	$par =~ s{^"}{/"};
+
+	my( $page, $section, $ident );
+
+	# check for link patterns
+	if( $par =~ m{^([^/]+?)/(?!")(.*?)$} ){     # name/ident
+            # we've got a name/ident (no quotes)
+            ( $page, $ident ) = ( $1, $2 );
+            ### print STDERR "--> L<$par> to page $page, ident $ident\n";
+
+	} elsif( $par =~ m{^(.*?)/"?(.*?)"?$} ){ # [name]/"section"
+            # even though this should be a "section", we go for ident first
+	    ( $page, $ident ) = ( $1, $2 );
+            ### print STDERR "--> L<$par> to page $page, section $section\n";
+
+	} elsif( $par =~ /\s/ ){  # this must be a section with missing quotes
+	    ( $page, $section ) = ( '', $par );
+            ### print STDERR "--> L<$par> to void page, section $section\n";
+
+        } else {
+	    ( $page, $section ) = ( $par, '' );
+            ### print STDERR "--> L<$par> to page $par, void section\n";
+	}
+
+        # now, either $section or $ident is defined. the convoluted logic
+        # below tries to resolve L<> according to what the user specified.
+        # failing this, we try to find the next best thing...
+        my( $url, $ltext, $fid );
+
+        RESOLVE: {
+            if( defined $ident ){
+                ## try to resolve $ident as an item
+	        ( $url, $fid ) = coderef( $page, $ident );
+                if( $url ){
+                    if( ! defined( $linktext ) ){
+                        $linktext = $ident;
+                        $linktext .= " in " if $ident && $page;
+                        $linktext .= "the $page manpage" if $page;
+                    }
+                    ###  print STDERR "got coderef url=$url\n";
+                    last RESOLVE;
+                }
+                ## no luck: go for a section (auto-quoting!)
+                $section = $ident;
+            }
+            ## now go for a section
+            my $htmlsection = htmlify( $section );
+ 	    $url = page_sect( $page, $htmlsection );
+            if( $url ){
+                if( ! defined( $linktext ) ){
+                    $linktext = $section;
+                    $linktext .= " in " if $section && $page;
+                    $linktext .= "the $page manpage" if $page;
+                }
+                ### print STDERR "got page/section url=$url\n";
+                last RESOLVE;
+            }
+            ## no luck: go for an ident
+            if( $section ){
+                $ident = $section;
+            } else {
+                $ident = $page;
+                $page  = undef();
+            }
+            ( $url, $fid ) = coderef( $page, $ident );
+            if( $url ){
+                if( ! defined( $linktext ) ){
+                    $linktext = $ident;
+                    $linktext .= " in " if $ident && $page;
+                    $linktext .= "the $page manpage" if $page;
+                }
+                ### print STDERR "got section=>coderef url=$url\n";
+                last RESOLVE;
+            }
+
+            # warning; show some text.
+            $linktext = $opar unless defined $linktext;
+            warn "$0: $Podfile: cannot resolve L<$opar> in paragraph $Paragraph.\n" unless $Quiet;
+        }
+
+        # now we have a URL or just plain code
+        $$rstr = $linktext . '>' . $$rstr;
+        if( defined( $url ) ){
+            $res = "<a href=\"$url\">" . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</a>';
+        } else {
+	    $res = '<em>' . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</em>';
+        }
+
+    } elsif( $func eq 'S' ){
+	# S<text> - non-breaking spaces
+	$res = process_text1( $lev, $rstr );
+	$res =~ s/ /&nbsp;/g;
+
+    } elsif( $func eq 'X' ){
+	# X<> - ignore
+	$$rstr =~ s/^[^>]*>//;
+
+    } elsif( $func eq 'Z' ){
+	# Z<> - empty
+	warn "$0: $Podfile: invalid X<> in paragraph $Paragraph.\n"
+	    unless $$rstr =~ s/^>// or $Quiet;
+
+    } else {
+        my $term = pattern $closing;
+	while( $$rstr =~ s/\A(.*?)(([BCEFILSXZ])<(<+[^\S\n]+)?|$term)//s ){
+	    # all others: either recurse into new function or
+	    # terminate at closing angle bracket(s)
+	    my $pt = $1;
+            $pt .= $2 if !$3 &&  $lev == 1;
+	    $res .= $lev == 1 ? pure_text( $pt ) : inIS_text( $pt );
+	    return $res if !$3 && $lev > 1;
+            if( $3 ){
+		$res .= process_text1( $lev, $rstr, $3, closing $4 );
+ 	    }
+	}
+	if( $lev == 1 ){
+	    $res .= pure_text( $$rstr );
+	} else {
+	    warn "$0: $Podfile: undelimited $func<> in paragraph $Paragraph.\n" unless $Quiet;
+	}
+    }
+    return $res;
+}
+
+#
+# go_ahead: extract text of an IS (can be nested)
+#
+sub go_ahead($$$){
+    my( $rstr, $func, $closing ) = @_;
+    my $res = '';
+    my @closing = ($closing);
+    while( $$rstr =~
+      s/\A(.*?)(([BCEFILSXZ])<(<+[^\S\n]+)?|@{[pattern $closing[0]]})//s ){
+	$res .= $1;
+	unless( $3 ){
+	    shift @closing;
+	    return $res unless @closing;
+	} else {
+	    unshift @closing, closing $4;
+	}
+	$res .= $2;
+    }
+    warn "$0: $Podfile: undelimited $func<> in paragraph $Paragraph.\n" unless $Quiet;
+    return $res;
+}
+
+#
+# emit_C - output result of C<text>
+#    $text is the depod-ed text
+#
+sub emit_C($;$$){
+    my( $text, $nocode, $args ) = @_;
+    $args = '' unless defined $args;
+    my $res;
+    my( $url, $fid ) = coderef( undef(), $text );
+
+    # need HTML-safe text
+    my $linktext = html_escape( "$text$args" );
+
+    if( defined( $url ) &&
+        (!defined( $EmittedItem ) || $EmittedItem ne $fid ) ){
+	$res = "<a href=\"$url\"><code>$linktext</code></a>";
+    } elsif( 0 && $nocode ){
+	$res = $linktext;
+    } else {
+	$res = "<code>$linktext</code>";
+    }
+    return $res;
+}
+
+#
+# html_escape: make text safe for HTML
+#
+sub html_escape {
+    my $rest = $_[0];
+    $rest   =~ s/&/&amp;/g;
+    $rest   =~ s/</&lt;/g;
+    $rest   =~ s/>/&gt;/g;
+    $rest   =~ s/"/&quot;/g;
+    # &apos; is only in XHTML, not HTML4.  Be conservative
+    #$rest   =~ s/'/&apos;/g;
+    return $rest;
+}
+
+
+#
+# dosify - convert filenames to 8.3
+#
+sub dosify {
+    my($str) = @_;
+    return lc($str) if $^O eq 'VMS';     # VMS just needs casing
+    if ($Is83) {
+        $str = lc $str;
+        $str =~ s/(\.\w+)/substr ($1,0,4)/ge;
+        $str =~ s/(\w+)/substr ($1,0,8)/ge;
+    }
+    return $str;
+}
+
+#
+# page_sect - make a URL from the text of a L<>
+#
+sub page_sect($$) {
+    my( $page, $section ) = @_;
+    my( $linktext, $page83, $link);	# work strings
+
+    # check if we know that this is a section in this page
+    if (!defined $Pages{$page} && defined $Sections{$page}) {
+	$section = $page;
+	$page = "";
+        ### print STDERR "reset page='', section=$section\n";
+    }
+
+    $page83=dosify($page);
+    $page=$page83 if (defined $Pages{$page83});
+    if ($page eq "") {
+        $link = "#" . anchorify( $section );
+    } elsif ( $page =~ /::/ ) {
+	$page =~ s,::,/,g;
+	# Search page cache for an entry keyed under the html page name,
+	# then look to see what directory that page might be in.  NOTE:
+	# this will only find one page. A better solution might be to produce
+	# an intermediate page that is an index to all such pages.
+	my $page_name = $page ;
+	$page_name =~ s,^.*/,,s ;
+	if ( defined( $Pages{ $page_name } ) &&
+	     $Pages{ $page_name } =~ /([^:]*$page)\.(?:pod|pm):/
+	   ) {
+	    $page = $1 ;
+	}
+	else {
+	    # NOTE: This branch assumes that all A::B pages are located in
+	    # $Htmlroot/A/B.html . This is often incorrect, since they are
+	    # often in $Htmlroot/lib/A/B.html or such like. Perhaps we could
+	    # analyze the contents of %Pages and figure out where any
+	    # cousins of A::B are, then assume that.  So, if A::B isn't found,
+	    # but A::C is found in lib/A/C.pm, then A::B is assumed to be in
+	    # lib/A/B.pm. This is also limited, but it's an improvement.
+	    # Maybe a hints file so that the links point to the correct places
+	    # nonetheless?
+
+	}
+	$link = "$Htmlroot/$page.html";
+	$link .= "#" . anchorify( $section ) if ($section);
+    } elsif (!defined $Pages{$page}) {
+	$link = "";
+    } else {
+	$section = anchorify( $section ) if $section ne "";
+        ### print STDERR "...section=$section\n";
+
+	# if there is a directory by the name of the page, then assume that an
+	# appropriate section will exist in the subdirectory
+#	if ($section ne "" && $Pages{$page} =~ /([^:]*[^(\.pod|\.pm)]):/) {
+	if ($section ne "" && $Pages{$page} =~ /([^:]*(?<!\.pod)(?<!\.pm)):/) {
+	    $link = "$Htmlroot/$1/$section.html";
+            ### print STDERR "...link=$link\n";
+
+	# since there is no directory by the name of the page, the section will
+	# have to exist within a .html of the same name.  thus, make sure there
+	# is a .pod or .pm that might become that .html
+	} else {
+	    $section = "#$section" if $section;
+            ### print STDERR "...section=$section\n";
+
+	    # check if there is a .pod with the page name
+	    if ($Pages{$page} =~ /([^:]*)\.pod:/) {
+		$link = "$Htmlroot/$1.html$section";
+	    } elsif ($Pages{$page} =~ /([^:]*)\.pm:/) {
+		$link = "$Htmlroot/$1.html$section";
+	    } else {
+		$link = "";
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ($link) {
+	# Here, we take advantage of the knowledge that $Htmlfileurl ne ''
+	# implies $Htmlroot eq ''. This means that the link in question
+	# needs a prefix of $Htmldir if it begins with '/'. The test for
+	# the initial '/' is done to avoid '#'-only links, and to allow
+	# for other kinds of links, like file:, ftp:, etc.
+        my $url ;
+        if (  $Htmlfileurl ne '' ) {
+            $link = "$Htmldir$link" if $link =~ m{^/}s;
+            $url = relativize_url( $link, $Htmlfileurl );
+# print( "  b: [$link,$Htmlfileurl,$url]\n" );
+	}
+	else {
+            $url = $link ;
+	}
+	return $url;
+
+    } else {
+	return undef();
+    }
+}
+
+#
+# relativize_url - convert an absolute URL to one relative to a base URL.
+# Assumes both end in a filename.
+#
+sub relativize_url {
+    my ($dest,$source) = @_ ;
+
+    my ($dest_volume,$dest_directory,$dest_file) =
+        File::Spec::Unix->splitpath( $dest ) ;
+    $dest = File::Spec::Unix->catpath( $dest_volume, $dest_directory, '' ) ;
+
+    my ($source_volume,$source_directory,$source_file) =
+        File::Spec::Unix->splitpath( $source ) ;
+    $source = File::Spec::Unix->catpath( $source_volume, $source_directory, '' ) ;
+
+    my $rel_path = '' ;
+    if ( $dest ne '' ) {
+       $rel_path = File::Spec::Unix->abs2rel( $dest, $source ) ;
+    }
+
+    if ( $rel_path ne ''                &&
+         substr( $rel_path, -1 ) ne '/' &&
+         substr( $dest_file, 0, 1 ) ne '#'
+        ) {
+        $rel_path .= "/$dest_file" ;
+    }
+    else {
+        $rel_path .= "$dest_file" ;
+    }
+
+    return $rel_path ;
+}
+
+
+#
+# coderef - make URL from the text of a C<>
+#
+sub coderef($$){
+    my( $page, $item ) = @_;
+    my( $url );
+
+    my $fid = fragment_id( $item );
+    if( defined( $page ) && $page ne "" ){
+	# we have been given a $page...
+	$page =~ s{::}{/}g;
+
+	# Do we take it? Item could be a section!
+	my $base = $Items{$fid} || "";
+	$base =~ s{[^/]*/}{};
+	if( $base ne "$page.html" ){
+            ###   print STDERR "coderef( $page, $item ): items{$fid} = $Items{$fid} = $base => discard page!\n";
+	    $page = undef();
+	}
+
+    } else {
+        # no page - local items precede cached items
+	if( defined( $fid ) ){
+	    if(  exists $Local_Items{$fid} ){
+		$page = $Local_Items{$fid};
+	    } else {
+		$page = $Items{$fid};
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    # if there was a pod file that we found earlier with an appropriate
+    # =item directive, then create a link to that page.
+    if( defined $page ){
+	if( $page ){
+            if( exists $Pages{$page} and $Pages{$page} =~ /([^:.]*)\.[^:]*:/){
+		$page = $1 . '.html';
+	    }
+	    my $link = "$Htmlroot/$page#item_" . anchorify($fid);
+
+	    # Here, we take advantage of the knowledge that $Htmlfileurl
+	    # ne '' implies $Htmlroot eq ''.
+	    if (  $Htmlfileurl ne '' ) {
+		$link = "$Htmldir$link" ;
+		$url = relativize_url( $link, $Htmlfileurl ) ;
+	    } else {
+		$url = $link ;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    $url = "#item_" . anchorify($fid);
+	}
+
+	confess "url has space: $url" if $url =~ /"[^"]*\s[^"]*"/;
+    }
+    return( $url, $fid );
+}
+
+
+
+#
+# Adapted from Nick Ing-Simmons' PodToHtml package.
+sub relative_url {
+    my $source_file = shift ;
+    my $destination_file = shift;
+
+    my $source = URI::file->new_abs($source_file);
+    my $uo = URI::file->new($destination_file,$source)->abs;
+    return $uo->rel->as_string;
+}
+
+
+#
+# finish_list - finish off any pending HTML lists.  this should be called
+# after the entire pod file has been read and converted.
+#
+sub finish_list {
+    if( $Listlevel ){
+	warn "$0: $Podfile: unterminated list(s) at =head in paragraph $Paragraph.  ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet;
+	while( $Listlevel ){
+            process_back();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#
+# htmlify - converts a pod section specification to a suitable section
+# specification for HTML. Note that we keep spaces and special characters
+# except ", ? (Netscape problem) and the hyphen (writer's problem...).
+#
+sub htmlify {
+    my( $heading) = @_;
+    $heading =~ s/(\s+)/ /g;
+    $heading =~ s/\s+\Z//;
+    $heading =~ s/\A\s+//;
+    # The hyphen is a disgrace to the English language.
+    $heading =~ s/[-"?]//g;
+    $heading = lc( $heading );
+    return $heading;
+}
+
+#
+# similar to htmlify, but turns non-alphanumerics into underscores
+#
+sub anchorify {
+    my ($anchor) = @_;
+    $anchor = htmlify($anchor);
+    $anchor =~ s/\W/_/g;
+    return $anchor;
+}
+
+#
+# depod - convert text by eliminating all interior sequences
+# Note: can be called with copy or modify semantics
+#
+my %E2c;
+$E2c{lt}     = '<';
+$E2c{gt}     = '>';
+$E2c{sol}    = '/';
+$E2c{verbar} = '|';
+$E2c{amp}    = '&'; # in Tk's pods
+
+sub depod1($;$$);
+
+sub depod($){
+    my $string;
+    if( ref( $_[0] ) ){
+	$string =  ${$_[0]};
+        ${$_[0]} = depod1( \$string );
+    } else {
+	$string =  $_[0];
+        depod1( \$string );
+    }
+}
+
+sub depod1($;$$){
+  my( $rstr, $func, $closing ) = @_;
+  my $res = '';
+  return $res unless defined $$rstr;
+  if( ! defined( $func ) ){
+      # skip to next begin of an interior sequence
+      while( $$rstr =~ s/\A(.*?)([BCEFILSXZ])<(<+[^\S\n]+)?// ){
+         # recurse into its text
+	  $res .= $1 . depod1( $rstr, $2, closing $3);
+      }
+      $res .= $$rstr;
+  } elsif( $func eq 'E' ){
+      # E<x> - convert to character
+      $$rstr =~ s/^([^>]*)>//;
+      $res .= $E2c{$1} || "";
+  } elsif( $func eq 'X' ){
+      # X<> - ignore
+      $$rstr =~ s/^[^>]*>//;
+  } elsif( $func eq 'Z' ){
+      # Z<> - empty
+      $$rstr =~ s/^>//;
+  } else {
+      # all others: either recurse into new function or
+      # terminate at closing angle bracket
+      my $term = pattern $closing;
+      while( $$rstr =~ s/\A(.*?)(([BCEFILSXZ])<(<+[^\S\n]+)?|$term)// ){
+	  $res .= $1;
+	  last unless $3;
+          $res .= depod1( $rstr, $3, closing $4 );
+      }
+      ## If we're here and $2 ne '>': undelimited interior sequence.
+      ## Ignored, as this is called without proper indication of where we are.
+      ## Rely on process_text to produce diagnostics.
+  }
+  return $res;
+}
+
+#
+# fragment_id - construct a fragment identifier from:
+#   a) =item text
+#   b) contents of C<...>
+#
+my @HC;
+sub fragment_id {
+    my $text = shift();
+    $text =~ s/\s+\Z//s;
+    if( $text ){
+	# a method or function?
+	return $1 if $text =~ /(\w+)\s*\(/;
+	return $1 if $text =~ /->\s*(\w+)\s*\(?/;
+
+	# a variable name?
+	return $1 if $text =~ /^([\$\@%*]\S+)/;
+
+	# some pattern matching operator?
+	return $1 if $text =~ m|^(\w+/).*/\w*$|;
+
+	# fancy stuff... like "do { }"
+	return $1 if $text =~ m|^(\w+)\s*{.*}$|;
+
+	# honour the perlfunc manpage: func [PAR[,[ ]PAR]...]
+	# and some funnies with ... Module ...
+	return $1 if $text =~ m{^([a-z\d_]+)(\s+[A-Z\d,/& ]+)?$};
+	return $1 if $text =~ m{^([a-z\d]+)\s+Module(\s+[A-Z\d,/& ]+)?$};
+
+	# text? normalize!
+	$text =~ s/\s+/_/sg;
+	$text =~ s{(\W)}{
+         defined( $HC[ord($1)] ) ? $HC[ord($1)]
+                 : ( $HC[ord($1)] = sprintf( "%%%02X", ord($1) ) ) }gxe;
+        $text = substr( $text, 0, 50 );
+    } else {
+	return undef();
+    }
+}
+
+#
+# make_URL_href - generate HTML href from URL
+# Special treatment for CGI queries.
+#
+sub make_URL_href($){
+    my( $url ) = @_;
+    if( $url !~
+        s{^(http:[-\w/#~:.+=&%@!]+)(\?.*)$}{<a href="$1$2">$1</a>}i ){
+        $url = "<a href=\"$url\">$url</a>";
+    }
+    return $url;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/InputObjects.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/InputObjects.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fa5f61f9a70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/InputObjects.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,941 @@
+#############################################################################
+# Pod/InputObjects.pm -- package which defines objects for input streams
+# and paragraphs and commands when parsing POD docs.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Bradford Appleton. All rights reserved.
+# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software;
+# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms
+# as Perl itself.
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::InputObjects;
+
+use vars qw($VERSION);
+$VERSION = 1.30;  ## Current version of this package
+require  5.005;    ## requires this Perl version or later
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::InputObjects - objects representing POD input paragraphs, commands, etc.
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::InputObjects;
+
+=head1 REQUIRES
+
+perl5.004, Carp
+
+=head1 EXPORTS
+
+Nothing.
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This module defines some basic input objects used by B<Pod::Parser> when
+reading and parsing POD text from an input source. The following objects
+are defined:
+
+=over 4
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=item package B<Pod::InputSource>
+
+An object corresponding to a source of POD input text. It is mostly a
+wrapper around a filehandle or C<IO::Handle>-type object (or anything
+that implements the C<getline()> method) which keeps track of some
+additional information relevant to the parsing of PODs.
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=item package B<Pod::Paragraph>
+
+An object corresponding to a paragraph of POD input text. It may be a
+plain paragraph, a verbatim paragraph, or a command paragraph (see
+L<perlpod>).
+
+=item package B<Pod::InteriorSequence>
+
+An object corresponding to an interior sequence command from the POD
+input text (see L<perlpod>).
+
+=item package B<Pod::ParseTree>
+
+An object corresponding to a tree of parsed POD text. Each "node" in
+a parse-tree (or I<ptree>) is either a text-string or a reference to
+a B<Pod::InteriorSequence> object. The nodes appear in the parse-tree
+in the order in which they were parsed from left-to-right.
+
+=back
+
+Each of these input objects are described in further detail in the
+sections which follow.
+
+=cut
+
+#############################################################################
+
+use strict;
+#use diagnostics;
+#use Carp;
+
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::InputSource;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head1 B<Pod::InputSource>
+
+This object corresponds to an input source or stream of POD
+documentation. When parsing PODs, it is necessary to associate and store
+certain context information with each input source. All of this
+information is kept together with the stream itself in one of these
+C<Pod::InputSource> objects. Each such object is merely a wrapper around
+an C<IO::Handle> object of some kind (or at least something that
+implements the C<getline()> method). They have the following
+methods/attributes:
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head2 B<new()>
+
+        my $pod_input1 = Pod::InputSource->new(-handle => $filehandle);
+        my $pod_input2 = new Pod::InputSource(-handle => $filehandle,
+                                              -name   => $name);
+        my $pod_input3 = new Pod::InputSource(-handle => \*STDIN);
+        my $pod_input4 = Pod::InputSource->new(-handle => \*STDIN,
+                                               -name => "(STDIN)");
+
+This is a class method that constructs a C<Pod::InputSource> object and
+returns a reference to the new input source object. It takes one or more
+keyword arguments in the form of a hash. The keyword C<-handle> is
+required and designates the corresponding input handle. The keyword
+C<-name> is optional and specifies the name associated with the input
+handle (typically a file name).
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+sub new {
+    ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname
+    my $this = shift;
+    my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+
+    ## Any remaining arguments are treated as initial values for the
+    ## hash that is used to represent this object. Note that we default
+    ## certain values by specifying them *before* the arguments passed.
+    ## If they are in the argument list, they will override the defaults.
+    my $self = { -name        => '(unknown)',
+                 -handle      => undef,
+                 -was_cutting => 0,
+                 @_ };
+
+    ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization
+    bless $self, $class;
+    return $self;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head2 B<name()>
+
+        my $filename = $pod_input->name();
+        $pod_input->name($new_filename_to_use);
+
+This method gets/sets the name of the input source (usually a filename).
+If no argument is given, it returns a string containing the name of
+the input source; otherwise it sets the name of the input source to the
+contents of the given argument.
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+sub name {
+   (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{'-name'} = $_[1];
+   return $_[0]->{'-name'};
+}
+
+## allow 'filename' as an alias for 'name'
+*filename = \&name;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head2 B<handle()>
+
+        my $handle = $pod_input->handle();
+
+Returns a reference to the handle object from which input is read (the
+one used to contructed this input source object).
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+sub handle {
+   return $_[0]->{'-handle'};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head2 B<was_cutting()>
+
+        print "Yes.\n" if ($pod_input->was_cutting());
+
+The value of the C<cutting> state (that the B<cutting()> method would
+have returned) immediately before any input was read from this input
+stream. After all input from this stream has been read, the C<cutting>
+state is restored to this value.
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+sub was_cutting {
+   (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{-was_cutting} = $_[1];
+   return $_[0]->{-was_cutting};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Paragraph;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<Pod::Paragraph>
+
+An object representing a paragraph of POD input text.
+It has the following methods/attributes:
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 Pod::Paragraph-E<gt>B<new()>
+
+        my $pod_para1 = Pod::Paragraph->new(-text => $text);
+        my $pod_para2 = Pod::Paragraph->new(-name => $cmd,
+                                            -text => $text);
+        my $pod_para3 = new Pod::Paragraph(-text => $text);
+        my $pod_para4 = new Pod::Paragraph(-name => $cmd,
+                                           -text => $text);
+        my $pod_para5 = Pod::Paragraph->new(-name => $cmd,
+                                            -text => $text,
+                                            -file => $filename,
+                                            -line => $line_number);
+
+This is a class method that constructs a C<Pod::Paragraph> object and
+returns a reference to the new paragraph object. It may be given one or
+two keyword arguments. The C<-text> keyword indicates the corresponding
+text of the POD paragraph. The C<-name> keyword indicates the name of
+the corresponding POD command, such as C<head1> or C<item> (it should
+I<not> contain the C<=> prefix); this is needed only if the POD
+paragraph corresponds to a command paragraph. The C<-file> and C<-line>
+keywords indicate the filename and line number corresponding to the
+beginning of the paragraph 
+
+=cut
+
+sub new {
+    ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname
+    my $this = shift;
+    my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+
+    ## Any remaining arguments are treated as initial values for the
+    ## hash that is used to represent this object. Note that we default
+    ## certain values by specifying them *before* the arguments passed.
+    ## If they are in the argument list, they will override the defaults.
+    my $self = {
+          -name       => undef,
+          -text       => (@_ == 1) ? shift : undef,
+          -file       => '<unknown-file>',
+          -line       => 0,
+          -prefix     => '=',
+          -separator  => ' ',
+          -ptree => [],
+          @_
+    };
+
+    ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization
+    bless $self, $class;
+    return $self;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<cmd_name()>
+
+        my $para_cmd = $pod_para->cmd_name();
+
+If this paragraph is a command paragraph, then this method will return 
+the name of the command (I<without> any leading C<=> prefix).
+
+=cut
+
+sub cmd_name {
+   (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{'-name'} = $_[1];
+   return $_[0]->{'-name'};
+}
+
+## let name() be an alias for cmd_name()
+*name = \&cmd_name;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<text()>
+
+        my $para_text = $pod_para->text();
+
+This method will return the corresponding text of the paragraph.
+
+=cut
+
+sub text {
+   (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{'-text'} = $_[1];
+   return $_[0]->{'-text'};
+}       
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<raw_text()>
+
+        my $raw_pod_para = $pod_para->raw_text();
+
+This method will return the I<raw> text of the POD paragraph, exactly
+as it appeared in the input.
+
+=cut
+
+sub raw_text {
+   return $_[0]->{'-text'}  unless (defined $_[0]->{'-name'});
+   return $_[0]->{'-prefix'} . $_[0]->{'-name'} . 
+          $_[0]->{'-separator'} . $_[0]->{'-text'};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<cmd_prefix()>
+
+        my $prefix = $pod_para->cmd_prefix();
+
+If this paragraph is a command paragraph, then this method will return 
+the prefix used to denote the command (which should be the string "="
+or "==").
+
+=cut
+
+sub cmd_prefix {
+   return $_[0]->{'-prefix'};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<cmd_separator()>
+
+        my $separator = $pod_para->cmd_separator();
+
+If this paragraph is a command paragraph, then this method will return
+the text used to separate the command name from the rest of the
+paragraph (if any).
+
+=cut
+
+sub cmd_separator {
+   return $_[0]->{'-separator'};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<parse_tree()>
+
+        my $ptree = $pod_parser->parse_text( $pod_para->text() );
+        $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree );
+        $ptree = $pod_para->parse_tree();
+
+This method will get/set the corresponding parse-tree of the paragraph's text.
+
+=cut
+
+sub parse_tree {
+   (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{'-ptree'} = $_[1];
+   return $_[0]->{'-ptree'};
+}       
+
+## let ptree() be an alias for parse_tree()
+*ptree = \&parse_tree;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<file_line()>
+
+        my ($filename, $line_number) = $pod_para->file_line();
+        my $position = $pod_para->file_line();
+
+Returns the current filename and line number for the paragraph
+object.  If called in a list context, it returns a list of two
+elements: first the filename, then the line number. If called in
+a scalar context, it returns a string containing the filename, followed
+by a colon (':'), followed by the line number.
+
+=cut
+
+sub file_line {
+   my @loc = ($_[0]->{'-file'} || '<unknown-file>',
+              $_[0]->{'-line'} || 0);
+   return (wantarray) ? @loc : join(':', @loc);
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::InteriorSequence;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<Pod::InteriorSequence>
+
+An object representing a POD interior sequence command.
+It has the following methods/attributes:
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 Pod::InteriorSequence-E<gt>B<new()>
+
+        my $pod_seq1 = Pod::InteriorSequence->new(-name => $cmd
+                                                  -ldelim => $delimiter);
+        my $pod_seq2 = new Pod::InteriorSequence(-name => $cmd,
+                                                 -ldelim => $delimiter);
+        my $pod_seq3 = new Pod::InteriorSequence(-name => $cmd,
+                                                 -ldelim => $delimiter,
+                                                 -file => $filename,
+                                                 -line => $line_number);
+
+        my $pod_seq4 = new Pod::InteriorSequence(-name => $cmd, $ptree);
+        my $pod_seq5 = new Pod::InteriorSequence($cmd, $ptree);
+
+This is a class method that constructs a C<Pod::InteriorSequence> object
+and returns a reference to the new interior sequence object. It should
+be given two keyword arguments.  The C<-ldelim> keyword indicates the
+corresponding left-delimiter of the interior sequence (e.g. 'E<lt>').
+The C<-name> keyword indicates the name of the corresponding interior
+sequence command, such as C<I> or C<B> or C<C>. The C<-file> and
+C<-line> keywords indicate the filename and line number corresponding
+to the beginning of the interior sequence. If the C<$ptree> argument is
+given, it must be the last argument, and it must be either string, or
+else an array-ref suitable for passing to B<Pod::ParseTree::new> (or
+it may be a reference to a Pod::ParseTree object).
+
+=cut
+
+sub new {
+    ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname
+    my $this = shift;
+    my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+
+    ## See if first argument has no keyword
+    if (((@_ <= 2) or (@_ % 2)) and $_[0] !~ /^-\w/) {
+       ## Yup - need an implicit '-name' before first parameter
+       unshift @_, '-name';
+    }
+
+    ## See if odd number of args
+    if ((@_ % 2) != 0) {
+       ## Yup - need an implicit '-ptree' before the last parameter
+       splice @_, $#_, 0, '-ptree';
+    }
+
+    ## Any remaining arguments are treated as initial values for the
+    ## hash that is used to represent this object. Note that we default
+    ## certain values by specifying them *before* the arguments passed.
+    ## If they are in the argument list, they will override the defaults.
+    my $self = {
+          -name       => (@_ == 1) ? $_[0] : undef,
+          -file       => '<unknown-file>',
+          -line       => 0,
+          -ldelim     => '<',
+          -rdelim     => '>',
+          @_
+    };
+
+    ## Initialize contents if they havent been already
+    my $ptree = $self->{'-ptree'} || new Pod::ParseTree();
+    if ( ref $ptree =~ /^(ARRAY)?$/ ) {
+        ## We have an array-ref, or a normal scalar. Pass it as an
+        ## an argument to the ptree-constructor
+        $ptree = new Pod::ParseTree($1 ? [$ptree] : $ptree);
+    }
+    $self->{'-ptree'} = $ptree;
+
+    ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization
+    bless $self, $class;
+    return $self;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<cmd_name()>
+
+        my $seq_cmd = $pod_seq->cmd_name();
+
+The name of the interior sequence command.
+
+=cut
+
+sub cmd_name {
+   (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{'-name'} = $_[1];
+   return $_[0]->{'-name'};
+}
+
+## let name() be an alias for cmd_name()
+*name = \&cmd_name;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+## Private subroutine to set the parent pointer of all the given
+## children that are interior-sequences to be $self
+
+sub _set_child2parent_links {
+   my ($self, @children) = @_;
+   ## Make sure any sequences know who their parent is
+   for (@children) {
+      next  unless (length  and  ref  and  ref ne 'SCALAR');
+      if (UNIVERSAL::isa($_, 'Pod::InteriorSequence') or
+          UNIVERSAL::can($_, 'nested'))
+      {
+          $_->nested($self);
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+## Private subroutine to unset child->parent links
+
+sub _unset_child2parent_links {
+   my $self = shift;
+   $self->{'-parent_sequence'} = undef;
+   my $ptree = $self->{'-ptree'};
+   for (@$ptree) {
+      next  unless (length  and  ref  and  ref ne 'SCALAR');
+      $_->_unset_child2parent_links()
+          if UNIVERSAL::isa($_, 'Pod::InteriorSequence');
+   }
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<prepend()>
+
+        $pod_seq->prepend($text);
+        $pod_seq1->prepend($pod_seq2);
+
+Prepends the given string or parse-tree or sequence object to the parse-tree
+of this interior sequence.
+
+=cut
+
+sub prepend {
+   my $self  = shift;
+   $self->{'-ptree'}->prepend(@_);
+   _set_child2parent_links($self, @_);
+   return $self;
+}       
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<append()>
+
+        $pod_seq->append($text);
+        $pod_seq1->append($pod_seq2);
+
+Appends the given string or parse-tree or sequence object to the parse-tree
+of this interior sequence.
+
+=cut
+
+sub append {
+   my $self = shift;
+   $self->{'-ptree'}->append(@_);
+   _set_child2parent_links($self, @_);
+   return $self;
+}       
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<nested()>
+
+        $outer_seq = $pod_seq->nested || print "not nested";
+
+If this interior sequence is nested inside of another interior
+sequence, then the outer/parent sequence that contains it is
+returned. Otherwise C<undef> is returned.
+
+=cut
+
+sub nested {
+   my $self = shift;
+  (@_ == 1)  and  $self->{'-parent_sequence'} = shift;
+   return  $self->{'-parent_sequence'} || undef;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<raw_text()>
+
+        my $seq_raw_text = $pod_seq->raw_text();
+
+This method will return the I<raw> text of the POD interior sequence,
+exactly as it appeared in the input.
+
+=cut
+
+sub raw_text {
+   my $self = shift;
+   my $text = $self->{'-name'} . $self->{'-ldelim'};
+   for ( $self->{'-ptree'}->children ) {
+      $text .= (ref $_) ? $_->raw_text : $_;
+   }
+   $text .= $self->{'-rdelim'};
+   return $text;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<left_delimiter()>
+
+        my $ldelim = $pod_seq->left_delimiter();
+
+The leftmost delimiter beginning the argument text to the interior
+sequence (should be "<").
+
+=cut
+
+sub left_delimiter {
+   (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{'-ldelim'} = $_[1];
+   return $_[0]->{'-ldelim'};
+}
+
+## let ldelim() be an alias for left_delimiter()
+*ldelim = \&left_delimiter;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<right_delimiter()>
+
+The rightmost delimiter beginning the argument text to the interior
+sequence (should be ">").
+
+=cut
+
+sub right_delimiter {
+   (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{'-rdelim'} = $_[1];
+   return $_[0]->{'-rdelim'};
+}
+
+## let rdelim() be an alias for right_delimiter()
+*rdelim = \&right_delimiter;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<parse_tree()>
+
+        my $ptree = $pod_parser->parse_text($paragraph_text);
+        $pod_seq->parse_tree( $ptree );
+        $ptree = $pod_seq->parse_tree();
+
+This method will get/set the corresponding parse-tree of the interior
+sequence's text.
+
+=cut
+
+sub parse_tree {
+   (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{'-ptree'} = $_[1];
+   return $_[0]->{'-ptree'};
+}       
+
+## let ptree() be an alias for parse_tree()
+*ptree = \&parse_tree;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<file_line()>
+
+        my ($filename, $line_number) = $pod_seq->file_line();
+        my $position = $pod_seq->file_line();
+
+Returns the current filename and line number for the interior sequence
+object.  If called in a list context, it returns a list of two
+elements: first the filename, then the line number. If called in
+a scalar context, it returns a string containing the filename, followed
+by a colon (':'), followed by the line number.
+
+=cut
+
+sub file_line {
+   my @loc = ($_[0]->{'-file'}  || '<unknown-file>',
+              $_[0]->{'-line'}  || 0);
+   return (wantarray) ? @loc : join(':', @loc);
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 Pod::InteriorSequence::B<DESTROY()>
+
+This method performs any necessary cleanup for the interior-sequence.
+If you override this method then it is B<imperative> that you invoke
+the parent method from within your own method, otherwise
+I<interior-sequence storage will not be reclaimed upon destruction!>
+
+=cut
+
+sub DESTROY {
+   ## We need to get rid of all child->parent pointers throughout the
+   ## tree so their reference counts will go to zero and they can be
+   ## garbage-collected
+   _unset_child2parent_links(@_);
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::ParseTree;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<Pod::ParseTree>
+
+This object corresponds to a tree of parsed POD text. As POD text is
+scanned from left to right, it is parsed into an ordered list of
+text-strings and B<Pod::InteriorSequence> objects (in order of
+appearance). A B<Pod::ParseTree> object corresponds to this list of
+strings and sequences. Each interior sequence in the parse-tree may
+itself contain a parse-tree (since interior sequences may be nested).
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 Pod::ParseTree-E<gt>B<new()>
+
+        my $ptree1 = Pod::ParseTree->new;
+        my $ptree2 = new Pod::ParseTree;
+        my $ptree4 = Pod::ParseTree->new($array_ref);
+        my $ptree3 = new Pod::ParseTree($array_ref);
+
+This is a class method that constructs a C<Pod::Parse_tree> object and
+returns a reference to the new parse-tree. If a single-argument is given,
+it must be a reference to an array, and is used to initialize the root
+(top) of the parse tree.
+
+=cut
+
+sub new {
+    ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname
+    my $this = shift;
+    my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+
+    my $self = (@_ == 1  and  ref $_[0]) ? $_[0] : [];
+
+    ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization
+    bless $self, $class;
+    return $self;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<top()>
+
+        my $top_node = $ptree->top();
+        $ptree->top( $top_node );
+        $ptree->top( @children );
+
+This method gets/sets the top node of the parse-tree. If no arguments are
+given, it returns the topmost node in the tree (the root), which is also
+a B<Pod::ParseTree>. If it is given a single argument that is a reference,
+then the reference is assumed to a parse-tree and becomes the new top node.
+Otherwise, if arguments are given, they are treated as the new list of
+children for the top node.
+
+=cut
+
+sub top {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_ > 0) {
+      @{ $self } = (@_ == 1  and  ref $_[0]) ? ${ @_ } : @_;
+   }
+   return $self;
+}
+
+## let parse_tree() & ptree() be aliases for the 'top' method
+*parse_tree = *ptree = \&top;
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<children()>
+
+This method gets/sets the children of the top node in the parse-tree.
+If no arguments are given, it returns the list (array) of children
+(each of which should be either a string or a B<Pod::InteriorSequence>.
+Otherwise, if arguments are given, they are treated as the new list of
+children for the top node.
+
+=cut
+
+sub children {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_ > 0) {
+      @{ $self } = (@_ == 1  and  ref $_[0]) ? ${ @_ } : @_;
+   }
+   return @{ $self };
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<prepend()>
+
+This method prepends the given text or parse-tree to the current parse-tree.
+If the first item on the parse-tree is text and the argument is also text,
+then the text is prepended to the first item (not added as a separate string).
+Otherwise the argument is added as a new string or parse-tree I<before>
+the current one.
+
+=cut
+
+use vars qw(@ptree);  ## an alias used for performance reasons
+
+sub prepend {
+   my $self = shift;
+   local *ptree = $self;
+   for (@_) {
+      next  unless length;
+      if (@ptree  and  !(ref $ptree[0])  and  !(ref $_)) {
+         $ptree[0] = $_ . $ptree[0];
+      }
+      else {
+         unshift @ptree, $_;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<append()>
+
+This method appends the given text or parse-tree to the current parse-tree.
+If the last item on the parse-tree is text and the argument is also text,
+then the text is appended to the last item (not added as a separate string).
+Otherwise the argument is added as a new string or parse-tree I<after>
+the current one.
+
+=cut
+
+sub append {
+   my $self = shift;
+   local *ptree = $self;
+   my $can_append = @ptree && !(ref $ptree[-1]);
+   for (@_) {
+      if (ref) {
+         push @ptree, $_;
+      }
+      elsif(!length) {
+         next;
+      }
+      elsif ($can_append) {
+         $ptree[-1] .= $_;
+      }
+      else {
+         push @ptree, $_;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<raw_text()>
+
+        my $ptree_raw_text = $ptree->raw_text();
+
+This method will return the I<raw> text of the POD parse-tree
+exactly as it appeared in the input.
+
+=cut
+
+sub raw_text {
+   my $self = shift;
+   my $text = "";
+   for ( @$self ) {
+      $text .= (ref $_) ? $_->raw_text : $_;
+   }
+   return $text;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+## Private routines to set/unset child->parent links
+
+sub _unset_child2parent_links {
+   my $self = shift;
+   local *ptree = $self;
+   for (@ptree) {
+       next  unless (defined and length  and  ref  and  ref ne 'SCALAR');
+       $_->_unset_child2parent_links()
+           if UNIVERSAL::isa($_, 'Pod::InteriorSequence');
+   }
+}
+
+sub _set_child2parent_links {
+    ## nothing to do, Pod::ParseTrees cant have parent pointers
+}
+
+=head2 Pod::ParseTree::B<DESTROY()>
+
+This method performs any necessary cleanup for the parse-tree.
+If you override this method then it is B<imperative>
+that you invoke the parent method from within your own method,
+otherwise I<parse-tree storage will not be reclaimed upon destruction!>
+
+=cut
+
+sub DESTROY {
+   ## We need to get rid of all child->parent pointers throughout the
+   ## tree so their reference counts will go to zero and they can be
+   ## garbage-collected
+   _unset_child2parent_links(@_);
+}
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+See L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Select>
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>.
+
+Brad Appleton E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt>
+
+=cut
+
+1;
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/LaTeX.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/LaTeX.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9d3a905258f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/LaTeX.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,1876 @@
+package Pod::LaTeX;
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::LaTeX - Convert Pod data to formatted Latex
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  use Pod::LaTeX;
+  my $parser = Pod::LaTeX->new ( );
+
+  $parser->parse_from_filehandle;
+
+  $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.tex');
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+C<Pod::LaTeX> is a module to convert documentation in the Pod format
+into Latex. The L<B<pod2latex>|pod2latex> X<pod2latex> command uses
+this module for translation.
+
+C<Pod::LaTeX> is a derived class from L<Pod::Select|Pod::Select>.
+
+=cut
+
+
+use strict;
+require Pod::ParseUtils;
+use base qw/ Pod::Select /;
+
+# use Data::Dumper; # for debugging
+use Carp;
+
+use vars qw/ $VERSION %HTML_Escapes @LatexSections /;
+
+$VERSION = '0.58';
+
+# Definitions of =headN -> latex mapping
+@LatexSections = (qw/
+		  chapter
+		  section
+		  subsection
+		  subsubsection
+		  paragraph
+		  subparagraph
+		  /);
+
+# Standard escape sequences converted to Latex.
+# The Unicode name of each character is given in the comments.
+# Complete LaTeX set added by Peter Acklam.
+
+%HTML_Escapes = (
+     'sol'    => '\textfractionsolidus{}',  # xxx - or should it be just '/'
+     'verbar' => '|',
+
+     # The stuff below is based on the information available at
+     # http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/sgml/entities.html
+
+     # All characters in the range 0xA0-0xFF of the ISO 8859-1 character set.
+     # Several of these characters require the `textcomp' LaTeX package.
+     'nbsp'   => q|~|,                     # 0xA0 - no-break space = non-breaking space
+     'iexcl'  => q|\textexclamdown{}|,     # 0xA1 - inverted exclamation mark
+     'cent'   => q|\textcent{}|,           # 0xA2 - cent sign
+     'pound'  => q|\textsterling{}|,       # 0xA3 - pound sign
+     'curren' => q|\textcurrency{}|,       # 0xA4 - currency sign
+     'yen'    => q|\textyen{}|,            # 0xA5 - yen sign = yuan sign
+     'brvbar' => q|\textbrokenbar{}|,      # 0xA6 - broken bar = broken vertical bar
+     'sect'   => q|\textsection{}|,        # 0xA7 - section sign
+     'uml'    => q|\textasciidieresis{}|,  # 0xA8 - diaeresis = spacing diaeresis
+     'copy'   => q|\textcopyright{}|,      # 0xA9 - copyright sign
+     'ordf'   => q|\textordfeminine{}|,    # 0xAA - feminine ordinal indicator
+     'laquo'  => q|\guillemotleft{}|,      # 0xAB - left-pointing double angle quotation mark = left pointing guillemet
+     'not'    => q|\textlnot{}|,           # 0xAC - not sign
+     'shy'    => q|\-|,                    # 0xAD - soft hyphen = discretionary hyphen
+     'reg'    => q|\textregistered{}|,     # 0xAE - registered sign = registered trade mark sign
+     'macr'   => q|\textasciimacron{}|,    # 0xAF - macron = spacing macron = overline = APL overbar
+     'deg'    => q|\textdegree{}|,         # 0xB0 - degree sign
+     'plusmn' => q|\textpm{}|,             # 0xB1 - plus-minus sign = plus-or-minus sign
+     'sup2'   => q|\texttwosuperior{}|,    # 0xB2 - superscript two = superscript digit two = squared
+     'sup3'   => q|\textthreesuperior{}|,  # 0xB3 - superscript three = superscript digit three = cubed
+     'acute'  => q|\textasciiacute{}|,     # 0xB4 - acute accent = spacing acute
+     'micro'  => q|\textmu{}|,             # 0xB5 - micro sign
+     'para'   => q|\textparagraph{}|,      # 0xB6 - pilcrow sign = paragraph sign
+     'middot' => q|\textperiodcentered{}|, # 0xB7 - middle dot = Georgian comma = Greek middle dot
+     'cedil'  => q|\c{}|,                  # 0xB8 - cedilla = spacing cedilla
+     'sup1'   => q|\textonesuperior{}|,    # 0xB9 - superscript one = superscript digit one
+     'ordm'   => q|\textordmasculine{}|,   # 0xBA - masculine ordinal indicator
+     'raquo'  => q|\guillemotright{}|,     # 0xBB - right-pointing double angle quotation mark = right pointing guillemet
+     'frac14' => q|\textonequarter{}|,     # 0xBC - vulgar fraction one quarter = fraction one quarter
+     'frac12' => q|\textonehalf{}|,        # 0xBD - vulgar fraction one half = fraction one half
+     'frac34' => q|\textthreequarters{}|,  # 0xBE - vulgar fraction three quarters = fraction three quarters
+     'iquest' => q|\textquestiondown{}|,   # 0xBF - inverted question mark = turned question mark
+     'Agrave' => q|\`A|,                   # 0xC0 - latin capital letter A with grave = latin capital letter A grave
+     'Aacute' => q|\'A|,             # 0xC1 - latin capital letter A with acute
+     'Acirc'  => q|\^A|,             # 0xC2 - latin capital letter A with circumflex
+     'Atilde' => q|\~A|,             # 0xC3 - latin capital letter A with tilde
+     'Auml'   => q|\"A|,             # 0xC4 - latin capital letter A with diaeresis
+     'Aring'  => q|\AA{}|,           # 0xC5 - latin capital letter A with ring above = latin capital letter A ring
+     'AElig'  => q|\AE{}|,           # 0xC6 - latin capital letter AE = latin capital ligature AE
+     'Ccedil' => q|\c{C}|,           # 0xC7 - latin capital letter C with cedilla
+     'Egrave' => q|\`E|,             # 0xC8 - latin capital letter E with grave
+     'Eacute' => q|\'E|,             # 0xC9 - latin capital letter E with acute
+     'Ecirc'  => q|\^E|,             # 0xCA - latin capital letter E with circumflex
+     'Euml'   => q|\"E|,             # 0xCB - latin capital letter E with diaeresis
+     'Igrave' => q|\`I|,             # 0xCC - latin capital letter I with grave
+     'Iacute' => q|\'I|,             # 0xCD - latin capital letter I with acute
+     'Icirc'  => q|\^I|,             # 0xCE - latin capital letter I with circumflex
+     'Iuml'   => q|\"I|,             # 0xCF - latin capital letter I with diaeresis
+     'ETH'    => q|\DH{}|,           # 0xD0 - latin capital letter ETH
+     'Ntilde' => q|\~N|,             # 0xD1 - latin capital letter N with tilde
+     'Ograve' => q|\`O|,             # 0xD2 - latin capital letter O with grave
+     'Oacute' => q|\'O|,             # 0xD3 - latin capital letter O with acute
+     'Ocirc'  => q|\^O|,             # 0xD4 - latin capital letter O with circumflex
+     'Otilde' => q|\~O|,             # 0xD5 - latin capital letter O with tilde
+     'Ouml'   => q|\"O|,             # 0xD6 - latin capital letter O with diaeresis
+     'times'  => q|\texttimes{}|,    # 0xD7 - multiplication sign
+     'Oslash' => q|\O{}|,            # 0xD8 - latin capital letter O with stroke = latin capital letter O slash
+     'Ugrave' => q|\`U|,             # 0xD9 - latin capital letter U with grave
+     'Uacute' => q|\'U|,             # 0xDA - latin capital letter U with acute
+     'Ucirc'  => q|\^U|,             # 0xDB - latin capital letter U with circumflex
+     'Uuml'   => q|\"U|,             # 0xDC - latin capital letter U with diaeresis
+     'Yacute' => q|\'Y|,             # 0xDD - latin capital letter Y with acute
+     'THORN'  => q|\TH{}|,           # 0xDE - latin capital letter THORN
+     'szlig'  => q|\ss{}|,           # 0xDF - latin small letter sharp s = ess-zed
+     'agrave' => q|\`a|,             # 0xE0 - latin small letter a with grave = latin small letter a grave
+     'aacute' => q|\'a|,             # 0xE1 - latin small letter a with acute
+     'acirc'  => q|\^a|,             # 0xE2 - latin small letter a with circumflex
+     'atilde' => q|\~a|,             # 0xE3 - latin small letter a with tilde
+     'auml'   => q|\"a|,             # 0xE4 - latin small letter a with diaeresis
+     'aring'  => q|\aa{}|,           # 0xE5 - latin small letter a with ring above = latin small letter a ring
+     'aelig'  => q|\ae{}|,           # 0xE6 - latin small letter ae = latin small ligature ae
+     'ccedil' => q|\c{c}|,           # 0xE7 - latin small letter c with cedilla
+     'egrave' => q|\`e|,             # 0xE8 - latin small letter e with grave
+     'eacute' => q|\'e|,             # 0xE9 - latin small letter e with acute
+     'ecirc'  => q|\^e|,             # 0xEA - latin small letter e with circumflex
+     'euml'   => q|\"e|,             # 0xEB - latin small letter e with diaeresis
+     'igrave' => q|\`i|,             # 0xEC - latin small letter i with grave
+     'iacute' => q|\'i|,             # 0xED - latin small letter i with acute
+     'icirc'  => q|\^i|,             # 0xEE - latin small letter i with circumflex
+     'iuml'   => q|\"i|,             # 0xEF - latin small letter i with diaeresis
+     'eth'    => q|\dh{}|,           # 0xF0 - latin small letter eth
+     'ntilde' => q|\~n|,             # 0xF1 - latin small letter n with tilde
+     'ograve' => q|\`o|,             # 0xF2 - latin small letter o with grave
+     'oacute' => q|\'o|,             # 0xF3 - latin small letter o with acute
+     'ocirc'  => q|\^o|,             # 0xF4 - latin small letter o with circumflex
+     'otilde' => q|\~o|,             # 0xF5 - latin small letter o with tilde
+     'ouml'   => q|\"o|,             # 0xF6 - latin small letter o with diaeresis
+     'divide' => q|\textdiv{}|,      # 0xF7 - division sign
+     'oslash' => q|\o{}|,            # 0xF8 - latin small letter o with stroke, = latin small letter o slash
+     'ugrave' => q|\`u|,             # 0xF9 - latin small letter u with grave
+     'uacute' => q|\'u|,             # 0xFA - latin small letter u with acute
+     'ucirc'  => q|\^u|,             # 0xFB - latin small letter u with circumflex
+     'uuml'   => q|\"u|,             # 0xFC - latin small letter u with diaeresis
+     'yacute' => q|\'y|,             # 0xFD - latin small letter y with acute
+     'thorn'  => q|\th{}|,           # 0xFE - latin small letter thorn
+     'yuml'   => q|\"y|,             # 0xFF - latin small letter y with diaeresis
+
+     # Latin Extended-B
+     'fnof'   => q|\textflorin{}|,   # latin small f with hook = function = florin
+
+     # Greek
+     'Alpha'    => q|$\mathrm{A}$|,      # greek capital letter alpha
+     'Beta'     => q|$\mathrm{B}$|,      # greek capital letter beta
+     'Gamma'    => q|$\Gamma$|,          # greek capital letter gamma
+     'Delta'    => q|$\Delta$|,          # greek capital letter delta
+     'Epsilon'  => q|$\mathrm{E}$|,      # greek capital letter epsilon
+     'Zeta'     => q|$\mathrm{Z}$|,      # greek capital letter zeta
+     'Eta'      => q|$\mathrm{H}$|,      # greek capital letter eta
+     'Theta'    => q|$\Theta$|,          # greek capital letter theta
+     'Iota'     => q|$\mathrm{I}$|,      # greek capital letter iota
+     'Kappa'    => q|$\mathrm{K}$|,      # greek capital letter kappa
+     'Lambda'   => q|$\Lambda$|,         # greek capital letter lambda
+     'Mu'       => q|$\mathrm{M}$|,      # greek capital letter mu
+     'Nu'       => q|$\mathrm{N}$|,      # greek capital letter nu
+     'Xi'       => q|$\Xi$|,             # greek capital letter xi
+     'Omicron'  => q|$\mathrm{O}$|,      # greek capital letter omicron
+     'Pi'       => q|$\Pi$|,             # greek capital letter pi
+     'Rho'      => q|$\mathrm{R}$|,      # greek capital letter rho
+     'Sigma'    => q|$\Sigma$|,          # greek capital letter sigma
+     'Tau'      => q|$\mathrm{T}$|,      # greek capital letter tau
+     'Upsilon'  => q|$\Upsilon$|,        # greek capital letter upsilon
+     'Phi'      => q|$\Phi$|,            # greek capital letter phi
+     'Chi'      => q|$\mathrm{X}$|,      # greek capital letter chi
+     'Psi'      => q|$\Psi$|,            # greek capital letter psi
+     'Omega'    => q|$\Omega$|,          # greek capital letter omega
+
+     'alpha'    => q|$\alpha$|,          # greek small letter alpha
+     'beta'     => q|$\beta$|,           # greek small letter beta
+     'gamma'    => q|$\gamma$|,          # greek small letter gamma
+     'delta'    => q|$\delta$|,          # greek small letter delta
+     'epsilon'  => q|$\epsilon$|,        # greek small letter epsilon
+     'zeta'     => q|$\zeta$|,           # greek small letter zeta
+     'eta'      => q|$\eta$|,            # greek small letter eta
+     'theta'    => q|$\theta$|,          # greek small letter theta
+     'iota'     => q|$\iota$|,           # greek small letter iota
+     'kappa'    => q|$\kappa$|,          # greek small letter kappa
+     'lambda'   => q|$\lambda$|,         # greek small letter lambda
+     'mu'       => q|$\mu$|,             # greek small letter mu
+     'nu'       => q|$\nu$|,             # greek small letter nu
+     'xi'       => q|$\xi$|,             # greek small letter xi
+     'omicron'  => q|$o$|,               # greek small letter omicron
+     'pi'       => q|$\pi$|,             # greek small letter pi
+     'rho'      => q|$\rho$|,            # greek small letter rho
+#    'sigmaf'   => q||,                  # greek small letter final sigma
+     'sigma'    => q|$\sigma$|,          # greek small letter sigma
+     'tau'      => q|$\tau$|,            # greek small letter tau
+     'upsilon'  => q|$\upsilon$|,        # greek small letter upsilon
+     'phi'      => q|$\phi$|,            # greek small letter phi
+     'chi'      => q|$\chi$|,            # greek small letter chi
+     'psi'      => q|$\psi$|,            # greek small letter psi
+     'omega'    => q|$\omega$|,          # greek small letter omega
+#    'thetasym' => q||,                  # greek small letter theta symbol
+#    'upsih'    => q||,                  # greek upsilon with hook symbol
+#    'piv'      => q||,                  # greek pi symbol
+
+     # General Punctuation
+     'bull'     => q|\textbullet{}|,     # bullet = black small circle
+     # bullet is NOT the same as bullet operator
+     'hellip'   => q|\textellipsis{}|,           # horizontal ellipsis = three dot leader
+     'prime'    => q|\textquotesingle{}|,        # prime = minutes = feet
+     'Prime'    => q|\textquotedbl{}|,           # double prime = seconds = inches
+     'oline'    => q|\textasciimacron{}|,        # overline = spacing overscore
+     'frasl'    => q|\textfractionsolidus{}|,    # fraction slash
+
+     # Letterlike Symbols
+     'weierp'   => q|$\wp$|,                     # script capital P = power set = Weierstrass p
+     'image'    => q|$\Re$|,                     # blackletter capital I = imaginary part
+     'real'     => q|$\Im$|,                     # blackletter capital R = real part symbol
+     'trade'    => q|\texttrademark{}|,          # trade mark sign
+#    'alefsym'  => q||,                          # alef symbol = first transfinite cardinal
+     # alef symbol is NOT the same as hebrew letter alef, although the same
+     # glyph could be used to depict both characters
+
+     # Arrows
+     'larr'     => q|\textleftarrow{}|,          # leftwards arrow
+     'uarr'     => q|\textuparrow{}|,            # upwards arrow
+     'rarr'     => q|\textrightarrow{}|,         # rightwards arrow
+     'darr'     => q|\textdownarrow{}|,          # downwards arrow
+     'harr'     => q|$\leftrightarrow$|,         # left right arrow
+#    'crarr'    => q||,                          # downwards arrow with corner leftwards = carriage return
+     'lArr'     => q|$\Leftarrow$|,              # leftwards double arrow
+     # ISO 10646 does not say that lArr is the same as the 'is implied by'
+     # arrow but also does not have any other character for that function. So
+     # lArr can be used for 'is implied by' as ISOtech suggests
+     'uArr'     => q|$\Uparrow$|,                # upwards double arrow
+     'rArr'     => q|$\Rightarrow$|,             # rightwards double arrow
+     # ISO 10646 does not say this is the 'implies' character but does not
+     # have another character with this function so ? rArr can be used for
+     # 'implies' as ISOtech suggests
+     'dArr'     => q|$\Downarrow$|,              # downwards double arrow
+     'hArr'     => q|$\Leftrightarrow$|,         # left right double arrow
+
+     # Mathematical Operators.
+     # Some of these require the `amssymb' package.
+     'forall'   => q|$\forall$|,                 # for all
+     'part'     => q|$\partial$|,                # partial differential
+     'exist'    => q|$\exists$|,                 # there exists
+     'empty'    => q|$\emptyset$|,               # empty set = null set = diameter
+     'nabla'    => q|$\nabla$|,                  # nabla = backward difference
+     'isin'     => q|$\in$|,                     # element of
+     'notin'    => q|$\notin$|,                  # not an element of
+     'ni'       => q|$\ni$|,                     # contains as member
+     'prod'     => q|$\prod$|,                   # n-ary product = product sign
+     # prod is NOT the same character as 'greek capital letter pi' though the
+     # same glyph might be used for both
+     'sum'      => q|$\sum$|,                    # n-ary sumation
+     # sum is NOT the same character as 'greek capital letter sigma' though
+     # the same glyph might be used for both
+     'minus'    => q|$-$|,                       # minus sign
+     'lowast'   => q|$\ast$|,                    # asterisk operator
+     'radic'    => q|$\surd$|,                   # square root = radical sign
+     'prop'     => q|$\propto$|,                 # proportional to
+     'infin'    => q|$\infty$|,                  # infinity
+     'ang'      => q|$\angle$|,                  # angle
+     'and'      => q|$\wedge$|,                  # logical and = wedge
+     'or'       => q|$\vee$|,                    # logical or = vee
+     'cap'      => q|$\cap$|,                    # intersection = cap
+     'cup'      => q|$\cup$|,                    # union = cup
+     'int'      => q|$\int$|,                    # integral
+     'there4'   => q|$\therefore$|,              # therefore
+     'sim'      => q|$\sim$|,                    # tilde operator = varies with = similar to
+     # tilde operator is NOT the same character as the tilde
+     'cong'     => q|$\cong$|,                   # approximately equal to
+     'asymp'    => q|$\asymp$|,                  # almost equal to = asymptotic to
+     'ne'       => q|$\neq$|,                    # not equal to
+     'equiv'    => q|$\equiv$|,                  # identical to
+     'le'       => q|$\leq$|,                    # less-than or equal to
+     'ge'       => q|$\geq$|,                    # greater-than or equal to
+     'sub'      => q|$\subset$|,                 # subset of
+     'sup'      => q|$\supset$|,                 # superset of
+     # note that nsup, 'not a superset of' is not covered by the Symbol font
+     # encoding and is not included.
+     'nsub'     => q|$\not\subset$|,             # not a subset of
+     'sube'     => q|$\subseteq$|,               # subset of or equal to
+     'supe'     => q|$\supseteq$|,               # superset of or equal to
+     'oplus'    => q|$\oplus$|,                  # circled plus = direct sum
+     'otimes'   => q|$\otimes$|,                 # circled times = vector product
+     'perp'     => q|$\perp$|,                   # up tack = orthogonal to = perpendicular
+     'sdot'     => q|$\cdot$|,                   # dot operator
+     # dot operator is NOT the same character as middle dot
+
+     # Miscellaneous Technical
+     'lceil'    => q|$\lceil$|,                  # left ceiling = apl upstile
+     'rceil'    => q|$\rceil$|,                  # right ceiling
+     'lfloor'   => q|$\lfloor$|,                 # left floor = apl downstile
+     'rfloor'   => q|$\rfloor$|,                 # right floor
+     'lang'     => q|$\langle$|,                 # left-pointing angle bracket = bra
+     # lang is NOT the same character as 'less than' or 'single left-pointing
+     # angle quotation mark'
+     'rang'     => q|$\rangle$|,                 # right-pointing angle bracket = ket
+     # rang is NOT the same character as 'greater than' or 'single
+     # right-pointing angle quotation mark'
+
+     # Geometric Shapes
+     'loz'      => q|$\lozenge$|,                # lozenge
+
+     # Miscellaneous Symbols
+     'spades'   => q|$\spadesuit$|,              # black spade suit
+     'clubs'    => q|$\clubsuit$|,               # black club suit = shamrock
+     'hearts'   => q|$\heartsuit$|,              # black heart suit = valentine
+     'diams'    => q|$\diamondsuit$|,            # black diamond suit
+
+     # C0 Controls and Basic Latin
+     'quot'     => q|"|,                         # quotation mark = APL quote ["]
+     'amp'      => q|\&|,                        # ampersand
+     'lt'       => q|<|,                         # less-than sign
+     'gt'       => q|>|,                         # greater-than sign
+     'OElig'    => q|\OE{}|,                     # latin capital ligature OE
+     'oelig'    => q|\oe{}|,                     # latin small ligature oe
+     'Scaron'   => q|\v{S}|,                     # latin capital letter S with caron
+     'scaron'   => q|\v{s}|,                     # latin small letter s with caron
+     'Yuml'     => q|\"Y|,                       # latin capital letter Y with diaeresis
+     'circ'     => q|\textasciicircum{}|,        # modifier letter circumflex accent
+     'tilde'    => q|\textasciitilde{}|,         # small tilde
+     'ensp'     => q|\phantom{n}|,               # en space
+     'emsp'     => q|\hspace{1em}|,              # em space
+     'thinsp'   => q|\,|,                        # thin space
+     'zwnj'     => q|{}|,                        # zero width non-joiner
+#    'zwj'      => q||,                          # zero width joiner
+#    'lrm'      => q||,                          # left-to-right mark
+#    'rlm'      => q||,                          # right-to-left mark
+     'ndash'    => q|--|,                        # en dash
+     'mdash'    => q|---|,                       # em dash
+     'lsquo'    => q|\textquoteleft{}|,          # left single quotation mark
+     'rsquo'    => q|\textquoteright{}|,         # right single quotation mark
+     'sbquo'    => q|\quotesinglbase{}|,         # single low-9 quotation mark
+     'ldquo'    => q|\textquotedblleft{}|,       # left double quotation mark
+     'rdquo'    => q|\textquotedblright{}|,      # right double quotation mark
+     'bdquo'    => q|\quotedblbase{}|,           # double low-9 quotation mark
+     'dagger'   => q|\textdagger{}|,             # dagger
+     'Dagger'   => q|\textdaggerdbl{}|,          # double dagger
+     'permil'   => q|\textperthousand{}|,        # per mille sign
+     'lsaquo'   => q|\guilsinglleft{}|,          # single left-pointing angle quotation mark
+     'rsaquo'   => q|\guilsinglright{}|,         # single right-pointing angle quotation mark
+     'euro'     => q|\texteuro{}|,               # euro sign
+);
+
+=head1 OBJECT METHODS
+
+The following methods are provided in this module. Methods inherited
+from C<Pod::Select> are not described in the public interface.
+
+=over 4
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=item C<initialize>
+
+Initialise the object. This method is subclassed from C<Pod::Parser>.
+The base class method is invoked. This method defines the default
+behaviour of the object unless overridden by supplying arguments to
+the constructor. 
+
+Internal settings are defaulted as well as the public instance data.
+Internal hash values are accessed directly (rather than through
+a method) and start with an underscore.
+
+This method should not be invoked by the user directly.
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+
+
+#   - An array for nested lists
+
+# Arguments have already been read by this point
+
+sub initialize {
+  my $self = shift;
+
+  # print Dumper($self);
+
+  # Internals
+  $self->{_Lists} = [];             # For nested lists
+  $self->{_suppress_all_para}  = 0; # For =begin blocks
+  $self->{_dont_modify_any_para}=0; # For =begin blocks
+  $self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1}   = '';   # Name of current HEAD1 section
+
+  # Options - only initialise if not already set
+
+  # Cause the '=head1 NAME' field to be treated specially
+  # The contents of the NAME paragraph will be converted
+  # to a section title. All subsequent =head1 will be converted
+  # to =head2 and down. Will not affect =head1's prior to NAME 
+  # Assumes:  'Module - purpose' format
+  # Also creates a purpose field
+  # The name is used for Labeling of the subsequent subsections
+  $self->{ReplaceNAMEwithSection} = 0
+    unless exists $self->{ReplaceNAMEwithSection};
+  $self->{AddPreamble}      = 1    # make full latex document
+    unless exists $self->{AddPreamble};
+  $self->{StartWithNewPage} = 0    # Start new page for pod section
+    unless exists $self->{StartWithNewPage};
+  $self->{TableOfContents}  = 0    # Add table of contents
+    unless exists $self->{TableOfContents};  # only relevent if AddPreamble=1
+   $self->{AddPostamble}     = 1          # Add closing latex code at end
+    unless exists $self->{AddPostamble}; #  effectively end{document} and index
+  $self->{MakeIndex}        = 1         # Add index (only relevant AddPostamble
+    unless exists $self->{MakeIndex};   # and AddPreamble)
+
+  $self->{UniqueLabels}     = 1          # Use label unique for each pod
+    unless exists $self->{UniqueLabels}; # either based on the filename
+                                         # or supplied
+
+  # Control the level of =head1. default is \section
+  # 
+  $self->{Head1Level}     = 1   # Offset in latex sections
+    unless exists $self->{Head1Level}; # 0 is chapter, 2 is subsection
+
+  # Control at which level numbering of sections is turned off
+  # ie subsection becomes subsection*
+  # The numbering is relative to the latex sectioning commands
+  # and is independent of Pod heading level
+  # default is to number \section but not \subsection
+  $self->{LevelNoNum} = 2
+    unless exists $self->{LevelNoNum};
+
+  # Label to be used as prefix to all internal section names
+  # If not defined will attempt to derive it from the filename
+  # This can not happen when running parse_from_filehandle though
+  # hence the ability to set the label externally
+  # The label could then be Pod::Parser_DESCRIPTION or somesuch
+
+  $self->{Label}            = undef # label to be used as prefix
+    unless exists $self->{Label};   # to all internal section names
+
+  # These allow the caller to add arbritrary latex code to
+  # start and end of document. AddPreamble and AddPostamble are ignored
+  # if these are set.
+  # Also MakeIndex and TableOfContents are also ignored.
+  $self->{UserPreamble}     = undef # User supplied start (AddPreamble =1)
+    unless exists $self->{Label};
+  $self->{UserPostamble}    = undef # Use supplied end    (AddPostamble=1)
+    unless exists $self->{Label};
+
+  # Run base initialize
+  $self->SUPER::initialize;
+
+}
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Data Accessors
+
+The following methods are provided for accessing instance data. These
+methods should be used for accessing configuration parameters rather
+than assuming the object is a hash.
+
+Default values can be supplied by using these names as keys to a hash
+of arguments when using the C<new()> constructor.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item B<AddPreamble>
+
+Logical to control whether a C<latex> preamble is to be written.
+If true, a valid C<latex> preamble is written before the pod data is written.
+This is similar to:
+
+  \documentclass{article}
+  \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+  \usepackage{textcomp}
+  \begin{document}
+
+but will be more complicated if table of contents and indexing are required.
+Can be used to set or retrieve the current value.
+
+  $add = $parser->AddPreamble();
+  $parser->AddPreamble(1);
+
+If used in conjunction with C<AddPostamble> a full latex document will
+be written that could be immediately processed by C<latex>.
+
+For some pod escapes it may be necessary to include the amsmath
+package. This is not yet added to the preamble automaatically.
+
+=cut
+
+sub AddPreamble {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{AddPreamble} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{AddPreamble};
+}
+
+=item B<AddPostamble>
+
+Logical to control whether a standard C<latex> ending is written to the output
+file after the document has been processed.
+In its simplest form this is simply:
+
+  \end{document}
+
+but can be more complicated if a index is required.
+Can be used to set or retrieve the current value.
+
+  $add = $parser->AddPostamble();
+  $parser->AddPostamble(1);
+
+If used in conjunction with C<AddPreaamble> a full latex document will
+be written that could be immediately processed by C<latex>.
+
+=cut
+
+sub AddPostamble {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{AddPostamble} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{AddPostamble};
+}
+
+=item B<Head1Level>
+
+The C<latex> sectioning level that should be used to correspond to
+a pod C<=head1> directive. This can be used, for example, to turn
+a C<=head1> into a C<latex> C<subsection>. This should hold a number
+corresponding to the required position in an array containing the
+following elements:
+
+ [0] chapter
+ [1] section
+ [2] subsection
+ [3] subsubsection
+ [4] paragraph
+ [5] subparagraph
+
+Can be used to set or retrieve the current value:
+
+  $parser->Head1Level(2);
+  $sect = $parser->Head1Level;
+
+Setting this number too high can result in sections that may not be reproducible
+in the expected way. For example, setting this to 4 would imply that C<=head3>
+do not have a corresponding C<latex> section (C<=head1> would correspond to
+a C<paragraph>).
+
+A check is made to ensure that the supplied value is an integer in the
+range 0 to 5.
+
+Default is for a value of 1 (i.e. a C<section>).
+
+=cut
+
+sub Head1Level {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     my $arg = shift;
+     if ($arg =~ /^\d$/ && $arg <= $#LatexSections) {
+       $self->{Head1Level} = $arg;
+     } else {
+       carp "Head1Level supplied ($arg) must be integer in range 0 to ".$#LatexSections . "- Ignoring\n";
+     }
+   }
+   return $self->{Head1Level};
+}
+
+=item B<Label>
+
+This is the label that is prefixed to all C<latex> label and index
+entries to make them unique. In general, pods have similarly titled
+sections (NAME, DESCRIPTION etc) and a C<latex> label will be multiply
+defined if more than one pod document is to be included in a single
+C<latex> file. To overcome this, this label is prefixed to a label
+whenever a label is required (joined with an underscore) or to an
+index entry (joined by an exclamation mark which is the normal index
+separator). For example, C<\label{text}> becomes C<\label{Label_text}>.
+
+Can be used to set or retrieve the current value:
+
+  $label = $parser->Label;
+  $parser->Label($label);
+
+This label is only used if C<UniqueLabels> is true.
+Its value is set automatically from the C<NAME> field
+if C<ReplaceNAMEwithSection> is true. If this is not the case
+it must be set manually before starting the parse.
+
+Default value is C<undef>.
+
+=cut
+
+sub Label {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{Label} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{Label};
+}
+
+=item B<LevelNoNum>
+
+Control the point at which C<latex> section numbering is turned off.
+For example, this can be used to make sure that C<latex> sections
+are numbered but subsections are not.
+
+Can be used to set or retrieve the current value:
+
+  $lev = $parser->LevelNoNum;
+  $parser->LevelNoNum(2);
+
+The argument must be an integer between 0 and 5 and is the same as the
+number described in C<Head1Level> method description. The number has
+nothing to do with the pod heading number, only the C<latex> sectioning.
+
+Default is 2. (i.e. C<latex> subsections are written as C<subsection*>
+but sections are numbered).
+
+=cut
+
+sub LevelNoNum {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{LevelNoNum} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{LevelNoNum};
+}
+
+=item B<MakeIndex>
+
+Controls whether C<latex> commands for creating an index are to be inserted
+into the preamble and postamble
+
+  $makeindex = $parser->MakeIndex;
+  $parser->MakeIndex(0);
+
+Irrelevant if both C<AddPreamble> and C<AddPostamble> are false (or equivalently,
+C<UserPreamble> and C<UserPostamble> are set).
+
+Default is for an index to be created.
+
+=cut
+
+sub MakeIndex {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{MakeIndex} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{MakeIndex};
+}
+
+=item B<ReplaceNAMEwithSection>
+
+This controls whether the C<NAME> section in the pod is to be translated
+literally or converted to a slightly modified output where the section
+name is the pod name rather than "NAME".
+
+If true, the pod segment
+
+  =head1 NAME
+
+  pod::name - purpose
+
+  =head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+is converted to the C<latex>
+
+  \section{pod::name\label{pod_name}\index{pod::name}}
+
+  Purpose
+
+  \subsection*{SYNOPSIS\label{pod_name_SYNOPSIS}%
+               \index{pod::name!SYNOPSIS}}
+
+(dependent on the value of C<Head1Level> and C<LevelNoNum>). Note that
+subsequent C<head1> directives translate to subsections rather than
+sections and that the labels and index now include the pod name (dependent
+on the value of C<UniqueLabels>).
+
+The C<Label> is set from the pod name regardless of any current value
+of C<Label>.
+
+  $mod = $parser->ReplaceNAMEwithSection;
+  $parser->ReplaceNAMEwithSection(0);
+
+Default is to translate the pod literally.
+
+=cut
+
+sub ReplaceNAMEwithSection {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{ReplaceNAMEwithSection} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{ReplaceNAMEwithSection};
+}
+
+=item B<StartWithNewPage>
+
+If true, each pod translation will begin with a C<latex>
+C<\clearpage>.
+
+  $parser->StartWithNewPage(1);
+  $newpage = $parser->StartWithNewPage;
+
+Default is false.
+
+=cut
+
+sub StartWithNewPage {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{StartWithNewPage} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{StartWithNewPage};
+}
+
+=item B<TableOfContents>
+
+If true, a table of contents will be created.
+Irrelevant if C<AddPreamble> is false or C<UserPreamble>
+is set.
+
+  $toc = $parser->TableOfContents;
+  $parser->TableOfContents(1);
+
+Default is false.
+
+=cut
+
+sub TableOfContents {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{TableOfContents} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{TableOfContents};
+}
+
+=item B<UniqueLabels>
+
+If true, the translator will attempt to make sure that
+each C<latex> label or index entry will be uniquely identified
+by prefixing the contents of C<Label>. This allows
+multiple documents to be combined without clashing 
+common labels such as C<DESCRIPTION> and C<SYNOPSIS>
+
+  $parser->UniqueLabels(1);
+  $unq = $parser->UniqueLabels;
+
+Default is true.
+
+=cut
+
+sub UniqueLabels {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{UniqueLabels} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{UniqueLabels};
+}
+
+=item B<UserPreamble>
+
+User supplied C<latex> preamble. Added before the pod translation
+data. 
+
+If set, the contents will be prepended to the output file before the translated 
+data regardless of the value of C<AddPreamble>.
+C<MakeIndex> and C<TableOfContents> will also be ignored.
+
+=cut
+
+sub UserPreamble {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{UserPreamble} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{UserPreamble};
+}
+
+=item B<UserPostamble>
+
+User supplied C<latex> postamble. Added after the pod translation
+data. 
+
+If set, the contents will be prepended to the output file after the translated 
+data regardless of the value of C<AddPostamble>.
+C<MakeIndex> will also be ignored.
+
+=cut
+
+sub UserPostamble {
+   my $self = shift;
+   if (@_) {
+     $self->{UserPostamble} = shift;
+   }
+   return $self->{UserPostamble};
+}
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=item B<Lists>
+
+Contains details of the currently active lists.
+  The array contains C<Pod::List> objects. A new C<Pod::List>
+object is created each time a list is encountered and it is
+pushed onto this stack. When the list context ends, it 
+is popped from the stack. The array will be empty if no
+lists are active.
+
+Returns array of list information in list context
+Returns array ref in scalar context
+
+=cut
+
+
+
+sub lists {
+  my $self = shift;
+  return @{ $self->{_Lists} } if wantarray();
+  return $self->{_Lists};
+}
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=back
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head2 Subclassed methods
+
+The following methods override methods provided in the C<Pod::Select>
+base class. See C<Pod::Parser> and C<Pod::Select> for more information
+on what these methods require.
+
+=over 4
+
+=cut
+
+######### END ACCESSORS ###################
+
+# Opening pod
+
+=item B<begin_pod>
+
+Writes the C<latex> preamble if requested. Only writes something
+if AddPreamble is true. Writes a standard header unless a UserPreamble
+is defined.
+
+=cut
+
+sub begin_pod {
+  my $self = shift;
+
+  # Get the pod identification
+  # This should really come from the '=head1 NAME' paragraph
+
+  my $infile = $self->input_file;
+  my $class = ref($self);
+  my $date = gmtime(time);
+
+  # Comment message to say where this came from
+  my $comment = << "__TEX_COMMENT__";
+%%  Latex generated from POD in document $infile
+%%  Using the perl module $class
+%%  Converted on $date
+__TEX_COMMENT__
+
+  # Write the preamble
+  # If the caller has supplied one then we just use that
+
+  my $preamble = '';
+
+  if ($self->AddPreamble) {
+
+    if (defined $self->UserPreamble) {
+
+      $preamble = $self->UserPreamble;
+
+      # Add the description of where this came from
+      $preamble .=  "\n$comment\n%%  Preamble supplied by user.\n\n";
+
+    } else {
+
+      # Write our own preamble
+
+      # Code to initialise index making
+      # Use an array so that we can prepend comment if required
+      my @makeidx = (
+		     '\usepackage{makeidx}',
+		     '\makeindex',
+		    );
+
+      unless ($self->MakeIndex) {
+	foreach (@makeidx) {
+	  $_ = '%% ' . $_;
+	}
+      }
+      my $makeindex = join("\n",@makeidx) . "\n";
+
+      # Table of contents
+      my $tableofcontents = '\tableofcontents';
+
+      $tableofcontents = '%% ' . $tableofcontents
+	unless $self->TableOfContents;
+
+      # Roll our own
+      $preamble = << "__TEX_HEADER__";
+\\documentclass{article}
+\\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+$comment
+
+$makeindex
+
+\\begin{document}
+
+$tableofcontents
+
+__TEX_HEADER__
+
+    }
+  }
+
+  # Write the header (blank if none)
+  $self->_output($preamble);
+
+  # Start on new page if requested
+  $self->_output("\\clearpage\n") if $self->StartWithNewPage;
+
+}
+
+
+=item B<end_pod>
+
+Write the closing C<latex> code. Only writes something if AddPostamble
+is true. Writes a standard header unless a UserPostamble is defined.
+
+=cut
+
+sub end_pod {
+  my $self = shift;
+
+  # End string
+  my $end = '';
+
+  # Use the user version of the postamble if defined
+  if ($self->AddPostamble) {
+
+    if (defined $self->UserPostamble) {
+      $end = $self->UserPostamble;
+
+    } else {
+
+      # Check for index
+      my $makeindex = '\printindex';
+
+      $makeindex = '%% '. $makeindex  unless $self->MakeIndex;
+
+      $end = "$makeindex\n\n\\end{document}\n";
+    }
+  }
+
+  $self->_output($end);
+
+}
+
+=item B<command>
+
+Process basic pod commands.
+
+=cut
+
+sub command {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my ($command, $paragraph, $line_num, $parobj) = @_;
+
+  # return if we dont care
+  return if $command eq 'pod';
+
+  # Store a copy of the raw text in case we are in a =for
+  # block and need to preserve the existing latex
+  my $rawpara = $paragraph;
+
+  # Do the latex escapes
+  $paragraph = $self->_replace_special_chars($paragraph);
+
+  # Interpolate pod sequences in paragraph
+  $paragraph = $self->interpolate($paragraph, $line_num);
+  $paragraph =~ s/\s+$//;
+
+  # Replace characters that can only be done after 
+  # interpolation of interior sequences
+  $paragraph = $self->_replace_special_chars_late($paragraph);
+
+  # Now run the command
+  if ($command eq 'over') {
+
+    $self->begin_list($paragraph, $line_num);
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'item') {
+
+    $self->add_item($paragraph, $line_num);
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'back') {
+
+    $self->end_list($line_num);
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'head1') {
+
+    # Store the name of the section
+    $self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1} = $paragraph;
+
+    # Print it
+    $self->head(1, $paragraph, $parobj);
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'head2') {
+
+    $self->head(2, $paragraph, $parobj);
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'head3') {
+
+    $self->head(3, $paragraph, $parobj);
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'head4') {
+
+    $self->head(4, $paragraph, $parobj);
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'head5') {
+
+    $self->head(5, $paragraph, $parobj);
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'head6') {
+
+    $self->head(6, $paragraph, $parobj);
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'begin') {
+
+    # pass through if latex
+    if ($paragraph =~ /^latex/i) {
+      # Make sure that subsequent paragraphs are not modfied before printing
+      $self->{_dont_modify_any_para} = 1;
+
+    } else {
+      # Suppress all subsequent paragraphs unless 
+      # it is explcitly intended for latex
+      $self->{_suppress_all_para} = 1;
+    }
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'for') {
+
+    # =for latex
+    #   some latex
+
+    # With =for we will get the text for the full paragraph
+    # as well as the format name.
+    # We do not get an additional paragraph later on. The next
+    # paragraph is not governed by the =for
+
+    # The first line contains the format and the rest is the
+    # raw code.
+    my ($format, $chunk) = split(/\n/, $rawpara, 2);
+
+    # If we have got some latex code print it out immediately
+    # unmodified. Else do nothing.
+    if ($format =~ /^latex/i) {
+      # Make sure that next paragraph is not modfied before printing
+      $self->_output( $chunk );
+
+    }
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'end') {
+
+    # Reset suppression
+    $self->{_suppress_all_para} = 0;
+    $self->{_dont_modify_any_para} = 0;
+
+  } elsif ($command eq 'pod') {
+
+    # Do nothing
+
+  } else {
+    carp "Command $command not recognised at line $line_num\n";
+  }
+
+}
+
+=item B<verbatim>
+
+Verbatim text
+
+=cut
+
+sub verbatim {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my ($paragraph, $line_num, $parobj) = @_;
+
+  # Expand paragraph unless in =begin block
+  if ($self->{_dont_modify_any_para}) {
+    # Just print as is
+    $self->_output($paragraph);
+
+  } else {
+
+    return if $paragraph =~ /^\s+$/;
+
+    # Clean trailing space
+    $paragraph =~ s/\s+$//;
+
+    # Clean tabs. Routine taken from Tabs.pm
+    # by David Muir Sharnoff muir@idiom.com,
+    # slightly modified by hsmyers@sdragons.com 10/22/01
+    my @l = split("\n",$paragraph);
+    foreach (@l) {
+      1 while s/(^|\n)([^\t\n]*)(\t+)/
+	$1. $2 . (" " x 
+		  (8 * length($3)
+		   - (length($2) % 8)))
+	  /sex;
+    }
+    $paragraph = join("\n",@l);
+    # End of change.
+
+
+
+    $self->_output('\begin{verbatim}' . "\n$paragraph\n". '\end{verbatim}'."\n");
+  }
+}
+
+=item B<textblock>
+
+Plain text paragraph.
+
+=cut
+
+sub textblock {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my ($paragraph, $line_num, $parobj) = @_;
+
+  # print Dumper($self);
+
+  # Expand paragraph unless in =begin block
+  if ($self->{_dont_modify_any_para}) {
+    # Just print as is
+    $self->_output($paragraph);
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  # Escape latex special characters
+  $paragraph = $self->_replace_special_chars($paragraph);
+
+  # Interpolate interior sequences
+  my $expansion = $self->interpolate($paragraph, $line_num);
+  $expansion =~ s/\s+$//;
+
+  # Escape special characters that can not be done earlier
+  $expansion = $self->_replace_special_chars_late($expansion);
+
+  # If we are replacing 'head1 NAME' with a section
+  # we need to look in the paragraph and rewrite things
+  # Need to make sure this is called only on the first paragraph
+  # following 'head1 NAME' and not on subsequent paragraphs that may be
+  # present.
+  if ($self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1} =~ /^NAME/i && $self->ReplaceNAMEwithSection()) {
+
+    # Strip white space from start and end
+    $paragraph =~ s/^\s+//;
+    $paragraph =~ s/\s$//;
+
+    # Split the string into 2 parts
+    my ($name, $purpose) = split(/\s+-\s+/, $expansion,2);
+
+    # Now prevent this from triggering until a new head1 NAME is set
+    $self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1} = '_NAME';
+
+    # Might want to clear the Label() before doing this (CHECK)
+
+    # Print the heading
+    $self->head(1, $name, $parobj);
+
+    # Set the labeling in case we want unique names later
+    $self->Label( $self->_create_label( $name, 1 ) );
+
+    # Raise the Head1Level by one so that subsequent =head1 appear
+    # as subsections of the main name section unless we are already
+    # at maximum [Head1Level() could check this itself - CHECK]
+    $self->Head1Level( $self->Head1Level() + 1)
+      unless $self->Head1Level == $#LatexSections;
+
+    # Now write out the new latex paragraph
+    $purpose = ucfirst($purpose);
+    $self->_output("\n\n$purpose\n\n");
+
+  } else {
+    # Just write the output
+    $self->_output("\n\n$expansion\n\n");
+  }
+
+}
+
+=item B<interior_sequence>
+
+Interior sequence expansion
+
+=cut
+
+sub interior_sequence {
+  my $self = shift;
+
+  my ($seq_command, $seq_argument, $pod_seq) = @_;
+
+  if ($seq_command eq 'B') {
+    return "\\textbf{$seq_argument}";
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'I') {
+    return "\\textit{$seq_argument}";
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'E') {
+
+    # If it is simply a number
+    if ($seq_argument =~ /^\d+$/) {
+      return chr($seq_argument);
+    # Look up escape in hash table
+    } elsif (exists $HTML_Escapes{$seq_argument}) {
+      return $HTML_Escapes{$seq_argument};
+
+    } else {
+      my ($file, $line) = $pod_seq->file_line();
+      warn "Escape sequence $seq_argument not recognised at line $line of file $file\n";
+      return;
+    }
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'Z') {
+
+    # Zero width space
+    return '{}';
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'C') {
+    return "\\texttt{$seq_argument}";
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'F') {
+    return "\\emph{$seq_argument}";
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'S') {
+    # non breakable spaces
+    my $nbsp = '~';
+
+    $seq_argument =~ s/\s/$nbsp/g;
+    return $seq_argument;
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'L') {
+    my $link = new Pod::Hyperlink($seq_argument);
+
+    # undef on failure
+    unless (defined $link) {
+      carp $@;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    # Handle internal links differently
+    my $type = $link->type;
+    my $page = $link->page;
+
+    if ($type eq 'section' && $page eq '') {
+      # Use internal latex reference 
+      my $node = $link->node;
+
+      # Convert to a label
+      $node = $self->_create_label($node);
+
+      return "\\S\\ref{$node}";
+
+    } else {
+      # Use default markup for external references
+      # (although Starlink would use \xlabel)
+      my $markup = $link->markup;
+      my ($file, $line) = $pod_seq->file_line();
+
+      return $self->interpolate($link->markup, $line);
+    }
+
+
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'P') {
+    # Special markup for Pod::Hyperlink
+    # Replace :: with / - but not sure if I want to do this
+    # any more.
+    my $link = $seq_argument;
+    $link =~ s|::|/|g;
+
+    my $ref = "\\emph{$seq_argument}";
+    return $ref;
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'Q') {
+    # Special markup for Pod::Hyperlink
+    return "\\textsf{$seq_argument}";
+
+  } elsif ($seq_command eq 'X') {
+    # Index entries
+
+    # use \index command
+    # I will let '!' go through for now
+    # not sure how sub categories are handled in X<>
+    my $index = $self->_create_index($seq_argument);
+    return "\\index{$index}\n";
+
+  } else {
+    carp "Unknown sequence $seq_command<$seq_argument>";
+  }
+
+}
+
+=back
+
+=head2 List Methods
+
+Methods used to handle lists.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item B<begin_list>
+
+Called when a new list is found (via the C<over> directive).
+Creates a new C<Pod::List> object and stores it on the 
+list stack.
+
+  $parser->begin_list($indent, $line_num);
+
+=cut
+
+sub begin_list {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $indent = shift;
+  my $line_num = shift;
+
+  # Indicate that a list should be started for the next item
+  # need to do this to work out the type of list
+  push ( @{$self->lists}, new Pod::List(-indent => $indent, 
+					-start => $line_num,
+					-file => $self->input_file,
+				       )	 
+       );
+
+}
+
+=item B<end_list>
+
+Called when the end of a list is found (the C<back> directive).
+Pops the C<Pod::List> object off the stack of lists and writes
+the C<latex> code required to close a list.
+
+  $parser->end_list($line_num);
+
+=cut
+
+sub end_list {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $line_num = shift;
+
+  unless (defined $self->lists->[-1]) {
+    my $file = $self->input_file;
+    warn "No list is active at line $line_num (file=$file). Missing =over?\n";
+    return;
+  }
+
+  # What to write depends on list type
+  my $type = $self->lists->[-1]->type;
+
+  # Dont write anything if the list type is not set
+  # iomplying that a list was created but no entries were
+  # placed in it (eg because of a =begin/=end combination)
+  $self->_output("\\end{$type}\n")
+    if (defined $type && length($type) > 0);
+  
+  # Clear list
+  pop(@{ $self->lists});
+
+}
+
+=item B<add_item>
+
+Add items to the list. The first time an item is encountered 
+(determined from the state of the current C<Pod::List> object)
+the type of list is determined (ordered, unnumbered or description)
+and the relevant latex code issued.
+
+  $parser->add_item($paragraph, $line_num);
+
+=cut
+
+sub add_item {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $paragraph = shift;
+  my $line_num = shift;
+
+  unless (defined $self->lists->[-1]) {
+    my $file = $self->input_file;
+    warn "List has already ended by line $line_num of file $file. Missing =over?\n";
+    # Replace special chars
+#    $paragraph = $self->_replace_special_chars($paragraph);
+    $self->_output("$paragraph\n\n");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  # If paragraphs printing is turned off via =begin/=end or whatver
+  # simply return immediately
+  return if $self->{_suppress_all_para};
+
+  # Check to see whether we are starting a new lists
+  if (scalar($self->lists->[-1]->item) == 0) {
+
+    # Examine the paragraph to determine what type of list
+    # we have
+    $paragraph =~ s/\s+$//;
+    $paragraph =~ s/^\s+//;
+
+    my $type;
+    if (substr($paragraph, 0,1) eq '*') {
+      $type = 'itemize';
+    } elsif ($paragraph =~ /^\d/) {
+      $type = 'enumerate';
+    } else {
+      $type = 'description';
+    }
+    $self->lists->[-1]->type($type);
+
+    $self->_output("\\begin{$type}\n");
+
+  }
+
+  my $type = $self->lists->[-1]->type;
+
+  if ($type eq 'description') {
+    # Handle long items - long items do not wrap
+    # If the string is longer than 40 characters we split
+    # it into a real item header and some bold text.
+    my $maxlen = 40;
+    my ($hunk1, $hunk2) = $self->_split_delimited( $paragraph, $maxlen );
+
+    # Print the first hunk
+    $self->_output("\n\\item[{$hunk1}] ");
+
+    # and the second hunk if it is defined
+    if ($hunk2) {
+      $self->_output("\\textbf{$hunk2}");
+    } else {
+      # Not there so make sure we have a new line
+      $self->_output("\\mbox{}");
+    }
+
+  } else {
+    # If the item was '* Something' or '\d+ something' we still need to write
+    # out the something. Also allow 1) and 1.
+    my $extra_info = $paragraph;
+    $extra_info =~ s/^(\*|\d+[\.\)]?)\s*//;
+    $self->_output("\n\\item $extra_info");
+  }
+
+  # Store the item name in the object. Required so that 
+  # we can tell if the list is new or not
+  $self->lists->[-1]->item($paragraph);
+
+}
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Methods for headings
+
+=over 4
+
+=item B<head>
+
+Print a heading of the required level.
+
+  $parser->head($level, $paragraph, $parobj);
+
+The first argument is the pod heading level. The second argument
+is the contents of the heading. The 3rd argument is a Pod::Paragraph
+object so that the line number can be extracted.
+
+=cut
+
+sub head {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $num = shift;
+  my $paragraph = shift;
+  my $parobj = shift;
+
+  # If we are replace 'head1 NAME' with a section
+  # we return immediately if we get it
+  return 
+    if ($self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1} =~ /^NAME/i && $self->ReplaceNAMEwithSection());
+
+  # Create a label
+  my $label = $self->_create_label($paragraph);
+
+  # Create an index entry
+  my $index = $self->_create_index($paragraph);
+
+  # Work out position in the above array taking into account
+  # that =head1 is equivalent to $self->Head1Level
+
+  my $level = $self->Head1Level() - 1 + $num;
+
+  # Warn if heading to large
+  if ($num > $#LatexSections) {
+    my $line = $parobj->file_line;
+    my $file = $self->input_file;
+    warn "Heading level too large ($level) for LaTeX at line $line of file $file\n";
+    $level = $#LatexSections;
+  }
+
+  # Check to see whether section should be unnumbered
+  my $star = ($level >= $self->LevelNoNum ? '*' : '');
+
+  # Section
+  $self->_output("\\" .$LatexSections[$level] .$star ."{$paragraph\\label{".$label ."}\\index{".$index."}}\n");
+
+}
+
+
+=back
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head2 Internal methods
+
+Internal routines are described in this section. They do not form part of the
+public interface. All private methods start with an underscore.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item B<_output>
+
+Output text to the output filehandle. This method must be always be called
+to output parsed text.
+
+   $parser->_output($text);
+
+Does not write anything if a =begin is active that should be
+ignored.
+
+=cut
+
+sub _output { 
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $text = shift;
+
+  print { $self->output_handle } $text
+    unless $self->{_suppress_all_para};
+
+}
+
+
+=item B<_replace_special_chars>
+
+Subroutine to replace characters that are special in C<latex>
+with the escaped forms
+
+  $escaped = $parser->_replace_special_chars($paragraph);
+
+Need to call this routine before interior_sequences are munged but not
+if verbatim. It must be called before interpolation of interior
+sequences so that curly brackets and special latex characters inserted
+during interpolation are not themselves escaped. This means that < and
+> can not be modified here since the text still contains interior
+sequences.
+
+Special characters and the C<latex> equivalents are:
+
+  }     \}
+  {     \{
+  _     \_
+  $     \$
+  %     \%
+  &     \&
+  \     $\backslash$
+  ^     \^{}
+  ~     \~{}
+  #     \#
+
+=cut
+
+sub _replace_special_chars {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $paragraph = shift;
+
+  # Replace a \ with $\backslash$
+  # This is made more complicated because the dollars will be escaped
+  # by the subsequent replacement. Easiest to add \backslash 
+  # now and then add the dollars
+  $paragraph =~ s/\\/\\backslash/g;
+
+  # Must be done after escape of \ since this command adds latex escapes
+  # Replace characters that can be escaped
+  $paragraph =~ s/([\$\#&%_{}])/\\$1/g;
+
+  # Replace ^ characters with \^{} so that $^F works okay
+  $paragraph =~ s/(\^)/\\$1\{\}/g;
+
+  # Replace tilde (~) with \texttt{\~{}}
+  $paragraph =~ s/~/\\texttt\{\\~\{\}\}/g;
+
+  # Now add the dollars around each \backslash
+  $paragraph =~ s/(\\backslash)/\$$1\$/g;
+  return $paragraph;
+}
+
+=item B<_replace_special_chars_late>
+
+Replace special characters that can not be replaced before interior
+sequence interpolation. See C<_replace_special_chars> for a routine
+to replace special characters prior to interpolation of interior
+sequences.
+
+Does the following transformation:
+
+  <   $<$
+  >   $>$
+  |   $|$
+
+
+=cut
+
+sub _replace_special_chars_late {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $paragraph = shift;
+
+  # < and >
+  $paragraph =~ s/(<|>)/\$$1\$/g;
+
+  # Replace | with $|$
+  $paragraph =~ s'\|'$|$'g;
+
+
+  return $paragraph;
+}
+
+
+=item B<_create_label>
+
+Return a string that can be used as an internal reference
+in a C<latex> document (i.e. accepted by the C<\label> command)
+
+ $label = $parser->_create_label($string)
+
+If UniqueLabels is true returns a label prefixed by Label()
+This can be suppressed with an optional second argument.
+
+ $label = $parser->_create_label($string, $suppress);
+
+If a second argument is supplied (of any value including undef)
+the Label() is never prefixed. This means that this routine can
+be called to create a Label() without prefixing a previous setting.
+
+=cut
+
+sub _create_label {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $paragraph = shift;
+  my $suppress = (@_ ? 1 : 0 );
+
+  # Remove latex commands
+  $paragraph = $self->_clean_latex_commands($paragraph);
+
+  # Remove non alphanumerics from the label and replace with underscores
+  # want to protect '-' though so use negated character classes 
+  $paragraph =~ s/[^-:\w]/_/g;
+
+  # Multiple underscores will look unsightly so remove repeats
+  # This will also have the advantage of tidying up the end and
+  # start of string
+  $paragraph =~ s/_+/_/g;
+
+  # If required need to make sure that the label is unique
+  # since it is possible to have multiple pods in a single
+  # document
+  if (!$suppress && $self->UniqueLabels() && defined $self->Label) {
+    $paragraph = $self->Label() .'_'. $paragraph;
+  }
+
+  return $paragraph;
+}
+
+
+=item B<_create_index>
+
+Similar to C<_create_label> except an index entry is created.
+If C<UniqueLabels> is true, the index entry is prefixed by 
+the current C<Label> and an exclamation mark.
+
+  $ind = $parser->_create_index($paragraph);
+
+An exclamation mark is used by C<makeindex> to generate 
+sub-entries in an index.
+
+=cut
+
+sub _create_index {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $paragraph = shift;
+  my $suppress = (@_ ? 1 : 0 );
+
+  # Remove latex commands
+  $paragraph = $self->_clean_latex_commands($paragraph);
+
+  # If required need to make sure that the index entry is unique
+  # since it is possible to have multiple pods in a single
+  # document
+  if (!$suppress && $self->UniqueLabels() && defined $self->Label) {
+    $paragraph = $self->Label() .'!'. $paragraph;
+  }
+
+  # Need to replace _ with space
+  $paragraph =~ s/_/ /g;
+
+  return $paragraph;
+
+}
+
+=item B<_clean_latex_commands>
+
+Removes latex commands from text. The latex command is assumed to be of the
+form C<\command{ text }>. "C<text>" is retained
+
+  $clean = $parser->_clean_latex_commands($text);
+
+=cut
+
+sub _clean_latex_commands {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $paragraph = shift;
+
+  # Remove latex commands of the form \text{ }
+  # and replace with the contents of the { }
+  # need to make this non-greedy so that it can handle
+  #  "\text{a} and \text2{b}"
+  # without converting it to
+  #  "a} and \text2{b"
+  # This match will still get into trouble if \} is present 
+  # This is not vital since the subsequent replacement of non-alphanumeric
+  # characters will tidy it up anyway
+  $paragraph =~ s/\\\w+{(.*?)}/$1/g;
+
+  return $paragraph
+}
+
+=item B<_split_delimited>
+
+Split the supplied string into two parts at approximately the
+specified word boundary. Special care is made to make sure that it
+does not split in the middle of some curly brackets.
+
+e.g. "this text is \textbf{very bold}" would not be split into
+"this text is \textbf{very" and " bold".
+
+  ($hunk1, $hunk2) = $self->_split_delimited( $para, $length);
+
+The length indicates the maximum length of hunk1.
+
+=cut
+
+# initially Supplied by hsmyers@sdragons.com
+# 10/25/01, utility to split \hbox
+# busting lines. Reformatted by TimJ to match module style.
+sub _split_delimited {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $input = shift;
+  my $limit = shift;
+
+  # Return immediately if already small
+  return ($input, '') if length($input) < $limit;
+
+  my @output;
+  my $s = '';
+  my $t = '';
+  my $depth = 0;
+  my $token;
+
+  $input =~ s/\n/ /gm;
+  $input .= ' ';
+  foreach ( split ( //, $input ) ) {
+    $token .= $_;
+    if (/\{/) {
+      $depth++;
+    } elsif ( /}/ ) {
+      $depth--;
+    } elsif ( / / and $depth == 0) {
+      push @output, $token if ( $token and $token ne ' ' );
+      $token = '';
+    }
+  }
+
+  foreach  (@output) {
+    if (length($s) < $limit) {
+      $s .= $_;
+    } else {
+      $t .= $_;
+    }
+  }
+
+  # Tidy up
+  $s =~ s/\s+$//;
+  $t =~ s/\s+$//;
+  return ($s,$t);
+}
+
+=back
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=head1 NOTES
+
+Compatible with C<latex2e> only. Can not be used with C<latex> v2.09
+or earlier.
+
+A subclass of C<Pod::Select> so that specific pod sections can be
+converted to C<latex> by using the C<select> method.
+
+Some HTML escapes are missing and many have not been tested.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Select>, L<pod2latex>
+
+=head1 AUTHORS
+
+Tim Jenness E<lt>tjenness@cpan.orgE<gt>
+
+Bug fixes and improvements have been received from: Simon Cozens
+E<lt>simon@cozens.netE<gt>, Mark A. Hershberger
+E<lt>mah@everybody.orgE<gt>, Marcel Grunauer
+E<lt>marcel@codewerk.comE<gt>, Hugh S Myers
+E<lt>hsmyers@sdragons.comE<gt>, Peter J Acklam
+E<lt>jacklam@math.uio.noE<gt>, Sudhi Herle E<lt>sudhi@herle.netE<gt>,
+Ariel Scolnicov E<lt>ariels@compugen.co.ilE<gt>,
+Adriano Rodrigues Ferreira E<lt>ferreira@triang.com.brE<gt> and
+R. de Vries E<lt>r.de.vries@dutchspace.nlE<gt>.
+
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT
+
+Copyright (C) 2000-2004 Tim Jenness. All Rights Reserved.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head1 REVISION
+
+$Id: LaTeX.pm,v 1.19 2004/12/30 01:40:44 timj Exp $
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+1;
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Man.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Man.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..693e4c46896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Man.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,1413 @@
+# Pod::Man -- Convert POD data to formatted *roff input.
+# $Id: Man.pm,v 1.37 2003/03/30 22:34:11 eagle Exp $
+#
+# Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>
+#
+# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the same terms as Perl itself.
+#
+# This module translates POD documentation into *roff markup using the man
+# macro set, and is intended for converting POD documents written as Unix
+# manual pages to manual pages that can be read by the man(1) command.  It is
+# a replacement for the pod2man command distributed with versions of Perl
+# prior to 5.6.
+#
+# Perl core hackers, please note that this module is also separately
+# maintained outside of the Perl core as part of the podlators.  Please send
+# me any patches at the address above in addition to sending them to the
+# standard Perl mailing lists.
+
+##############################################################################
+# Modules and declarations
+##############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Man;
+
+require 5.005;
+
+use Carp qw(carp croak);
+use Pod::ParseLink qw(parselink);
+use Pod::Parser ();
+
+use strict;
+use subs qw(makespace);
+use vars qw(@ISA %ESCAPES $PREAMBLE $VERSION);
+
+@ISA = qw(Pod::Parser);
+
+# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl
+# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings.  This
+# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however.
+$VERSION = 1.37;
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Preamble and *roff output tables
+##############################################################################
+
+# The following is the static preamble which starts all *roff output we
+# generate.  It's completely static except for the font to use as a
+# fixed-width font, which is designed by @CFONT@, and the left and right
+# quotes to use for C<> text, designated by @LQOUTE@ and @RQUOTE@.  $PREAMBLE
+# should therefore be run through s/\@CFONT\@/<font>/g before output.
+$PREAMBLE = <<'----END OF PREAMBLE----';
+.de Sh \" Subsection heading
+.br
+.if t .Sp
+.ne 5
+.PP
+\fB\\$1\fR
+.PP
+..
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft @CFONT@
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` @LQUOTE@
+.    ds C' @RQUOTE@
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.if \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.hy 0
+.if n .na
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+----END OF PREAMBLE----
+#`# for cperl-mode
+
+# This table is taken nearly verbatim from Tom Christiansen's pod2man.  It
+# assumes that the standard preamble has already been printed, since that's
+# what defines all of the accent marks.  Note that some of these are quoted
+# with double quotes since they contain embedded single quotes, so use \\
+# uniformly for backslash for readability.
+%ESCAPES = (
+    'amp'       =>    '&',      # ampersand
+    'apos'      =>    "'",      # apostrophe
+    'lt'        =>    '<',      # left chevron, less-than
+    'gt'        =>    '>',      # right chevron, greater-than
+    'quot'      =>    '"',      # double quote
+    'sol'       =>    '/',      # solidus (forward slash)
+    'verbar'    =>    '|',      # vertical bar
+
+    'Aacute'    =>    "A\\*'",  # capital A, acute accent
+    'aacute'    =>    "a\\*'",  # small a, acute accent
+    'Acirc'     =>    'A\\*^',  # capital A, circumflex accent
+    'acirc'     =>    'a\\*^',  # small a, circumflex accent
+    'AElig'     =>    '\*(AE',  # capital AE diphthong (ligature)
+    'aelig'     =>    '\*(ae',  # small ae diphthong (ligature)
+    'Agrave'    =>    "A\\*`",  # capital A, grave accent
+    'agrave'    =>    "A\\*`",  # small a, grave accent
+    'Aring'     =>    'A\\*o',  # capital A, ring
+    'aring'     =>    'a\\*o',  # small a, ring
+    'Atilde'    =>    'A\\*~',  # capital A, tilde
+    'atilde'    =>    'a\\*~',  # small a, tilde
+    'Auml'      =>    'A\\*:',  # capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'auml'      =>    'a\\*:',  # small a, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'Ccedil'    =>    'C\\*,',  # capital C, cedilla
+    'ccedil'    =>    'c\\*,',  # small c, cedilla
+    'Eacute'    =>    "E\\*'",  # capital E, acute accent
+    'eacute'    =>    "e\\*'",  # small e, acute accent
+    'Ecirc'     =>    'E\\*^',  # capital E, circumflex accent
+    'ecirc'     =>    'e\\*^',  # small e, circumflex accent
+    'Egrave'    =>    'E\\*`',  # capital E, grave accent
+    'egrave'    =>    'e\\*`',  # small e, grave accent
+    'ETH'       =>    '\\*(D-', # capital Eth, Icelandic
+    'eth'       =>    '\\*(d-', # small eth, Icelandic
+    'Euml'      =>    'E\\*:',  # capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'euml'      =>    'e\\*:',  # small e, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'Iacute'    =>    "I\\*'",  # capital I, acute accent
+    'iacute'    =>    "i\\*'",  # small i, acute accent
+    'Icirc'     =>    'I\\*^',  # capital I, circumflex accent
+    'icirc'     =>    'i\\*^',  # small i, circumflex accent
+    'Igrave'    =>    'I\\*`',  # capital I, grave accent
+    'igrave'    =>    'i\\*`',  # small i, grave accent
+    'Iuml'      =>    'I\\*:',  # capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'iuml'      =>    'i\\*:',  # small i, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'Ntilde'    =>    'N\*~',   # capital N, tilde
+    'ntilde'    =>    'n\*~',   # small n, tilde
+    'Oacute'    =>    "O\\*'",  # capital O, acute accent
+    'oacute'    =>    "o\\*'",  # small o, acute accent
+    'Ocirc'     =>    'O\\*^',  # capital O, circumflex accent
+    'ocirc'     =>    'o\\*^',  # small o, circumflex accent
+    'Ograve'    =>    'O\\*`',  # capital O, grave accent
+    'ograve'    =>    'o\\*`',  # small o, grave accent
+    'Oslash'    =>    'O\\*/',  # capital O, slash
+    'oslash'    =>    'o\\*/',  # small o, slash
+    'Otilde'    =>    'O\\*~',  # capital O, tilde
+    'otilde'    =>    'o\\*~',  # small o, tilde
+    'Ouml'      =>    'O\\*:',  # capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'ouml'      =>    'o\\*:',  # small o, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'szlig'     =>    '\*8',    # small sharp s, German (sz ligature)
+    'THORN'     =>    '\\*(Th', # capital THORN, Icelandic
+    'thorn'     =>    '\\*(th', # small thorn, Icelandic
+    'Uacute'    =>    "U\\*'",  # capital U, acute accent
+    'uacute'    =>    "u\\*'",  # small u, acute accent
+    'Ucirc'     =>    'U\\*^',  # capital U, circumflex accent
+    'ucirc'     =>    'u\\*^',  # small u, circumflex accent
+    'Ugrave'    =>    'U\\*`',  # capital U, grave accent
+    'ugrave'    =>    'u\\*`',  # small u, grave accent
+    'Uuml'      =>    'U\\*:',  # capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'uuml'      =>    'u\\*:',  # small u, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    'Yacute'    =>    "Y\\*'",  # capital Y, acute accent
+    'yacute'    =>    "y\\*'",  # small y, acute accent
+    'yuml'      =>    'y\\*:',  # small y, dieresis or umlaut mark
+
+    'nbsp'      =>    '\\ ',    # non-breaking space
+    'shy'       =>    '',       # soft (discretionary) hyphen
+);
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Static helper functions
+##############################################################################
+
+# Protect leading quotes and periods against interpretation as commands.  Also
+# protect anything starting with a backslash, since it could expand or hide
+# something that *roff would interpret as a command.  This is overkill, but
+# it's much simpler than trying to parse *roff here.
+sub protect {
+    local $_ = shift;
+    s/^([.\'\\])/\\&$1/mg;
+    $_;
+}
+
+# Translate a font string into an escape.
+sub toescape { (length ($_[0]) > 1 ? '\f(' : '\f') . $_[0] }
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Initialization
+##############################################################################
+
+# Initialize the object.  Here, we also process any additional options passed
+# to the constructor or set up defaults if none were given.  center is the
+# centered title, release is the version number, and date is the date for the
+# documentation.  Note that we can't know what file name we're processing due
+# to the architecture of Pod::Parser, so that *has* to either be passed to the
+# constructor or set separately with Pod::Man::name().
+sub initialize {
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    # Figure out the fixed-width font.  If user-supplied, make sure that they
+    # are the right length.
+    for (qw/fixed fixedbold fixeditalic fixedbolditalic/) {
+        if (defined $$self{$_}) {
+            if (length ($$self{$_}) < 1 || length ($$self{$_}) > 2) {
+                croak qq(roff font should be 1 or 2 chars,)
+                    . qq( not "$$self{$_}");
+            }
+        } else {
+            $$self{$_} = '';
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Set the default fonts.  We can't be sure what fixed bold-italic is going
+    # to be called, so default to just bold.
+    $$self{fixed}           ||= 'CW';
+    $$self{fixedbold}       ||= 'CB';
+    $$self{fixeditalic}     ||= 'CI';
+    $$self{fixedbolditalic} ||= 'CB';
+
+    # Set up a table of font escapes.  First number is fixed-width, second is
+    # bold, third is italic.
+    $$self{FONTS} = { '000' => '\fR', '001' => '\fI',
+                      '010' => '\fB', '011' => '\f(BI',
+                      '100' => toescape ($$self{fixed}),
+                      '101' => toescape ($$self{fixeditalic}),
+                      '110' => toescape ($$self{fixedbold}),
+                      '111' => toescape ($$self{fixedbolditalic})};
+
+    # Extra stuff for page titles.
+    $$self{center} = 'User Contributed Perl Documentation'
+        unless defined $$self{center};
+    $$self{indent} = 4 unless defined $$self{indent};
+
+    # We used to try first to get the version number from a local binary, but
+    # we shouldn't need that any more.  Get the version from the running Perl.
+    # Work a little magic to handle subversions correctly under both the
+    # pre-5.6 and the post-5.6 version numbering schemes.
+    if (!defined $$self{release}) {
+        my @version = ($] =~ /^(\d+)\.(\d{3})(\d{0,3})$/);
+        $version[2] ||= 0;
+        $version[2] *= 10 ** (3 - length $version[2]);
+        for (@version) { $_ += 0 }
+        $$self{release} = 'perl v' . join ('.', @version);
+    }
+
+    # Double quotes in things that will be quoted.
+    for (qw/center date release/) {
+        $$self{$_} =~ s/\"/\"\"/g if $$self{$_};
+    }
+
+    # Figure out what quotes we'll be using for C<> text.
+    $$self{quotes} ||= '"';
+    if ($$self{quotes} eq 'none') {
+        $$self{LQUOTE} = $$self{RQUOTE} = '';
+    } elsif (length ($$self{quotes}) == 1) {
+        $$self{LQUOTE} = $$self{RQUOTE} = $$self{quotes};
+    } elsif ($$self{quotes} =~ /^(.)(.)$/
+             || $$self{quotes} =~ /^(..)(..)$/) {
+        $$self{LQUOTE} = $1;
+        $$self{RQUOTE} = $2;
+    } else {
+        croak qq(Invalid quote specification "$$self{quotes}");
+    }
+
+    # Double the first quote; note that this should not be s///g as two double
+    # quotes is represented in *roff as three double quotes, not four.  Weird,
+    # I know.
+    $$self{LQUOTE} =~ s/\"/\"\"/;
+    $$self{RQUOTE} =~ s/\"/\"\"/;
+
+    $self->SUPER::initialize;
+}
+
+# For each document we process, output the preamble first.
+sub begin_pod {
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    # Try to figure out the name and section from the file name.
+    my $section = $$self{section} || 1;
+    my $name = $$self{name};
+    if (!defined $name) {
+        $name = $self->input_file;
+        $section = 3 if (!$$self{section} && $name =~ /\.pm\z/i);
+        $name =~ s/\.p(od|[lm])\z//i;
+        if ($section !~ /^3/) {
+            require File::Basename;
+            $name = uc File::Basename::basename ($name);
+        } else {
+            # Assume that we're dealing with a module.  We want to figure out
+            # the full module name from the path to the file, but we don't
+            # want to include too much of the path into the module name.  Lose
+            # everything up to the first of:
+            #
+            #     */lib/*perl*/         standard or site_perl module
+            #     */*perl*/lib/         from -Dprefix=/opt/perl
+            #     */*perl*/             random module hierarchy
+            #
+            # which works.  Also strip off a leading site or site_perl
+            # component, any OS-specific component, and any version number
+            # component, and strip off an initial component of "lib" or
+            # "blib/lib" since that's what ExtUtils::MakeMaker creates.
+            # splitdir requires at least File::Spec 0.8.
+            require File::Spec;
+            my ($volume, $dirs, $file) = File::Spec->splitpath ($name);
+            my @dirs = File::Spec->splitdir ($dirs);
+            my $cut = 0;
+            my $i;
+            for ($i = 0; $i < scalar @dirs; $i++) {
+                if ($dirs[$i] eq 'lib' && $dirs[$i + 1] =~ /perl/) {
+                    $cut = $i + 2;
+                    last;
+                } elsif ($dirs[$i] =~ /perl/) {
+                    $cut = $i + 1;
+                    $cut++ if $dirs[$i + 1] eq 'lib';
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+            if ($cut > 0) {
+                splice (@dirs, 0, $cut);
+                shift @dirs if ($dirs[0] =~ /^site(_perl)?$/);
+                shift @dirs if ($dirs[0] =~ /^[\d.]+$/);
+                shift @dirs if ($dirs[0] =~ /^(.*-$^O|$^O-.*|$^O)$/);
+            }
+            shift @dirs if $dirs[0] eq 'lib';
+            splice (@dirs, 0, 2) if ($dirs[0] eq 'blib' && $dirs[1] eq 'lib');
+
+            # Remove empty directories when building the module name; they
+            # occur too easily on Unix by doubling slashes.
+            $name = join ('::', (grep { $_ ? $_ : () } @dirs), $file);
+        }
+    }
+
+    # If $name contains spaces, quote it; this mostly comes up in the case of
+    # input from stdin.
+    $name = '"' . $name . '"' if ($name =~ /\s/);
+
+    # Modification date header.  Try to use the modification time of our
+    # input.
+    if (!defined $$self{date}) {
+        my $time = (stat $self->input_file)[9] || time;
+        my ($day, $month, $year) = (localtime $time)[3,4,5];
+        $month++;
+        $year += 1900;
+        $$self{date} = sprintf ('%4d-%02d-%02d', $year, $month, $day);
+    }
+
+    # Now, print out the preamble and the title.  The meaning of the arguments
+    # to .TH unfortunately vary by system; some systems consider the fourth
+    # argument to be a "source" and others use it as a version number.
+    # Generally it's just presented as the left-side footer, though, so it
+    # doesn't matter too much if a particular system gives it another
+    # interpretation.
+    #
+    # The order of date and release used to be reversed in older versions of
+    # this module, but this order is correct for both Solaris and Linux.
+    local $_ = $PREAMBLE;
+    s/\@CFONT\@/$$self{fixed}/;
+    s/\@LQUOTE\@/$$self{LQUOTE}/;
+    s/\@RQUOTE\@/$$self{RQUOTE}/;
+    chomp $_;
+    my $pversion = $Pod::Parser::VERSION;
+    print { $self->output_handle } <<"----END OF HEADER----";
+.\\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v$VERSION, Pod::Parser v$pversion
+.\\"
+.\\" Standard preamble:
+.\\" ========================================================================
+$_
+.\\" ========================================================================
+.\\"
+.IX Title "$name $section"
+.TH $name $section "$$self{date}" "$$self{release}" "$$self{center}"
+----END OF HEADER----
+
+    # Initialize a few per-file variables.
+    $$self{INDENT}    = 0;      # Current indentation level.
+    $$self{INDENTS}   = [];     # Stack of indentations.
+    $$self{INDEX}     = [];     # Index keys waiting to be printed.
+    $$self{IN_NAME}   = 0;      # Whether processing the NAME section.
+    $$self{ITEMS}     = 0;      # The number of consecutive =items.
+    $$self{ITEMTYPES} = [];     # Stack of =item types, one per list.
+    $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 0;      # Whether there is a shift waiting.
+    $$self{SHIFTS}    = [];     # Stack of .RS shifts.
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Core overrides
+##############################################################################
+
+# Called for each command paragraph.  Gets the command, the associated
+# paragraph, the line number, and a Pod::Paragraph object.  Just dispatches
+# the command to a method named the same as the command.  =cut is handled
+# internally by Pod::Parser.
+sub command {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $command = shift;
+    return if $command eq 'pod';
+    return if ($$self{EXCLUDE} && $command ne 'end');
+    if ($self->can ('cmd_' . $command)) {
+        $command = 'cmd_' . $command;
+        $self->$command (@_);
+    } else {
+        my ($text, $line, $paragraph) = @_;
+        my $file;
+        ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line;
+        $text =~ s/\n+\z//;
+        $text = " $text" if ($text =~ /^\S/);
+        warn qq($file:$line: Unknown command paragraph "=$command$text"\n);
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+# Called for a verbatim paragraph.  Gets the paragraph, the line number, and a
+# Pod::Paragraph object.  Rofficate backslashes, untabify, put a zero-width
+# character at the beginning of each line to protect against commands, and
+# wrap in .Vb/.Ve.
+sub verbatim {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return if $$self{EXCLUDE};
+    local $_ = shift;
+    return if /^\s+$/;
+    s/\s+$/\n/;
+    my $lines = tr/\n/\n/;
+    1 while s/^(.*?)(\t+)/$1 . ' ' x (length ($2) * 8 - length ($1) % 8)/me;
+    s/\\/\\e/g;
+    s/-/\\-/g;
+    s/'/\\(aq/g;
+    s/^(\s*\S)/'\&' . $1/gme;
+    $self->makespace;
+    $self->output (".Vb $lines\n$_.Ve\n");
+    $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1;
+}
+
+# Called for a regular text block.  Gets the paragraph, the line number, and a
+# Pod::Paragraph object.  Perform interpolation and output the results.
+sub textblock {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return if $$self{EXCLUDE};
+    $self->output ($_[0]), return if $$self{VERBATIM};
+
+    # Parse the tree.  collapse knows about references to scalars as well as
+    # scalars and does the right thing with them.  Tidy up any trailing
+    # whitespace.
+    my $text = shift;
+    $text = $self->parse ($text, @_);
+    $text =~ s/\n\s*$/\n/;
+
+    # Output the paragraph.  We also have to handle =over without =item.  If
+    # there's an =over without =item, SHIFTWAIT will be set, and we need to
+    # handle creation of the indent here.  Add the shift to SHIFTS so that it
+    # will be cleaned up on =back.
+    $self->makespace;
+    if ($$self{SHIFTWAIT}) {
+        $self->output (".RS $$self{INDENT}\n");
+        push (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} }, $$self{INDENT});
+        $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 0;
+    }
+    $self->output (protect $self->textmapfonts ($text));
+    $self->outindex;
+    $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1;
+}
+
+# Called for a formatting code.  Takes a Pod::InteriorSequence object and
+# returns a reference to a scalar.  This scalar is the final formatted text.
+# It's returned as a reference to an array so that other formatting codes
+# above us know that the text has already been processed.
+sub sequence {
+    my ($self, $seq) = @_;
+    my $command = $seq->cmd_name;
+
+    # We have to defer processing of the inside of an L<> formatting code.  If
+    # this code is nested inside an L<> code, return the literal raw text of
+    # it.
+    my $parent = $seq->nested;
+    while (defined $parent) {
+        return $seq->raw_text if ($parent->cmd_name eq 'L');
+        $parent = $parent->nested;
+    }
+
+    # Zero-width characters.
+    return [ '\&' ] if ($command eq 'Z');
+
+    # C<>, L<>, X<>, and E<> don't apply guesswork to their contents.  C<>
+    # needs some additional special handling.
+    my $literal = ($command =~ /^[CELX]$/);
+    local $_ = $self->collapse ($seq->parse_tree, $literal, $command eq 'C');
+
+    # Handle E<> escapes.  Numeric escapes that match one of the supported ISO
+    # 8859-1 characters don't work at present.
+    if ($command eq 'E') {
+        if (/^\d+$/) {
+            return [ chr ($_) ];
+        } elsif (exists $ESCAPES{$_}) {
+            return [ $ESCAPES{$_} ];
+        } else {
+            my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line;
+            warn "$file:$line: Unknown escape E<$_>\n";
+            return [ "E<$_>" ];
+        }
+    }
+
+    # For all the other codes, empty content produces no output.
+    return '' if $_ eq '';
+
+    # Handle simple formatting codes.
+    if ($command eq 'B') {
+        return [ '\f(BS' . $_ . '\f(BE' ];
+    } elsif ($command eq 'F' || $command eq 'I') {
+        return [ '\f(IS' . $_ . '\f(IE' ];
+    } elsif ($command eq 'C') {
+        return [ $self->quote_literal ($_) ];
+    }
+
+    # Handle links.
+    if ($command eq 'L') {
+        my ($text, $type) = (parselink ($_))[1,4];
+        return '' unless $text;
+        my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line;
+        $text = $self->parse ($text, $line);
+        $text = '<' . $text . '>' if $type eq 'url';
+        return [ $text ];
+    }
+
+    # Whitespace protection replaces whitespace with "\ ".
+    if ($command eq 'S') {
+        s/\s+/\\ /g;
+        return [ $_ ];
+    }
+
+    # Add an index entry to the list of ones waiting to be output.
+    if ($command eq 'X') {
+        push (@{ $$self{INDEX} }, $_);
+        return '';
+    }
+
+    # Anything else is unknown.
+    my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line;
+    warn "$file:$line: Unknown formatting code $command<$_>\n";
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Command paragraphs
+##############################################################################
+
+# All command paragraphs take the paragraph and the line number.
+
+# First level heading.  We can't output .IX in the NAME section due to a bug
+# in some versions of catman, so don't output a .IX for that section.  .SH
+# already uses small caps, so remove \s1 and \s-1.  Maintain IN_NAME as
+# appropriate, but don't leave it set while calling parse() so as to not
+# override guesswork on section headings after NAME.
+sub cmd_head1 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $$self{IN_NAME} = 0;
+    local $_ = $self->parse (@_);
+    s/\s+$//;
+    s/\\s-?\d//g;
+    s/\s*\n\s*/ /g;
+    if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1) {
+        $$self{ITEMS} = 0;
+        $self->output (".PD\n");
+    }
+    $self->output ($self->switchquotes ('.SH', $self->mapfonts ($_)));
+    $self->outindex (($_ eq 'NAME') ? () : ('Header', $_));
+    $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 0;
+    $$self{IN_NAME} = ($_ eq 'NAME');
+}
+
+# Second level heading.
+sub cmd_head2 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = $self->parse (@_);
+    s/\s+$//;
+    s/\s*\n\s*/ /g;
+    if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1) {
+        $$self{ITEMS} = 0;
+        $self->output (".PD\n");
+    }
+    $self->output ($self->switchquotes ('.Sh', $self->mapfonts ($_)));
+    $self->outindex ('Subsection', $_);
+    $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 0;
+}
+
+# Third level heading.
+sub cmd_head3 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = $self->parse (@_);
+    s/\s+$//;
+    s/\s*\n\s*/ /g;
+    if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1) {
+        $$self{ITEMS} = 0;
+        $self->output (".PD\n");
+    }
+    $self->makespace;
+    $self->output ($self->textmapfonts ('\f(IS' . $_ . '\f(IE') . "\n");
+    $self->outindex ('Subsection', $_);
+    $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1;
+}
+
+# Fourth level heading.
+sub cmd_head4 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = $self->parse (@_);
+    s/\s+$//;
+    s/\s*\n\s*/ /g;
+    if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1) {
+        $$self{ITEMS} = 0;
+        $self->output (".PD\n");
+    }
+    $self->makespace;
+    $self->output ($self->textmapfonts ($_) . "\n");
+    $self->outindex ('Subsection', $_);
+    $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1;
+}
+
+# Start a list.  For indents after the first, wrap the outside indent in .RS
+# so that hanging paragraph tags will be correct.
+sub cmd_over {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    unless (/^[-+]?\d+\s+$/) { $_ = $$self{indent} }
+    if (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} } < @{ $$self{INDENTS} }) {
+        $self->output (".RS $$self{INDENT}\n");
+        push (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} }, $$self{INDENT});
+    }
+    push (@{ $$self{INDENTS} }, $$self{INDENT});
+    push (@{ $$self{ITEMTYPES} }, 'unknown');
+    $$self{INDENT} = ($_ + 0);
+    $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 1;
+}
+
+# End a list.  If we've closed an embedded indent, we've mangled the hanging
+# paragraph indent, so temporarily replace it with .RS and set WEIRDINDENT.
+# We'll close that .RS at the next =back or =item.
+sub cmd_back {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $$self{INDENT} = pop @{ $$self{INDENTS} };
+    if (defined $$self{INDENT}) {
+        pop @{ $$self{ITEMTYPES} };
+    } else {
+        my ($file, $line, $paragraph) = @_;
+        ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line;
+        warn "$file:$line: Unmatched =back\n";
+        $$self{INDENT} = 0;
+    }
+    if (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} } > @{ $$self{INDENTS} }) {
+        $self->output (".RE\n");
+        pop @{ $$self{SHIFTS} };
+    }
+    if (@{ $$self{INDENTS} } > 0) {
+        $self->output (".RE\n");
+        $self->output (".RS $$self{INDENT}\n");
+    }
+    $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1;
+    $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 0;
+}
+
+# An individual list item.  Emit an index entry for anything that's
+# interesting, but don't emit index entries for things like bullets and
+# numbers.  rofficate bullets too while we're at it (so for nice output, use *
+# for your lists rather than o or . or - or some other thing).  Newlines in an
+# item title are turned into spaces since *roff can't handle them embedded.
+sub cmd_item {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = $self->parse (@_);
+    s/\s+$//;
+    s/\s*\n\s*/ /g;
+    my $index;
+    if (/\w/ && !/^\w[.\)]\s*$/) {
+        $index = $_;
+        $index =~ s/^\s*[-*+o.]?(?:\s+|\Z)//;
+    }
+    $_ = '*' unless length ($_) > 0;
+    my $type = $$self{ITEMTYPES}[0];
+    unless (defined $type) {
+        my ($file, $line, $paragraph) = @_;
+        ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line;
+        $type = 'unknown';
+    }
+    if ($type eq 'unknown') {
+        $type = /^\*\s*\Z/ ? 'bullet' : 'text';
+        $$self{ITEMTYPES}[0] = $type if $$self{ITEMTYPES}[0];
+    }
+    s/^\*\s*\Z/\\\(bu/ if $type eq 'bullet';
+    if (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} } == @{ $$self{INDENTS} }) {
+        $self->output (".RE\n");
+        pop @{ $$self{SHIFTS} };
+    }
+    $_ = $self->textmapfonts ($_);
+    $self->output (".PD 0\n") if ($$self{ITEMS} == 1);
+    $self->output ($self->switchquotes ('.IP', $_, $$self{INDENT}));
+    $self->outindex ($index ? ('Item', $index) : ());
+    $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 0;
+    $$self{ITEMS}++;
+    $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 0;
+}
+
+# Begin a block for a particular translator.  Setting VERBATIM triggers
+# special handling in textblock().
+sub cmd_begin {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my ($kind) = /^(\S+)/ or return;
+    if ($kind eq 'man' || $kind eq 'roff') {
+        $$self{VERBATIM} = 1;
+    } else {
+        $$self{EXCLUDE} = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+# End a block for a particular translator.  We assume that all =begin/=end
+# pairs are properly closed.
+sub cmd_end {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $$self{EXCLUDE} = 0;
+    $$self{VERBATIM} = 0;
+}
+
+# One paragraph for a particular translator.  Ignore it unless it's intended
+# for man or roff, in which case we output it verbatim.
+sub cmd_for {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    return unless s/^(?:man|roff)\b[ \t]*\n?//;
+    $self->output ($_);
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Escaping and fontification
+##############################################################################
+
+# At this point, we'll have embedded font codes of the form \f(<font>[SE]
+# where <font> is one of B, I, or F.  Turn those into the right font start or
+# end codes.  The old pod2man didn't get B<someI<thing> else> right; after I<>
+# it switched back to normal text rather than bold.  We take care of this by
+# using variables as a combined pointer to our current font sequence, and set
+# each to the number of current nestings of start tags for that font.  Use
+# them as a vector to look up what font sequence to use.
+#
+# \fP changes to the previous font, but only one previous font is kept.  We
+# don't know what the outside level font is; normally it's R, but if we're
+# inside a heading it could be something else.  So arrange things so that the
+# outside font is always the "previous" font and end with \fP instead of \fR.
+# Idea from Zack Weinberg.
+sub mapfonts {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+
+    my ($fixed, $bold, $italic) = (0, 0, 0);
+    my %magic = (F => \$fixed, B => \$bold, I => \$italic);
+    my $last = '\fR';
+    s { \\f\((.)(.) } {
+        my $sequence = '';
+        my $f;
+        if ($last ne '\fR') { $sequence = '\fP' }
+        ${ $magic{$1} } += ($2 eq 'S') ? 1 : -1;
+        $f = $$self{FONTS}{($fixed && 1) . ($bold && 1) . ($italic && 1)};
+        if ($f eq $last) {
+            '';
+        } else {
+            if ($f ne '\fR') { $sequence .= $f }
+            $last = $f;
+            $sequence;
+        }
+    }gxe;
+    $_;
+}
+
+# Unfortunately, there is a bug in Solaris 2.6 nroff (not present in GNU
+# groff) where the sequence \fB\fP\f(CW\fP leaves the font set to B rather
+# than R, presumably because \f(CW doesn't actually do a font change.  To work
+# around this, use a separate textmapfonts for text blocks where the default
+# font is always R and only use the smart mapfonts for headings.
+sub textmapfonts {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+
+    my ($fixed, $bold, $italic) = (0, 0, 0);
+    my %magic = (F => \$fixed, B => \$bold, I => \$italic);
+    s { \\f\((.)(.) } {
+        ${ $magic{$1} } += ($2 eq 'S') ? 1 : -1;
+        $$self{FONTS}{($fixed && 1) . ($bold && 1) . ($italic && 1)};
+    }gxe;
+    $_;
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# *roff-specific parsing and magic
+##############################################################################
+
+# Called instead of parse_text, calls parse_text with the right flags.
+sub parse {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->parse_text ({ -expand_seq   => 'sequence',
+                         -expand_ptree => 'collapse' }, @_);
+}
+
+# Takes a parse tree, a flag saying whether or not to treat it as literal text
+# (not call guesswork on it), and a flag saying whether or not to clean some
+# things up for *roff, and returns the concatenation of all of the text
+# strings in that parse tree.  If the literal flag isn't true, guesswork()
+# will be called on all plain scalars in the parse tree.  Otherwise, if
+# collapse is being called on a C<> code, $cleanup should be set to true and
+# some additional cleanup will be done.  Assumes that everything in the parse
+# tree is either a scalar or a reference to a scalar.
+sub collapse {
+    my ($self, $ptree, $literal, $cleanup) = @_;
+
+    # If we're processing the NAME section, don't do normal guesswork.  This
+    # is because NAME lines are often extracted by utilities like catman that
+    # require plain text and don't understand *roff markup.  We still need to
+    # escape backslashes and hyphens for *roff (and catman expects \- instead
+    # of -).
+    if ($$self{IN_NAME}) {
+        $literal = 1;
+        $cleanup = 1;
+    }
+
+    # Do the collapse of the parse tree as described above.
+    return join ('', map {
+        if (ref $_) {
+            join ('', @$_);
+        } elsif ($literal) {
+            if ($cleanup) {
+                s/\\/\\e/g;
+                s/-/\\-/g;
+                s/__/_\\|_/g;
+            }
+            $_;
+        } else {
+            $self->guesswork ($_);
+        }
+    } $ptree->children);
+}
+
+# Takes a text block to perform guesswork on; this is guaranteed not to
+# contain any formatting codes.  Returns the text block with remapping done.
+sub guesswork {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+
+    # rofficate backslashes.
+    s/\\/\\e/g;
+
+    # Ensure double underbars have a tiny space between them.
+    s/__/_\\|_/g;
+
+    # Leave hyphens only if they're part of regular words and there is only
+    # one dash at a time.  Leave a dash after the first character as a regular
+    # non-breaking dash, but don't let it mark the rest of the word invalid
+    # for hyphenation.
+    s/-/\\-/g;
+    s{
+      ( (?:\G|^|\s) [a-zA-Z] ) ( \\- )?
+      ( (?: [a-zA-Z]+ \\-)+ )
+      ( [a-zA-Z]+ ) (?=\s|\Z)
+      \b
+     } {
+         my ($prefix, $hyphen, $main, $suffix) = ($1, $2, $3, $4);
+         $hyphen ||= '';
+         $main =~ s/\\-/-/g;
+         $prefix . $hyphen . $main . $suffix;
+    }egx;
+
+    # Translate -- into a real em dash if it's used like one.
+    s{ (\s) \\-\\- (\s) }                         { $1 . '\*(--' . $2 }egx;
+    s{ (\b[a-zA-Z]+) \\-\\- (\s|\Z|[a-zA-Z]+\b) } { $1 . '\*(--' . $2 }egx;
+
+    # Make all caps a little smaller.  Be careful here, since we don't want to
+    # make @ARGV into small caps, nor do we want to fix the MIME in
+    # MIME-Version, since it looks weird with the full-height V.
+    s{
+        ( ^ | [\s\(\"\'\`\[\{<>] )
+        ( [A-Z] [A-Z] (?: [/A-Z+:\d_\$&] | \\- )* )
+        (?= [\s>\}\]\(\)\'\".?!,;] | \\*\(-- | $ )
+    } { $1 . '\s-1' . $2 . '\s0' }egx;
+
+    # Italize functions in the form func().
+    s{
+        ( \b | \\s-1 )
+        (
+            [A-Za-z_] ([:\w]|\\s-?[01])+ \(\)
+        )
+    } { $1 . '\f(IS' . $2 . '\f(IE' }egx;
+
+    # func(n) is a reference to a manual page.  Make it \fIfunc\fR\|(n).
+    s{
+        ( \b | \\s-1 )
+        ( [A-Za-z_] (?:[.:\w]|\\-|\\s-?[01])+ )
+        (
+            \( \d [a-z]* \)
+        )
+    } { $1 . '\f(IS' . $2 . '\f(IE\|' . $3 }egx;
+
+    # Convert simple Perl variable references to a fixed-width font.
+    s{
+        ( \s+ )
+        ( [\$\@%] [\w:]+ )
+        (?! \( )
+    } { $1 . '\f(FS' . $2 . '\f(FE'}egx;
+
+    # Fix up double quotes.
+    s{ \" ([^\"]+) \" } { '\*(L"' . $1 . '\*(R"' }egx;
+
+    # Make C++ into \*(C+, which is a squinched version.
+    s{ \b C\+\+ } {\\*\(C+}gx;
+
+    # All done.
+    $_;
+}
+
+# Handles C<> text, deciding whether to put \*C` around it or not.  This is a
+# whole bunch of messy heuristics to try to avoid overquoting, originally from
+# Barrie Slaymaker.  This largely duplicates similar code in Pod::Text.
+sub quote_literal {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+
+    # A regex that matches the portion of a variable reference that's the
+    # array or hash index, separated out just because we want to use it in
+    # several places in the following regex.
+    my $index = '(?: \[.*\] | \{.*\} )?';
+
+    # Check for things that we don't want to quote, and if we find any of
+    # them, return the string with just a font change and no quoting.
+    m{
+      ^\s*
+      (?:
+         ( [\'\`\"] ) .* \1                             # already quoted
+       | \` .* \'                                       # `quoted'
+       | \$+ [\#^]? \S $index                           # special ($^Foo, $")
+       | [\$\@%&*]+ \#? [:\'\w]+ $index                 # plain var or func
+       | [\$\@%&*]* [:\'\w]+ (?: -> )? \(\s*[^\s,]\s*\) # 0/1-arg func call
+       | [+-]? ( \d[\d.]* | \.\d+ ) (?: [eE][+-]?\d+ )? # a number
+       | 0x [a-fA-F\d]+                                 # a hex constant
+      )
+      \s*\z
+     }xo && return '\f(FS' . $_ . '\f(FE';
+
+    # If we didn't return, go ahead and quote the text.
+    return '\f(FS\*(C`' . $_ . "\\*(C'\\f(FE";
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Output formatting
+##############################################################################
+
+# Make vertical whitespace.
+sub makespace {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->output (".PD\n") if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1);
+    $$self{ITEMS} = 0;
+    $self->output ($$self{INDENT} > 0 ? ".Sp\n" : ".PP\n")
+        if $$self{NEEDSPACE};
+}
+
+# Output any pending index entries, and optionally an index entry given as an
+# argument.  Support multiple index entries in X<> separated by slashes, and
+# strip special escapes from index entries.
+sub outindex {
+    my ($self, $section, $index) = @_;
+    my @entries = map { split m%\s*/\s*% } @{ $$self{INDEX} };
+    return unless ($section || @entries);
+    $$self{INDEX} = [];
+    my @output;
+    if (@entries) {
+        push (@output, [ 'Xref', join (' ', @entries) ]);
+    }
+    if ($section) {
+        $index =~ s/\\-/-/g;
+        $index =~ s/\\(?:s-?\d|.\(..|.)//g;
+        push (@output, [ $section, $index ]);
+    }
+    for (@output) {
+        my ($type, $entry) = @$_;
+        $entry =~ s/\"/\"\"/g;
+        $entry =~ s/\\/\\e/g;
+        $self->output (".IX $type " . '"' . $entry . '"' . "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+# Output text to the output device.
+sub output { print { $_[0]->output_handle } $_[1] }
+
+# Given a command and a single argument that may or may not contain double
+# quotes, handle double-quote formatting for it.  If there are no double
+# quotes, just return the command followed by the argument in double quotes.
+# If there are double quotes, use an if statement to test for nroff, and for
+# nroff output the command followed by the argument in double quotes with
+# embedded double quotes doubled.  For other formatters, remap paired double
+# quotes to LQUOTE and RQUOTE.
+sub switchquotes {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $command = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $extra = shift;
+    s/\\\*\([LR]\"/\"/g;
+
+    # We also have to deal with \*C` and \*C', which are used to add the
+    # quotes around C<> text, since they may expand to " and if they do this
+    # confuses the .SH macros and the like no end.  Expand them ourselves.
+    # Also separate troff from nroff if there are any fixed-width fonts in use
+    # to work around problems with Solaris nroff.
+    my $c_is_quote = ($$self{LQUOTE} =~ /\"/) || ($$self{RQUOTE} =~ /\"/);
+    my $fixedpat = join ('|', @{ $$self{FONTS} }{'100', '101', '110', '111'});
+    $fixedpat =~ s/\\/\\\\/g;
+    $fixedpat =~ s/\(/\\\(/g;
+    if (/\"/ || /$fixedpat/) {
+        s/\"/\"\"/g;
+        my $nroff = $_;
+        my $troff = $_;
+        $troff =~ s/\"\"([^\"]*)\"\"/\`\`$1\'\'/g;
+        if ($c_is_quote && /\\\*\(C[\'\`]/) {
+            $nroff =~ s/\\\*\(C\`/$$self{LQUOTE}/g;
+            $nroff =~ s/\\\*\(C\'/$$self{RQUOTE}/g;
+            $troff =~ s/\\\*\(C[\'\`]//g;
+        }
+        $nroff = qq("$nroff") . ($extra ? " $extra" : '');
+        $troff = qq("$troff") . ($extra ? " $extra" : '');
+
+        # Work around the Solaris nroff bug where \f(CW\fP leaves the font set
+        # to Roman rather than the actual previous font when used in headings.
+        # troff output may still be broken, but at least we can fix nroff by
+        # just switching the font changes to the non-fixed versions.
+        $nroff =~ s/\Q$$self{FONTS}{100}\E(.*)\\f[PR]/$1/g;
+        $nroff =~ s/\Q$$self{FONTS}{101}\E(.*)\\f([PR])/\\fI$1\\f$2/g;
+        $nroff =~ s/\Q$$self{FONTS}{110}\E(.*)\\f([PR])/\\fB$1\\f$2/g;
+        $nroff =~ s/\Q$$self{FONTS}{111}\E(.*)\\f([PR])/\\f\(BI$1\\f$2/g;
+
+        # Now finally output the command.  Only bother with .ie if the nroff
+        # and troff output isn't the same.
+        if ($nroff ne $troff) {
+            return ".ie n $command $nroff\n.el $command $troff\n";
+        } else {
+            return "$command $nroff\n";
+        }
+    } else {
+        $_ = qq("$_") . ($extra ? " $extra" : '');
+        return "$command $_\n";
+    }
+}
+
+##############################################################################
+# Module return value and documentation
+##############################################################################
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Man - Convert POD data to formatted *roff input
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::Man;
+    my $parser = Pod::Man->new (release => $VERSION, section => 8);
+
+    # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT.
+    $parser->parse_from_filehandle;
+
+    # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.1.
+    $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.1');
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Pod::Man is a module to convert documentation in the POD format (the
+preferred language for documenting Perl) into *roff input using the man
+macro set.  The resulting *roff code is suitable for display on a terminal
+using L<nroff(1)>, normally via L<man(1)>, or printing using L<troff(1)>.
+It is conventionally invoked using the driver script B<pod2man>, but it can
+also be used directly.
+
+As a derived class from Pod::Parser, Pod::Man supports the same methods and
+interfaces.  See L<Pod::Parser> for all the details; briefly, one creates a
+new parser with C<< Pod::Man->new() >> and then calls either
+parse_from_filehandle() or parse_from_file().
+
+new() can take options, in the form of key/value pairs that control the
+behavior of the parser.  See below for details.
+
+If no options are given, Pod::Man uses the name of the input file with any
+trailing C<.pod>, C<.pm>, or C<.pl> stripped as the man page title, to
+section 1 unless the file ended in C<.pm> in which case it defaults to
+section 3, to a centered title of "User Contributed Perl Documentation", to
+a centered footer of the Perl version it is run with, and to a left-hand
+footer of the modification date of its input (or the current date if given
+STDIN for input).
+
+Pod::Man assumes that your *roff formatters have a fixed-width font named
+CW.  If yours is called something else (like CR), use the C<fixed> option to
+specify it.  This generally only matters for troff output for printing.
+Similarly, you can set the fonts used for bold, italic, and bold italic
+fixed-width output.
+
+Besides the obvious pod conversions, Pod::Man also takes care of formatting
+func(), func(3), and simple variable references like $foo or @bar so you
+don't have to use code escapes for them; complex expressions like
+C<$fred{'stuff'}> will still need to be escaped, though.  It also translates
+dashes that aren't used as hyphens into en dashes, makes long dashes--like
+this--into proper em dashes, fixes "paired quotes," makes C++ look right,
+puts a little space between double underbars, makes ALLCAPS a teeny bit
+smaller in B<troff>, and escapes stuff that *roff treats as special so that
+you don't have to.
+
+The recognized options to new() are as follows.  All options take a single
+argument.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item center
+
+Sets the centered page header to use instead of "User Contributed Perl
+Documentation".
+
+=item date
+
+Sets the left-hand footer.  By default, the modification date of the input
+file will be used, or the current date if stat() can't find that file (the
+case if the input is from STDIN), and the date will be formatted as
+YYYY-MM-DD.
+
+=item fixed
+
+The fixed-width font to use for vertabim text and code.  Defaults to CW.
+Some systems may want CR instead.  Only matters for B<troff> output.
+
+=item fixedbold
+
+Bold version of the fixed-width font.  Defaults to CB.  Only matters for
+B<troff> output.
+
+=item fixeditalic
+
+Italic version of the fixed-width font (actually, something of a misnomer,
+since most fixed-width fonts only have an oblique version, not an italic
+version).  Defaults to CI.  Only matters for B<troff> output.
+
+=item fixedbolditalic
+
+Bold italic (probably actually oblique) version of the fixed-width font.
+Pod::Man doesn't assume you have this, and defaults to CB.  Some systems
+(such as Solaris) have this font available as CX.  Only matters for B<troff>
+output.
+
+=item name
+
+Set the name of the manual page.  Without this option, the manual name is
+set to the uppercased base name of the file being converted unless the
+manual section is 3, in which case the path is parsed to see if it is a Perl
+module path.  If it is, a path like C<.../lib/Pod/Man.pm> is converted into
+a name like C<Pod::Man>.  This option, if given, overrides any automatic
+determination of the name.
+
+=item quotes
+
+Sets the quote marks used to surround CE<lt>> text.  If the value is a
+single character, it is used as both the left and right quote; if it is two
+characters, the first character is used as the left quote and the second as
+the right quoted; and if it is four characters, the first two are used as
+the left quote and the second two as the right quote.
+
+This may also be set to the special value C<none>, in which case no quote
+marks are added around CE<lt>> text (but the font is still changed for troff
+output).
+
+=item release
+
+Set the centered footer.  By default, this is the version of Perl you run
+Pod::Man under.  Note that some system an macro sets assume that the
+centered footer will be a modification date and will prepend something like
+"Last modified: "; if this is the case, you may want to set C<release> to
+the last modified date and C<date> to the version number.
+
+=item section
+
+Set the section for the C<.TH> macro.  The standard section numbering
+convention is to use 1 for user commands, 2 for system calls, 3 for
+functions, 4 for devices, 5 for file formats, 6 for games, 7 for
+miscellaneous information, and 8 for administrator commands.  There is a lot
+of variation here, however; some systems (like Solaris) use 4 for file
+formats, 5 for miscellaneous information, and 7 for devices.  Still others
+use 1m instead of 8, or some mix of both.  About the only section numbers
+that are reliably consistent are 1, 2, and 3.
+
+By default, section 1 will be used unless the file ends in .pm in which case
+section 3 will be selected.
+
+=back
+
+The standard Pod::Parser method parse_from_filehandle() takes up to two
+arguments, the first being the file handle to read POD from and the second
+being the file handle to write the formatted output to.  The first defaults
+to STDIN if not given, and the second defaults to STDOUT.  The method
+parse_from_file() is almost identical, except that its two arguments are the
+input and output disk files instead.  See L<Pod::Parser> for the specific
+details.
+
+=head1 DIAGNOSTICS
+
+=over 4
+
+=item roff font should be 1 or 2 chars, not "%s"
+
+(F) You specified a *roff font (using C<fixed>, C<fixedbold>, etc.) that
+wasn't either one or two characters.  Pod::Man doesn't support *roff fonts
+longer than two characters, although some *roff extensions do (the canonical
+versions of B<nroff> and B<troff> don't either).
+
+=item Invalid link %s
+
+(W) The POD source contained a C<LE<lt>E<gt>> formatting code that
+Pod::Man was unable to parse.  You should never see this error message; it
+probably indicates a bug in Pod::Man.
+
+=item Invalid quote specification "%s"
+
+(F) The quote specification given (the quotes option to the constructor) was
+invalid.  A quote specification must be one, two, or four characters long.
+
+=item %s:%d: Unknown command paragraph "%s".
+
+(W) The POD source contained a non-standard command paragraph (something of
+the form C<=command args>) that Pod::Man didn't know about.  It was ignored.
+
+=item %s:%d: Unknown escape EE<lt>%sE<gt>
+
+(W) The POD source contained an C<EE<lt>E<gt>> escape that Pod::Man didn't
+know about.  C<EE<lt>%sE<gt>> was printed verbatim in the output.
+
+=item %s:%d: Unknown formatting code %s
+
+(W) The POD source contained a non-standard formatting code (something of
+the form C<XE<lt>E<gt>>) that Pod::Man didn't know about.  It was ignored.
+
+=item %s:%d: Unmatched =back
+
+(W) Pod::Man encountered a C<=back> command that didn't correspond to an
+C<=over> command.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+Eight-bit input data isn't handled at all well at present.  The correct
+approach would be to map EE<lt>E<gt> escapes to the appropriate UTF-8
+characters and then do a translation pass on the output according to the
+user-specified output character set.  Unfortunately, we can't send eight-bit
+data directly to the output unless the user says this is okay, since some
+vendor *roff implementations can't handle eight-bit data.  If the *roff
+implementation can, however, that's far superior to the current hacked
+characters that only work under troff.
+
+There is currently no way to turn off the guesswork that tries to format
+unmarked text appropriately, and sometimes it isn't wanted (particularly
+when using POD to document something other than Perl).
+
+The NAME section should be recognized specially and index entries emitted
+for everything in that section.  This would have to be deferred until the
+next section, since extraneous things in NAME tends to confuse various man
+page processors.
+
+Pod::Man doesn't handle font names longer than two characters.  Neither do
+most B<troff> implementations, but GNU troff does as an extension.  It would
+be nice to support as an option for those who want to use it.
+
+The preamble added to each output file is rather verbose, and most of it is
+only necessary in the presence of EE<lt>E<gt> escapes for non-ASCII
+characters.  It would ideally be nice if all of those definitions were only
+output if needed, perhaps on the fly as the characters are used.
+
+Pod::Man is excessively slow.
+
+=head1 CAVEATS
+
+The handling of hyphens and em dashes is somewhat fragile, and one may get
+the wrong one under some circumstances.  This should only matter for
+B<troff> output.
+
+When and whether to use small caps is somewhat tricky, and Pod::Man doesn't
+necessarily get it right.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Parser>, L<perlpod(1)>, L<pod2man(1)>, L<nroff(1)>, L<troff(1)>,
+L<man(1)>, L<man(7)>
+
+Ossanna, Joseph F., and Brian W. Kernighan.  "Troff User's Manual,"
+Computing Science Technical Report No. 54, AT&T Bell Laboratories.  This is
+the best documentation of standard B<nroff> and B<troff>.  At the time of
+this writing, it's available at
+L<http://www.cs.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/cstr.html>.
+
+The man page documenting the man macro set may be L<man(5)> instead of
+L<man(7)> on your system.  Also, please see L<pod2man(1)> for extensive
+documentation on writing manual pages if you've not done it before and
+aren't familiar with the conventions.
+
+The current version of this module is always available from its web site at
+L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>.  It is also part of the
+Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>, based I<very> heavily on the original
+B<pod2man> by Tom Christiansen <tchrist@mox.perl.com>.
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE
+
+Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+=cut
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseLink.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseLink.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7e4153da3d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseLink.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+# Pod::ParseLink -- Parse an L<> formatting code in POD text.
+# $Id: ParseLink.pm,v 1.6 2002/07/15 05:46:00 eagle Exp $
+#
+# Copyright 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>
+#
+# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the same terms as Perl itself.
+#
+# This module implements parsing of the text of an L<> formatting code as
+# defined in perlpodspec.  It should be suitable for any POD formatter.  It
+# exports only one function, parselink(), which returns the five-item parse
+# defined in perlpodspec.
+#
+# Perl core hackers, please note that this module is also separately
+# maintained outside of the Perl core as part of the podlators.  Please send
+# me any patches at the address above in addition to sending them to the
+# standard Perl mailing lists.
+
+##############################################################################
+# Modules and declarations
+##############################################################################
+
+package Pod::ParseLink;
+
+require 5.004;
+
+use strict;
+use vars qw(@EXPORT @ISA $VERSION);
+
+use Exporter;
+@ISA    = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(parselink);
+
+# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl
+# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings.  This
+# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however.
+$VERSION = 1.06;
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Implementation
+##############################################################################
+
+# Parse the name and section portion of a link into a name and section.
+sub _parse_section {
+    my ($link) = @_;
+    $link =~ s/^\s+//;
+    $link =~ s/\s+$//;
+
+    # If the whole link is enclosed in quotes, interpret it all as a section
+    # even if it contains a slash.
+    return (undef, $1) if ($link =~ /^"\s*(.*?)\s*"$/);
+
+    # Split into page and section on slash, and then clean up quoting in the
+    # section.  If there is no section and the name contains spaces, also
+    # guess that it's an old section link.
+    my ($page, $section) = split (/\s*\/\s*/, $link, 2);
+    $section =~ s/^"\s*(.*?)\s*"$/$1/ if $section;
+    if ($page && $page =~ / / && !defined ($section)) {
+        $section = $page;
+        $page = undef;
+    } else {
+        $page = undef unless $page;
+        $section = undef unless $section;
+    }
+    return ($page, $section);
+}
+
+# Infer link text from the page and section.
+sub _infer_text {
+    my ($page, $section) = @_;
+    my $inferred;
+    if ($page && !$section) {
+        $inferred = $page;
+    } elsif (!$page && $section) {
+        $inferred = '"' . $section . '"';
+    } elsif ($page && $section) {
+        $inferred = '"' . $section . '" in ' . $page;
+    }
+    return $inferred;
+}
+
+# Given the contents of an L<> formatting code, parse it into the link text,
+# the possibly inferred link text, the name or URL, the section, and the type
+# of link (pod, man, or url).
+sub parselink {
+    my ($link) = @_;
+    $link =~ s/\s+/ /g;
+    if ($link =~ /\A\w+:[^:\s]\S*\Z/) {
+        return (undef, $link, $link, undef, 'url');
+    } else {
+        my $text;
+        if ($link =~ /\|/) {
+            ($text, $link) = split (/\|/, $link, 2);
+        }
+        my ($name, $section) = _parse_section ($link);
+        my $inferred = $text || _infer_text ($name, $section);
+        my $type = ($name && $name =~ /\(\S*\)/) ? 'man' : 'pod';
+        return ($text, $inferred, $name, $section, $type);
+    }
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Module return value and documentation
+##############################################################################
+
+# Ensure we evaluate to true.
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::ParseLink - Parse an LE<lt>E<gt> formatting code in POD text
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::ParseLink;
+    my ($text, $inferred, $name, $section, $type) = parselink ($link);
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This module only provides a single function, parselink(), which takes the
+text of an LE<lt>E<gt> formatting code and parses it.  It returns the anchor
+text for the link (if any was given), the anchor text possibly inferred from
+the name and section, the name or URL, the section if any, and the type of
+link.  The type will be one of 'url', 'pod', or 'man', indicating a URL, a
+link to a POD page, or a link to a Unix manual page.
+
+Parsing is implemented per L<perlpodspec>.  For backward compatibility,
+links where there is no section and name contains spaces, or links where the
+entirety of the link (except for the anchor text if given) is enclosed in
+double-quotes are interpreted as links to a section (LE<lt>/sectionE<gt>).
+
+The inferred anchor text is implemented per L<perlpodspec>:
+
+    L<name>         =>  L<name|name>
+    L</section>     =>  L<"section"|/section>
+    L<name/section> =>  L<"section" in name|name/section>
+
+The name may contain embedded EE<lt>E<gt> and ZE<lt>E<gt> formatting codes,
+and the section, anchor text, and inferred anchor text may contain any
+formatting codes.  Any double quotes around the section are removed as part
+of the parsing, as is any leading or trailing whitespace.
+
+If the text of the LE<lt>E<gt> escape is entirely enclosed in double quotes,
+it's interpreted as a link to a section for backwards compatibility.
+
+No attempt is made to resolve formatting codes.  This must be done after
+calling parselink (since EE<lt>E<gt> formatting codes can be used to escape
+characters that would otherwise be significant to the parser and resolving
+them before parsing would result in an incorrect parse of a formatting code
+like:
+
+    L<verticalE<verbar>barE<sol>slash>
+
+which should be interpreted as a link to the C<vertical|bar/slash> POD page
+and not as a link to the C<slash> section of the C<bar> POD page with an
+anchor text of C<vertical>.  Note that not only the anchor text will need to
+have formatting codes expanded, but so will the target of the link (to deal
+with EE<lt>E<gt> and ZE<lt>E<gt> formatting codes), and special handling of
+the section may be necessary depending on whether the translator wants to
+consider markup in sections to be significant when resolving links.  See
+L<perlpodspec> for more information.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Parser>
+
+The current version of this module is always available from its web site at
+L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE
+
+Copyright 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+=cut
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseUtils.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseUtils.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..878860121d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseUtils.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,852 @@
+#############################################################################
+# Pod/ParseUtils.pm -- helpers for POD parsing and conversion
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2000 by Marek Rouchal. All rights reserved.
+# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software;
+# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms
+# as Perl itself.
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::ParseUtils;
+
+use vars qw($VERSION);
+$VERSION = 1.33;   ## Current version of this package
+require  5.005;    ## requires this Perl version or later
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::ParseUtils - helpers for POD parsing and conversion
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  use Pod::ParseUtils;
+
+  my $list = new Pod::List;
+  my $link = Pod::Hyperlink->new('Pod::Parser');
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+B<Pod::ParseUtils> contains a few object-oriented helper packages for
+POD parsing and processing (i.e. in POD formatters and translators).
+
+=cut
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Pod::List
+#
+# class to hold POD list info (=over, =item, =back)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+package Pod::List;
+
+use Carp;
+
+=head2 Pod::List
+
+B<Pod::List> can be used to hold information about POD lists
+(written as =over ... =item ... =back) for further processing.
+The following methods are available:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item Pod::List-E<gt>new()
+
+Create a new list object. Properties may be specified through a hash
+reference like this:
+
+  my $list = Pod::List->new({ -start => $., -indent => 4 });
+
+See the individual methods/properties for details.
+
+=cut
+
+sub new {
+    my $this = shift;
+    my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+    my %params = @_;
+    my $self = {%params};
+    bless $self, $class;
+    $self->initialize();
+    return $self;
+}
+
+sub initialize {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->{-file} ||= 'unknown';
+    $self->{-start} ||= 'unknown';
+    $self->{-indent} ||= 4; # perlpod: "should be the default"
+    $self->{_items} = [];
+    $self->{-type} ||= '';
+}
+
+=item $list-E<gt>file()
+
+Without argument, retrieves the file name the list is in. This must
+have been set before by either specifying B<-file> in the B<new()>
+method or by calling the B<file()> method with a scalar argument.
+
+=cut
+
+# The POD file name the list appears in
+sub file {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-file} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-file};
+}
+
+=item $list-E<gt>start()
+
+Without argument, retrieves the line number where the list started.
+This must have been set before by either specifying B<-start> in the
+B<new()> method or by calling the B<start()> method with a scalar
+argument.
+
+=cut
+
+# The line in the file the node appears
+sub start {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-start} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-start};
+}
+
+=item $list-E<gt>indent()
+
+Without argument, retrieves the indent level of the list as specified
+in C<=over n>. This must have been set before by either specifying
+B<-indent> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<indent()> method
+with a scalar argument.
+
+=cut
+
+# indent level
+sub indent {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-indent} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-indent};
+}
+
+=item $list-E<gt>type()
+
+Without argument, retrieves the list type, which can be an arbitrary value,
+e.g. C<OL>, C<UL>, ... when thinking the HTML way.
+This must have been set before by either specifying
+B<-type> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<type()> method
+with a scalar argument.
+
+=cut
+
+# The type of the list (UL, OL, ...)
+sub type {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-type} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-type};
+}
+
+=item $list-E<gt>rx()
+
+Without argument, retrieves a regular expression for simplifying the 
+individual item strings once the list type has been determined. Usage:
+E.g. when converting to HTML, one might strip the leading number in
+an ordered list as C<E<lt>OLE<gt>> already prints numbers itself.
+This must have been set before by either specifying
+B<-rx> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<rx()> method
+with a scalar argument.
+
+=cut
+
+# The regular expression to simplify the items
+sub rx {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-rx} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-rx};
+}
+
+=item $list-E<gt>item()
+
+Without argument, retrieves the array of the items in this list.
+The items may be represented by any scalar.
+If an argument has been given, it is pushed on the list of items.
+
+=cut
+
+# The individual =items of this list
+sub item {
+    my ($self,$item) = @_;
+    if(defined $item) {
+        push(@{$self->{_items}}, $item);
+        return $item;
+    }
+    else {
+        return @{$self->{_items}};
+    }
+}
+
+=item $list-E<gt>parent()
+
+Without argument, retrieves information about the parent holding this
+list, which is represented as an arbitrary scalar.
+This must have been set before by either specifying
+B<-parent> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<parent()> method
+with a scalar argument.
+
+=cut
+
+# possibility for parsers/translators to store information about the
+# lists's parent object
+sub parent {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-parent} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-parent};
+}
+
+=item $list-E<gt>tag()
+
+Without argument, retrieves information about the list tag, which can be
+any scalar.
+This must have been set before by either specifying
+B<-tag> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<tag()> method
+with a scalar argument.
+
+=back
+
+=cut
+
+# possibility for parsers/translators to store information about the
+# list's object
+sub tag {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-tag} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-tag};
+}
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Pod::Hyperlink
+#
+# class to manipulate POD hyperlinks (L<>)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+package Pod::Hyperlink;
+
+=head2 Pod::Hyperlink
+
+B<Pod::Hyperlink> is a class for manipulation of POD hyperlinks. Usage:
+
+  my $link = Pod::Hyperlink->new('alternative text|page/"section in page"');
+
+The B<Pod::Hyperlink> class is mainly designed to parse the contents of the
+C<LE<lt>...E<gt>> sequence, providing a simple interface for accessing the
+different parts of a POD hyperlink for further processing. It can also be
+used to construct hyperlinks.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item Pod::Hyperlink-E<gt>new()
+
+The B<new()> method can either be passed a set of key/value pairs or a single
+scalar value, namely the contents of a C<LE<lt>...E<gt>> sequence. An object
+of the class C<Pod::Hyperlink> is returned. The value C<undef> indicates a
+failure, the error message is stored in C<$@>.
+
+=cut
+
+use Carp;
+
+sub new {
+    my $this = shift;
+    my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+    my $self = +{};
+    bless $self, $class;
+    $self->initialize();
+    if(defined $_[0]) {
+        if(ref($_[0])) {
+            # called with a list of parameters
+            %$self = %{$_[0]};
+            $self->_construct_text();
+        }
+        else {
+            # called with L<> contents
+            return undef unless($self->parse($_[0]));
+        }
+    }
+    return $self;
+}
+
+sub initialize {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->{-line} ||= 'undef';
+    $self->{-file} ||= 'undef';
+    $self->{-page} ||= '';
+    $self->{-node} ||= '';
+    $self->{-alttext} ||= '';
+    $self->{-type} ||= 'undef';
+    $self->{_warnings} = [];
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>parse($string)
+
+This method can be used to (re)parse a (new) hyperlink, i.e. the contents
+of a C<LE<lt>...E<gt>> sequence. The result is stored in the current object.
+Warnings are stored in the B<warnings> property.
+E.g. sections like C<LE<lt>open(2)E<gt>> are deprecated, as they do not point
+to Perl documents. C<LE<lt>DBI::foo(3p)E<gt>> is wrong as well, the manpage
+section can simply be dropped.
+
+=cut
+
+sub parse {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local($_) = $_[0];
+    # syntax check the link and extract destination
+    my ($alttext,$page,$node,$type,$quoted) = (undef,'','','',0);
+
+    $self->{_warnings} = [];
+
+    # collapse newlines with whitespace
+    s/\s*\n+\s*/ /g;
+
+    # strip leading/trailing whitespace
+    if(s/^[\s\n]+//) {
+        $self->warning("ignoring leading whitespace in link");
+    }
+    if(s/[\s\n]+$//) {
+        $self->warning("ignoring trailing whitespace in link");
+    }
+    unless(length($_)) {
+        _invalid_link("empty link");
+        return undef;
+    }
+
+    ## Check for different possibilities. This is tedious and error-prone
+    # we match all possibilities (alttext, page, section/item)
+    #warn "DEBUG: link=$_\n";
+
+    # only page
+    # problem: a lot of people use (), or (1) or the like to indicate
+    # man page sections. But this collides with L<func()> that is supposed
+    # to point to an internal funtion...
+    my $page_rx = '[\w.-]+(?:::[\w.-]+)*(?:[(](?:\d\w*|)[)]|)';
+    # page name only
+    if(m!^($page_rx)$!o) {
+        $page = $1;
+        $type = 'page';
+    }
+    # alttext, page and "section"
+    elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*($page_rx)\s*/\s*"(.+)"$!o) {
+        ($alttext, $page, $node) = ($1, $2, $3);
+        $type = 'section';
+        $quoted = 1; #... therefore | and / are allowed
+    }
+    # alttext and page
+    elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*($page_rx)$!o) {
+        ($alttext, $page) = ($1, $2);
+        $type = 'page';
+    }
+    # alttext and "section"
+    elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*(?:/\s*|)"(.+)"$!) {
+        ($alttext, $node) = ($1,$2);
+        $type = 'section';
+        $quoted = 1;
+    }
+    # page and "section"
+    elsif(m!^($page_rx)\s*/\s*"(.+)"$!o) {
+        ($page, $node) = ($1, $2);
+        $type = 'section';
+        $quoted = 1;
+    }
+    # page and item
+    elsif(m!^($page_rx)\s*/\s*(.+)$!o) {
+        ($page, $node) = ($1, $2);
+        $type = 'item';
+    }
+    # only "section"
+    elsif(m!^/?"(.+)"$!) {
+        $node = $1;
+        $type = 'section';
+        $quoted = 1;
+    }
+    # only item
+    elsif(m!^\s*/(.+)$!) {
+        $node = $1;
+        $type = 'item';
+    }
+    # non-standard: Hyperlink
+    elsif(m!^(\w+:[^:\s]\S*)$!i) {
+        $node = $1;
+        $type = 'hyperlink';
+    }
+    # alttext, page and item
+    elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*($page_rx)\s*/\s*(.+)$!o) {
+        ($alttext, $page, $node) = ($1, $2, $3);
+        $type = 'item';
+    }
+    # alttext and item
+    elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*/(.+)$!) {
+        ($alttext, $node) = ($1,$2);
+    }
+    # nonstandard: alttext and hyperlink
+    elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*(\w+:[^:\s]\S*)$!) {
+        ($alttext, $node) = ($1,$2);
+        $type = 'hyperlink';
+    }
+    # must be an item or a "malformed" section (without "")
+    else {
+        $node = $_;
+        $type = 'item';
+    }
+    # collapse whitespace in nodes
+    $node =~ s/\s+/ /gs;
+
+    # empty alternative text expands to node name
+    if(defined $alttext) {
+        if(!length($alttext)) {
+          $alttext = $node | $page;
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        $alttext = '';
+    }
+
+    if($page =~ /[(]\w*[)]$/) {
+        $self->warning("(section) in '$page' deprecated");
+    }
+    if(!$quoted && $node =~ m:[|/]: && $type ne 'hyperlink') {
+        $self->warning("node '$node' contains non-escaped | or /");
+    }
+    if($alttext =~ m:[|/]:) {
+        $self->warning("alternative text '$node' contains non-escaped | or /");
+    }
+    $self->{-page} = $page;
+    $self->{-node} = $node;
+    $self->{-alttext} = $alttext;
+    #warn "DEBUG: page=$page section=$section item=$item alttext=$alttext\n";
+    $self->{-type} = $type;
+    $self->_construct_text();
+    1;
+}
+
+sub _construct_text {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $alttext = $self->alttext();
+    my $type = $self->type();
+    my $section = $self->node();
+    my $page = $self->page();
+    my $page_ext = '';
+    $page =~ s/([(]\w*[)])$// && ($page_ext = $1);
+    if($alttext) {
+        $self->{_text} = $alttext;
+    }
+    elsif($type eq 'hyperlink') {
+        $self->{_text} = $section;
+    }
+    else {
+        $self->{_text} = ($section || '') .
+            (($page && $section) ? ' in ' : '') .
+            "$page$page_ext";
+    }
+    # for being marked up later
+    # use the non-standard markers P<> and Q<>, so that the resulting
+    # text can be parsed by the translators. It's their job to put
+    # the correct hypertext around the linktext
+    if($alttext) {
+        $self->{_markup} = "Q<$alttext>";
+    }
+    elsif($type eq 'hyperlink') {
+        $self->{_markup} = "Q<$section>";
+    }
+    else {
+        $self->{_markup} = (!$section ? '' : "Q<$section>") .
+            ($page ? ($section ? ' in ':'') . "P<$page>$page_ext" : '');
+    }
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>markup($string)
+
+Set/retrieve the textual value of the link. This string contains special
+markers C<PE<lt>E<gt>> and C<QE<lt>E<gt>> that should be expanded by the
+translator's interior sequence expansion engine to the
+formatter-specific code to highlight/activate the hyperlink. The details
+have to be implemented in the translator.
+
+=cut
+
+#' retrieve/set markuped text
+sub markup {
+    return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_markup} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_markup};
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>text()
+
+This method returns the textual representation of the hyperlink as above,
+but without markers (read only). Depending on the link type this is one of
+the following alternatives (the + and * denote the portions of the text
+that are marked up):
+
+  +perl+                    L<perl>
+  *$|* in +perlvar+         L<perlvar/$|>
+  *OPTIONS* in +perldoc+    L<perldoc/"OPTIONS">
+  *DESCRIPTION*             L<"DESCRIPTION">
+
+=cut
+
+# The complete link's text
+sub text {
+    $_[0]->{_text};
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>warning()
+
+After parsing, this method returns any warnings encountered during the
+parsing process.
+
+=cut
+
+# Set/retrieve warnings
+sub warning {
+    my $self = shift;
+    if(@_) {
+        push(@{$self->{_warnings}}, @_);
+        return @_;
+    }
+    return @{$self->{_warnings}};
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>file()
+
+=item $link-E<gt>line()
+
+Just simple slots for storing information about the line and the file
+the link was encountered in. Has to be filled in manually.
+
+=cut
+
+# The line in the file the link appears
+sub line {
+    return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-line} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-line};
+}
+
+# The POD file name the link appears in
+sub file {
+    return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-file} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-file};
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>page()
+
+This method sets or returns the POD page this link points to.
+
+=cut
+
+# The POD page the link appears on
+sub page {
+    if (@_ > 1) {
+        $_[0]->{-page} = $_[1];
+        $_[0]->_construct_text();
+    }
+    $_[0]->{-page};
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>node()
+
+As above, but the destination node text of the link.
+
+=cut
+
+# The link destination
+sub node {
+    if (@_ > 1) {
+        $_[0]->{-node} = $_[1];
+        $_[0]->_construct_text();
+    }
+    $_[0]->{-node};
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>alttext()
+
+Sets or returns an alternative text specified in the link.
+
+=cut
+
+# Potential alternative text
+sub alttext {
+    if (@_ > 1) {
+        $_[0]->{-alttext} = $_[1];
+        $_[0]->_construct_text();
+    }
+    $_[0]->{-alttext};
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>type()
+
+The node type, either C<section> or C<item>. As an unofficial type,
+there is also C<hyperlink>, derived from e.g. C<LE<lt>http://perl.comE<gt>>
+
+=cut
+
+# The type: item or headn
+sub type {
+    return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-type} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-type};
+}
+
+=item $link-E<gt>link()
+
+Returns the link as contents of C<LE<lt>E<gt>>. Reciprocal to B<parse()>.
+
+=back
+
+=cut
+
+# The link itself
+sub link {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $link = $self->page() || '';
+    if($self->node()) {
+        my $node = $self->node();
+        $text =~ s/\|/E<verbar>/g;
+        $text =~ s:/:E<sol>:g;
+        if($self->type() eq 'section') {
+            $link .= ($link ? '/' : '') . '"' . $node . '"';
+        }
+        elsif($self->type() eq 'hyperlink') {
+            $link = $self->node();
+        }
+        else { # item
+            $link .= '/' . $node;
+        }
+    }
+    if($self->alttext()) {
+        my $text = $self->alttext();
+        $text =~ s/\|/E<verbar>/g;
+        $text =~ s:/:E<sol>:g;
+        $link = "$text|$link";
+    }
+    $link;
+}
+
+sub _invalid_link {
+    my ($msg) = @_;
+    # this sets @_
+    #eval { die "$msg\n" };
+    #chomp $@;
+    $@ = $msg; # this seems to work, too!
+    undef;
+}
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Pod::Cache
+#
+# class to hold POD page details
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+package Pod::Cache;
+
+=head2 Pod::Cache
+
+B<Pod::Cache> holds information about a set of POD documents,
+especially the nodes for hyperlinks.
+The following methods are available:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item Pod::Cache-E<gt>new()
+
+Create a new cache object. This object can hold an arbitrary number of
+POD documents of class Pod::Cache::Item.
+
+=cut
+
+sub new {
+    my $this = shift;
+    my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+    my $self = [];
+    bless $self, $class;
+    return $self;
+}
+
+=item $cache-E<gt>item()
+
+Add a new item to the cache. Without arguments, this method returns a
+list of all cache elements.
+
+=cut
+
+sub item {
+    my ($self,%param) = @_;
+    if(%param) {
+        my $item = Pod::Cache::Item->new(%param);
+        push(@$self, $item);
+        return $item;
+    }
+    else {
+        return @{$self};
+    }
+}
+
+=item $cache-E<gt>find_page($name)
+
+Look for a POD document named C<$name> in the cache. Returns the
+reference to the corresponding Pod::Cache::Item object or undef if
+not found.
+
+=back
+
+=cut
+
+sub find_page {
+    my ($self,$page) = @_;
+    foreach(@$self) {
+        if($_->page() eq $page) {
+            return $_;
+        }
+    }
+    undef;
+}
+
+package Pod::Cache::Item;
+
+=head2 Pod::Cache::Item
+
+B<Pod::Cache::Item> holds information about individual POD documents,
+that can be grouped in a Pod::Cache object.
+It is intended to hold information about the hyperlink nodes of POD
+documents.
+The following methods are available:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item Pod::Cache::Item-E<gt>new()
+
+Create a new object.
+
+=cut
+
+sub new {
+    my $this = shift;
+    my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+    my %params = @_;
+    my $self = {%params};
+    bless $self, $class;
+    $self->initialize();
+    return $self;
+}
+
+sub initialize {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->{-nodes} = [] unless(defined $self->{-nodes});
+}
+
+=item $cacheitem-E<gt>page()
+
+Set/retrieve the POD document name (e.g. "Pod::Parser").
+
+=cut
+
+# The POD page
+sub page {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-page} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-page};
+}
+
+=item $cacheitem-E<gt>description()
+
+Set/retrieve the POD short description as found in the C<=head1 NAME>
+section.
+
+=cut
+
+# The POD description, taken out of NAME if present
+sub description {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-description} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-description};
+}
+
+=item $cacheitem-E<gt>path()
+
+Set/retrieve the POD file storage path.
+
+=cut
+
+# The file path
+sub path {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-path} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-path};
+}
+
+=item $cacheitem-E<gt>file()
+
+Set/retrieve the POD file name.
+
+=cut
+
+# The POD file name
+sub file {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-file} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-file};
+}
+
+=item $cacheitem-E<gt>nodes()
+
+Add a node (or a list of nodes) to the document's node list. Note that
+the order is kept, i.e. start with the first node and end with the last.
+If no argument is given, the current list of nodes is returned in the
+same order the nodes have been added.
+A node can be any scalar, but usually is a pair of node string and
+unique id for the C<find_node> method to work correctly.
+
+=cut
+
+# The POD nodes
+sub nodes {
+    my ($self,@nodes) = @_;
+    if(@nodes) {
+        push(@{$self->{-nodes}}, @nodes);
+        return @nodes;
+    }
+    else {
+        return @{$self->{-nodes}};
+    }
+}
+
+=item $cacheitem-E<gt>find_node($name)
+
+Look for a node or index entry named C<$name> in the object.
+Returns the unique id of the node (i.e. the second element of the array
+stored in the node arry) or undef if not found.
+
+=cut
+
+sub find_node {
+    my ($self,$node) = @_;
+    my @search;
+    push(@search, @{$self->{-nodes}}) if($self->{-nodes});
+    push(@search, @{$self->{-idx}}) if($self->{-idx});
+    foreach(@search) {
+        if($_->[0] eq $node) {
+            return $_->[1]; # id
+        }
+    }
+    undef;
+}
+
+=item $cacheitem-E<gt>idx()
+
+Add an index entry (or a list of them) to the document's index list. Note that
+the order is kept, i.e. start with the first node and end with the last.
+If no argument is given, the current list of index entries is returned in the
+same order the entries have been added.
+An index entry can be any scalar, but usually is a pair of string and
+unique id.
+
+=back
+
+=cut
+
+# The POD index entries
+sub idx {
+    my ($self,@idx) = @_;
+    if(@idx) {
+        push(@{$self->{-idx}}, @idx);
+        return @idx;
+    }
+    else {
+        return @{$self->{-idx}};
+    }
+}
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>.
+
+Marek Rouchal E<lt>marekr@cpan.orgE<gt>, borrowing
+a lot of things from L<pod2man> and L<pod2roff> as well as other POD
+processing tools by Tom Christiansen, Brad Appleton and Russ Allbery.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<pod2man>, L<pod2roff>, L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Checker>,
+L<pod2html>
+
+=cut
+
+1;
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Parser.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Parser.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a5fde848503
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Parser.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,1799 @@
+#############################################################################
+# Pod/Parser.pm -- package which defines a base class for parsing POD docs.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Bradford Appleton. All rights reserved.
+# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software;
+# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms
+# as Perl itself.
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Parser;
+
+use vars qw($VERSION);
+$VERSION = 1.32;  ## Current version of this package
+require  5.005;    ## requires this Perl version or later
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Parser - base class for creating POD filters and translators
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::Parser;
+
+    package MyParser;
+    @ISA = qw(Pod::Parser);
+
+    sub command { 
+        my ($parser, $command, $paragraph, $line_num) = @_;
+        ## Interpret the command and its text; sample actions might be:
+        if ($command eq 'head1') { ... }
+        elsif ($command eq 'head2') { ... }
+        ## ... other commands and their actions
+        my $out_fh = $parser->output_handle();
+        my $expansion = $parser->interpolate($paragraph, $line_num);
+        print $out_fh $expansion;
+    }
+
+    sub verbatim { 
+        my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num) = @_;
+        ## Format verbatim paragraph; sample actions might be:
+        my $out_fh = $parser->output_handle();
+        print $out_fh $paragraph;
+    }
+
+    sub textblock { 
+        my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num) = @_;
+        ## Translate/Format this block of text; sample actions might be:
+        my $out_fh = $parser->output_handle();
+        my $expansion = $parser->interpolate($paragraph, $line_num);
+        print $out_fh $expansion;
+    }
+
+    sub interior_sequence { 
+        my ($parser, $seq_command, $seq_argument) = @_;
+        ## Expand an interior sequence; sample actions might be:
+        return "*$seq_argument*"     if ($seq_command eq 'B');
+        return "`$seq_argument'"     if ($seq_command eq 'C');
+        return "_${seq_argument}_'"  if ($seq_command eq 'I');
+        ## ... other sequence commands and their resulting text
+    }
+
+    package main;
+
+    ## Create a parser object and have it parse file whose name was
+    ## given on the command-line (use STDIN if no files were given).
+    $parser = new MyParser();
+    $parser->parse_from_filehandle(\*STDIN)  if (@ARGV == 0);
+    for (@ARGV) { $parser->parse_from_file($_); }
+
+=head1 REQUIRES
+
+perl5.005, Pod::InputObjects, Exporter, Symbol, Carp
+
+=head1 EXPORTS
+
+Nothing.
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+B<Pod::Parser> is a base class for creating POD filters and translators.
+It handles most of the effort involved with parsing the POD sections
+from an input stream, leaving subclasses free to be concerned only with
+performing the actual translation of text.
+
+B<Pod::Parser> parses PODs, and makes method calls to handle the various
+components of the POD. Subclasses of B<Pod::Parser> override these methods
+to translate the POD into whatever output format they desire.
+
+=head1 QUICK OVERVIEW
+
+To create a POD filter for translating POD documentation into some other
+format, you create a subclass of B<Pod::Parser> which typically overrides
+just the base class implementation for the following methods:
+
+=over 2
+
+=item *
+
+B<command()>
+
+=item *
+
+B<verbatim()>
+
+=item *
+
+B<textblock()>
+
+=item *
+
+B<interior_sequence()>
+
+=back
+
+You may also want to override the B<begin_input()> and B<end_input()>
+methods for your subclass (to perform any needed per-file and/or
+per-document initialization or cleanup).
+
+If you need to perform any preprocesssing of input before it is parsed
+you may want to override one or more of B<preprocess_line()> and/or
+B<preprocess_paragraph()>.
+
+Sometimes it may be necessary to make more than one pass over the input
+files. If this is the case you have several options. You can make the
+first pass using B<Pod::Parser> and override your methods to store the
+intermediate results in memory somewhere for the B<end_pod()> method to
+process. You could use B<Pod::Parser> for several passes with an
+appropriate state variable to control the operation for each pass. If
+your input source can't be reset to start at the beginning, you can
+store it in some other structure as a string or an array and have that
+structure implement a B<getline()> method (which is all that
+B<parse_from_filehandle()> uses to read input).
+
+Feel free to add any member data fields you need to keep track of things
+like current font, indentation, horizontal or vertical position, or
+whatever else you like. Be sure to read L<"PRIVATE METHODS AND DATA">
+to avoid name collisions.
+
+For the most part, the B<Pod::Parser> base class should be able to
+do most of the input parsing for you and leave you free to worry about
+how to intepret the commands and translate the result.
+
+Note that all we have described here in this quick overview is the
+simplest most straightforward use of B<Pod::Parser> to do stream-based
+parsing. It is also possible to use the B<Pod::Parser::parse_text> function
+to do more sophisticated tree-based parsing. See L<"TREE-BASED PARSING">.
+
+=head1 PARSING OPTIONS
+
+A I<parse-option> is simply a named option of B<Pod::Parser> with a
+value that corresponds to a certain specified behavior. These various
+behaviors of B<Pod::Parser> may be enabled/disabled by setting
+or unsetting one or more I<parse-options> using the B<parseopts()> method.
+The set of currently accepted parse-options is as follows:
+
+=over 3
+
+=item B<-want_nonPODs> (default: unset)
+
+Normally (by default) B<Pod::Parser> will only provide access to
+the POD sections of the input. Input paragraphs that are not part
+of the POD-format documentation are not made available to the caller
+(not even using B<preprocess_paragraph()>). Setting this option to a
+non-empty, non-zero value will allow B<preprocess_paragraph()> to see
+non-POD sections of the input as well as POD sections. The B<cutting()>
+method can be used to determine if the corresponding paragraph is a POD
+paragraph, or some other input paragraph.
+
+=item B<-process_cut_cmd> (default: unset)
+
+Normally (by default) B<Pod::Parser> handles the C<=cut> POD directive
+by itself and does not pass it on to the caller for processing. Setting
+this option to a non-empty, non-zero value will cause B<Pod::Parser> to
+pass the C<=cut> directive to the caller just like any other POD command
+(and hence it may be processed by the B<command()> method).
+
+B<Pod::Parser> will still interpret the C<=cut> directive to mean that
+"cutting mode" has been (re)entered, but the caller will get a chance
+to capture the actual C<=cut> paragraph itself for whatever purpose
+it desires.
+
+=item B<-warnings> (default: unset)
+
+Normally (by default) B<Pod::Parser> recognizes a bare minimum of
+pod syntax errors and warnings and issues diagnostic messages
+for errors, but not for warnings. (Use B<Pod::Checker> to do more
+thorough checking of POD syntax.) Setting this option to a non-empty,
+non-zero value will cause B<Pod::Parser> to issue diagnostics for
+the few warnings it recognizes as well as the errors.
+
+=back
+
+Please see L<"parseopts()"> for a complete description of the interface
+for the setting and unsetting of parse-options.
+
+=cut
+
+#############################################################################
+
+use vars qw(@ISA);
+use strict;
+#use diagnostics;
+use Pod::InputObjects;
+use Carp;
+use Exporter;
+BEGIN {
+   if ($] < 5.6) {
+      require Symbol;
+      import Symbol;
+   }
+}
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+
+## These "variables" are used as local "glob aliases" for performance
+use vars qw(%myData %myOpts @input_stack);
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 RECOMMENDED SUBROUTINE/METHOD OVERRIDES
+
+B<Pod::Parser> provides several methods which most subclasses will probably
+want to override. These methods are as follows:
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<command()>
+
+            $parser->command($cmd,$text,$line_num,$pod_para);
+
+This method should be overridden by subclasses to take the appropriate
+action when a POD command paragraph (denoted by a line beginning with
+"=") is encountered. When such a POD directive is seen in the input,
+this method is called and is passed:
+
+=over 3
+
+=item C<$cmd>
+
+the name of the command for this POD paragraph
+
+=item C<$text>
+
+the paragraph text for the given POD paragraph command.
+
+=item C<$line_num>
+
+the line-number of the beginning of the paragraph
+
+=item C<$pod_para>
+
+a reference to a C<Pod::Paragraph> object which contains further
+information about the paragraph command (see L<Pod::InputObjects>
+for details).
+
+=back
+
+B<Note> that this method I<is> called for C<=pod> paragraphs.
+
+The base class implementation of this method simply treats the raw POD
+command as normal block of paragraph text (invoking the B<textblock()>
+method with the command paragraph).
+
+=cut
+
+sub command {
+    my ($self, $cmd, $text, $line_num, $pod_para)  = @_;
+    ## Just treat this like a textblock
+    $self->textblock($pod_para->raw_text(), $line_num, $pod_para);
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<verbatim()>
+
+            $parser->verbatim($text,$line_num,$pod_para);
+
+This method may be overridden by subclasses to take the appropriate
+action when a block of verbatim text is encountered. It is passed the
+following parameters:
+
+=over 3
+
+=item C<$text>
+
+the block of text for the verbatim paragraph
+
+=item C<$line_num>
+
+the line-number of the beginning of the paragraph
+
+=item C<$pod_para>
+
+a reference to a C<Pod::Paragraph> object which contains further
+information about the paragraph (see L<Pod::InputObjects>
+for details).
+
+=back
+
+The base class implementation of this method simply prints the textblock
+(unmodified) to the output filehandle.
+
+=cut
+
+sub verbatim {
+    my ($self, $text, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+    my $out_fh = $self->{_OUTPUT};
+    print $out_fh $text;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<textblock()>
+
+            $parser->textblock($text,$line_num,$pod_para);
+
+This method may be overridden by subclasses to take the appropriate
+action when a normal block of POD text is encountered (although the base
+class method will usually do what you want). It is passed the following
+parameters:
+
+=over 3
+
+=item C<$text>
+
+the block of text for the a POD paragraph
+
+=item C<$line_num>
+
+the line-number of the beginning of the paragraph
+
+=item C<$pod_para>
+
+a reference to a C<Pod::Paragraph> object which contains further
+information about the paragraph (see L<Pod::InputObjects>
+for details).
+
+=back
+
+In order to process interior sequences, subclasses implementations of
+this method will probably want to invoke either B<interpolate()> or
+B<parse_text()>, passing it the text block C<$text>, and the corresponding
+line number in C<$line_num>, and then perform any desired processing upon
+the returned result.
+
+The base class implementation of this method simply prints the text block
+as it occurred in the input stream).
+
+=cut
+
+sub textblock {
+    my ($self, $text, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+    my $out_fh = $self->{_OUTPUT};
+    print $out_fh $self->interpolate($text, $line_num);
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<interior_sequence()>
+
+            $parser->interior_sequence($seq_cmd,$seq_arg,$pod_seq);
+
+This method should be overridden by subclasses to take the appropriate
+action when an interior sequence is encountered. An interior sequence is
+an embedded command within a block of text which appears as a command
+name (usually a single uppercase character) followed immediately by a
+string of text which is enclosed in angle brackets. This method is
+passed the sequence command C<$seq_cmd> and the corresponding text
+C<$seq_arg>. It is invoked by the B<interpolate()> method for each interior
+sequence that occurs in the string that it is passed. It should return
+the desired text string to be used in place of the interior sequence.
+The C<$pod_seq> argument is a reference to a C<Pod::InteriorSequence>
+object which contains further information about the interior sequence.
+Please see L<Pod::InputObjects> for details if you need to access this
+additional information.
+
+Subclass implementations of this method may wish to invoke the 
+B<nested()> method of C<$pod_seq> to see if it is nested inside
+some other interior-sequence (and if so, which kind).
+
+The base class implementation of the B<interior_sequence()> method
+simply returns the raw text of the interior sequence (as it occurred
+in the input) to the caller.
+
+=cut
+
+sub interior_sequence {
+    my ($self, $seq_cmd, $seq_arg, $pod_seq) = @_;
+    ## Just return the raw text of the interior sequence
+    return  $pod_seq->raw_text();
+}
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 OPTIONAL SUBROUTINE/METHOD OVERRIDES
+
+B<Pod::Parser> provides several methods which subclasses may want to override
+to perform any special pre/post-processing. These methods do I<not> have to
+be overridden, but it may be useful for subclasses to take advantage of them.
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<new()>
+
+            my $parser = Pod::Parser->new();
+
+This is the constructor for B<Pod::Parser> and its subclasses. You
+I<do not> need to override this method! It is capable of constructing
+subclass objects as well as base class objects, provided you use
+any of the following constructor invocation styles:
+
+    my $parser1 = MyParser->new();
+    my $parser2 = new MyParser();
+    my $parser3 = $parser2->new();
+
+where C<MyParser> is some subclass of B<Pod::Parser>.
+
+Using the syntax C<MyParser::new()> to invoke the constructor is I<not>
+recommended, but if you insist on being able to do this, then the
+subclass I<will> need to override the B<new()> constructor method. If
+you do override the constructor, you I<must> be sure to invoke the
+B<initialize()> method of the newly blessed object.
+
+Using any of the above invocations, the first argument to the
+constructor is always the corresponding package name (or object
+reference). No other arguments are required, but if desired, an
+associative array (or hash-table) my be passed to the B<new()>
+constructor, as in:
+
+    my $parser1 = MyParser->new( MYDATA => $value1, MOREDATA => $value2 );
+    my $parser2 = new MyParser( -myflag => 1 );
+
+All arguments passed to the B<new()> constructor will be treated as
+key/value pairs in a hash-table. The newly constructed object will be
+initialized by copying the contents of the given hash-table (which may
+have been empty). The B<new()> constructor for this class and all of its
+subclasses returns a blessed reference to the initialized object (hash-table).
+
+=cut
+
+sub new {
+    ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname
+    my $this = shift;
+    my $class = ref($this) || $this;
+    ## Any remaining arguments are treated as initial values for the
+    ## hash that is used to represent this object.
+    my %params = @_;
+    my $self = { %params };
+    ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization
+    bless $self, $class;
+    $self->initialize();
+    return $self;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<initialize()>
+
+            $parser->initialize();
+
+This method performs any necessary object initialization. It takes no
+arguments (other than the object instance of course, which is typically
+copied to a local variable named C<$self>). If subclasses override this
+method then they I<must> be sure to invoke C<$self-E<gt>SUPER::initialize()>.
+
+=cut
+
+sub initialize {
+    #my $self = shift;
+    #return;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<begin_pod()>
+
+            $parser->begin_pod();
+
+This method is invoked at the beginning of processing for each POD
+document that is encountered in the input. Subclasses should override
+this method to perform any per-document initialization.
+
+=cut
+
+sub begin_pod {
+    #my $self = shift;
+    #return;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<begin_input()>
+
+            $parser->begin_input();
+
+This method is invoked by B<parse_from_filehandle()> immediately I<before>
+processing input from a filehandle. The base class implementation does
+nothing, however, subclasses may override it to perform any per-file
+initializations.
+
+Note that if multiple files are parsed for a single POD document
+(perhaps the result of some future C<=include> directive) this method
+is invoked for every file that is parsed. If you wish to perform certain
+initializations once per document, then you should use B<begin_pod()>.
+
+=cut
+
+sub begin_input {
+    #my $self = shift;
+    #return;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<end_input()>
+
+            $parser->end_input();
+
+This method is invoked by B<parse_from_filehandle()> immediately I<after>
+processing input from a filehandle. The base class implementation does
+nothing, however, subclasses may override it to perform any per-file
+cleanup actions.
+
+Please note that if multiple files are parsed for a single POD document
+(perhaps the result of some kind of C<=include> directive) this method
+is invoked for every file that is parsed. If you wish to perform certain
+cleanup actions once per document, then you should use B<end_pod()>.
+
+=cut
+
+sub end_input {
+    #my $self = shift;
+    #return;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<end_pod()>
+
+            $parser->end_pod();
+
+This method is invoked at the end of processing for each POD document
+that is encountered in the input. Subclasses should override this method
+to perform any per-document finalization.
+
+=cut
+
+sub end_pod {
+    #my $self = shift;
+    #return;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<preprocess_line()>
+
+          $textline = $parser->preprocess_line($text, $line_num);
+
+This method should be overridden by subclasses that wish to perform
+any kind of preprocessing for each I<line> of input (I<before> it has
+been determined whether or not it is part of a POD paragraph). The
+parameter C<$text> is the input line; and the parameter C<$line_num> is
+the line number of the corresponding text line.
+
+The value returned should correspond to the new text to use in its
+place.  If the empty string or an undefined value is returned then no
+further processing will be performed for this line.
+
+Please note that the B<preprocess_line()> method is invoked I<before>
+the B<preprocess_paragraph()> method. After all (possibly preprocessed)
+lines in a paragraph have been assembled together and it has been
+determined that the paragraph is part of the POD documentation from one
+of the selected sections, then B<preprocess_paragraph()> is invoked.
+
+The base class implementation of this method returns the given text.
+
+=cut
+
+sub preprocess_line {
+    my ($self, $text, $line_num) = @_;
+    return  $text;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<preprocess_paragraph()>
+
+            $textblock = $parser->preprocess_paragraph($text, $line_num);
+
+This method should be overridden by subclasses that wish to perform any
+kind of preprocessing for each block (paragraph) of POD documentation
+that appears in the input stream. The parameter C<$text> is the POD
+paragraph from the input file; and the parameter C<$line_num> is the
+line number for the beginning of the corresponding paragraph.
+
+The value returned should correspond to the new text to use in its
+place If the empty string is returned or an undefined value is
+returned, then the given C<$text> is ignored (not processed).
+
+This method is invoked after gathering up all the lines in a paragraph
+and after determining the cutting state of the paragraph,
+but before trying to further parse or interpret them. After
+B<preprocess_paragraph()> returns, the current cutting state (which
+is returned by C<$self-E<gt>cutting()>) is examined. If it evaluates
+to true then input text (including the given C<$text>) is cut (not
+processed) until the next POD directive is encountered.
+
+Please note that the B<preprocess_line()> method is invoked I<before>
+the B<preprocess_paragraph()> method. After all (possibly preprocessed)
+lines in a paragraph have been assembled together and either it has been
+determined that the paragraph is part of the POD documentation from one
+of the selected sections or the C<-want_nonPODs> option is true,
+then B<preprocess_paragraph()> is invoked.
+
+The base class implementation of this method returns the given text.
+
+=cut
+
+sub preprocess_paragraph {
+    my ($self, $text, $line_num) = @_;
+    return  $text;
+}
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 METHODS FOR PARSING AND PROCESSING
+
+B<Pod::Parser> provides several methods to process input text. These
+methods typically won't need to be overridden (and in some cases they
+can't be overridden), but subclasses may want to invoke them to exploit
+their functionality.
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<parse_text()>
+
+            $ptree1 = $parser->parse_text($text, $line_num);
+            $ptree2 = $parser->parse_text({%opts}, $text, $line_num);
+            $ptree3 = $parser->parse_text(\%opts, $text, $line_num);
+
+This method is useful if you need to perform your own interpolation 
+of interior sequences and can't rely upon B<interpolate> to expand
+them in simple bottom-up order.
+
+The parameter C<$text> is a string or block of text to be parsed
+for interior sequences; and the parameter C<$line_num> is the
+line number curresponding to the beginning of C<$text>.
+
+B<parse_text()> will parse the given text into a parse-tree of "nodes."
+and interior-sequences.  Each "node" in the parse tree is either a
+text-string, or a B<Pod::InteriorSequence>.  The result returned is a
+parse-tree of type B<Pod::ParseTree>. Please see L<Pod::InputObjects>
+for more information about B<Pod::InteriorSequence> and B<Pod::ParseTree>.
+
+If desired, an optional hash-ref may be specified as the first argument
+to customize certain aspects of the parse-tree that is created and
+returned. The set of recognized option keywords are:
+
+=over 3
+
+=item B<-expand_seq> =E<gt> I<code-ref>|I<method-name>
+
+Normally, the parse-tree returned by B<parse_text()> will contain an
+unexpanded C<Pod::InteriorSequence> object for each interior-sequence
+encountered. Specifying B<-expand_seq> tells B<parse_text()> to "expand"
+every interior-sequence it sees by invoking the referenced function
+(or named method of the parser object) and using the return value as the
+expanded result.
+
+If a subroutine reference was given, it is invoked as:
+
+  &$code_ref( $parser, $sequence )
+
+and if a method-name was given, it is invoked as:
+
+  $parser->method_name( $sequence )
+
+where C<$parser> is a reference to the parser object, and C<$sequence>
+is a reference to the interior-sequence object.
+[I<NOTE>: If the B<interior_sequence()> method is specified, then it is
+invoked according to the interface specified in L<"interior_sequence()">].
+
+=item B<-expand_text> =E<gt> I<code-ref>|I<method-name>
+
+Normally, the parse-tree returned by B<parse_text()> will contain a
+text-string for each contiguous sequence of characters outside of an
+interior-sequence. Specifying B<-expand_text> tells B<parse_text()> to
+"preprocess" every such text-string it sees by invoking the referenced
+function (or named method of the parser object) and using the return value
+as the preprocessed (or "expanded") result. [Note that if the result is
+an interior-sequence, then it will I<not> be expanded as specified by the
+B<-expand_seq> option; Any such recursive expansion needs to be handled by
+the specified callback routine.]
+
+If a subroutine reference was given, it is invoked as:
+
+  &$code_ref( $parser, $text, $ptree_node )
+
+and if a method-name was given, it is invoked as:
+
+  $parser->method_name( $text, $ptree_node )
+
+where C<$parser> is a reference to the parser object, C<$text> is the
+text-string encountered, and C<$ptree_node> is a reference to the current
+node in the parse-tree (usually an interior-sequence object or else the
+top-level node of the parse-tree).
+
+=item B<-expand_ptree> =E<gt> I<code-ref>|I<method-name>
+
+Rather than returning a C<Pod::ParseTree>, pass the parse-tree as an
+argument to the referenced subroutine (or named method of the parser
+object) and return the result instead of the parse-tree object.
+
+If a subroutine reference was given, it is invoked as:
+
+  &$code_ref( $parser, $ptree )
+
+and if a method-name was given, it is invoked as:
+
+  $parser->method_name( $ptree )
+
+where C<$parser> is a reference to the parser object, and C<$ptree>
+is a reference to the parse-tree object.
+
+=back
+
+=cut
+
+sub parse_text {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = '';
+
+    ## Get options and set any defaults
+    my %opts = (ref $_[0]) ? %{ shift() } : ();
+    my $expand_seq   = $opts{'-expand_seq'}   || undef;
+    my $expand_text  = $opts{'-expand_text'}  || undef;
+    my $expand_ptree = $opts{'-expand_ptree'} || undef;
+
+    my $text = shift;
+    my $line = shift;
+    my $file = $self->input_file();
+    my $cmd  = "";
+
+    ## Convert method calls into closures, for our convenience
+    my $xseq_sub   = $expand_seq;
+    my $xtext_sub  = $expand_text;
+    my $xptree_sub = $expand_ptree;
+    if (defined $expand_seq  and  $expand_seq eq 'interior_sequence') {
+        ## If 'interior_sequence' is the method to use, we have to pass
+        ## more than just the sequence object, we also need to pass the
+        ## sequence name and text.
+        $xseq_sub = sub {
+            my ($self, $iseq) = @_;
+            my $args = join("", $iseq->parse_tree->children);
+            return  $self->interior_sequence($iseq->name, $args, $iseq);
+        };
+    }
+    ref $xseq_sub    or  $xseq_sub   = sub { shift()->$expand_seq(@_) };
+    ref $xtext_sub   or  $xtext_sub  = sub { shift()->$expand_text(@_) };
+    ref $xptree_sub  or  $xptree_sub = sub { shift()->$expand_ptree(@_) };
+
+    ## Keep track of the "current" interior sequence, and maintain a stack
+    ## of "in progress" sequences.
+    ##
+    ## NOTE that we push our own "accumulator" at the very beginning of the
+    ## stack. It's really a parse-tree, not a sequence; but it implements
+    ## the methods we need so we can use it to gather-up all the sequences
+    ## and strings we parse. Thus, by the end of our parsing, it should be
+    ## the only thing left on our stack and all we have to do is return it!
+    ##
+    my $seq       = Pod::ParseTree->new();
+    my @seq_stack = ($seq);
+    my ($ldelim, $rdelim) = ('', '');
+
+    ## Iterate over all sequence starts text (NOTE: split with
+    ## capturing parens keeps the delimiters)
+    $_ = $text;
+    my @tokens = split /([A-Z]<(?:<+\s)?)/;
+    while ( @tokens ) {
+        $_ = shift @tokens;
+        ## Look for the beginning of a sequence
+        if ( /^([A-Z])(<(?:<+\s)?)$/ ) {
+            ## Push a new sequence onto the stack of those "in-progress"
+            my $ldelim_orig;
+            ($cmd, $ldelim_orig) = ($1, $2);
+            ($ldelim = $ldelim_orig) =~ s/\s+$//;
+            ($rdelim = $ldelim) =~ tr/</>/;
+            $seq = Pod::InteriorSequence->new(
+                       -name   => $cmd,
+                       -ldelim => $ldelim_orig,  -rdelim => $rdelim,
+                       -file   => $file,    -line   => $line
+                   );
+            (@seq_stack > 1)  and  $seq->nested($seq_stack[-1]);
+            push @seq_stack, $seq;
+        }
+        ## Look for sequence ending
+        elsif ( @seq_stack > 1 ) {
+            ## Make sure we match the right kind of closing delimiter
+            my ($seq_end, $post_seq) = ("", "");
+            if ( ($ldelim eq '<'   and  /\A(.*?)(>)/s)
+                 or  /\A(.*?)(\s+$rdelim)/s )
+            {
+                ## Found end-of-sequence, capture the interior and the
+                ## closing the delimiter, and put the rest back on the
+                ## token-list
+                $post_seq = substr($_, length($1) + length($2));
+                ($_, $seq_end) = ($1, $2);
+                (length $post_seq)  and  unshift @tokens, $post_seq;
+            }
+            if (length) {
+                ## In the middle of a sequence, append this text to it, and
+                ## dont forget to "expand" it if that's what the caller wanted
+                $seq->append($expand_text ? &$xtext_sub($self,$_,$seq) : $_);
+                $_ .= $seq_end;
+            }
+            if (length $seq_end) {
+                ## End of current sequence, record terminating delimiter
+                $seq->rdelim($seq_end);
+                ## Pop it off the stack of "in progress" sequences
+                pop @seq_stack;
+                ## Append result to its parent in current parse tree
+                $seq_stack[-1]->append($expand_seq ? &$xseq_sub($self,$seq)
+                                                   : $seq);
+                ## Remember the current cmd-name and left-delimiter
+                if(@seq_stack > 1) {
+                    $cmd = $seq_stack[-1]->name;
+                    $ldelim = $seq_stack[-1]->ldelim;
+                    $rdelim = $seq_stack[-1]->rdelim;
+                } else {
+                    $cmd = $ldelim = $rdelim = '';
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        elsif (length) {
+            ## In the middle of a sequence, append this text to it, and
+            ## dont forget to "expand" it if that's what the caller wanted
+            $seq->append($expand_text ? &$xtext_sub($self,$_,$seq) : $_);
+        }
+        ## Keep track of line count
+        $line += tr/\n//;
+        ## Remember the "current" sequence
+        $seq = $seq_stack[-1];
+    }
+
+    ## Handle unterminated sequences
+    my $errorsub = (@seq_stack > 1) ? $self->errorsub() : undef;
+    while (@seq_stack > 1) {
+       ($cmd, $file, $line) = ($seq->name, $seq->file_line);
+       $ldelim  = $seq->ldelim;
+       ($rdelim = $ldelim) =~ tr/</>/;
+       $rdelim  =~ s/^(\S+)(\s*)$/$2$1/;
+       pop @seq_stack;
+       my $errmsg = "*** ERROR: unterminated ${cmd}${ldelim}...${rdelim}".
+                    " at line $line in file $file\n";
+       (ref $errorsub) and &{$errorsub}($errmsg)
+           or (defined $errorsub) and $self->$errorsub($errmsg)
+               or  warn($errmsg);
+       $seq_stack[-1]->append($expand_seq ? &$xseq_sub($self,$seq) : $seq);
+       $seq = $seq_stack[-1];
+    }
+
+    ## Return the resulting parse-tree
+    my $ptree = (pop @seq_stack)->parse_tree;
+    return  $expand_ptree ? &$xptree_sub($self, $ptree) : $ptree;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<interpolate()>
+
+            $textblock = $parser->interpolate($text, $line_num);
+
+This method translates all text (including any embedded interior sequences)
+in the given text string C<$text> and returns the interpolated result. The
+parameter C<$line_num> is the line number corresponding to the beginning
+of C<$text>.
+
+B<interpolate()> merely invokes a private method to recursively expand
+nested interior sequences in bottom-up order (innermost sequences are
+expanded first). If there is a need to expand nested sequences in
+some alternate order, use B<parse_text> instead.
+
+=cut
+
+sub interpolate {
+    my($self, $text, $line_num) = @_;
+    my %parse_opts = ( -expand_seq => 'interior_sequence' );
+    my $ptree = $self->parse_text( \%parse_opts, $text, $line_num );
+    return  join "", $ptree->children();
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head1 B<parse_paragraph()>
+
+            $parser->parse_paragraph($text, $line_num);
+
+This method takes the text of a POD paragraph to be processed, along
+with its corresponding line number, and invokes the appropriate method
+(one of B<command()>, B<verbatim()>, or B<textblock()>).
+
+For performance reasons, this method is invoked directly without any
+dynamic lookup; Hence subclasses may I<not> override it!
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+sub parse_paragraph {
+    my ($self, $text, $line_num) = @_;
+    local *myData = $self;  ## alias to avoid deref-ing overhead
+    local *myOpts = ($myData{_PARSEOPTS} ||= {});  ## get parse-options
+    local $_;
+
+    ## See if we want to preprocess nonPOD paragraphs as well as POD ones.
+    my $wantNonPods = $myOpts{'-want_nonPODs'};
+
+    ## Update cutting status
+    $myData{_CUTTING} = 0 if $text =~ /^={1,2}\S/;
+
+    ## Perform any desired preprocessing if we wanted it this early
+    $wantNonPods  and  $text = $self->preprocess_paragraph($text, $line_num);
+
+    ## Ignore up until next POD directive if we are cutting
+    return if $myData{_CUTTING};
+
+    ## Now we know this is block of text in a POD section!
+
+    ##-----------------------------------------------------------------
+    ## This is a hook (hack ;-) for Pod::Select to do its thing without
+    ## having to override methods, but also without Pod::Parser assuming
+    ## $self is an instance of Pod::Select (if the _SELECTED_SECTIONS
+    ## field exists then we assume there is an is_selected() method for
+    ## us to invoke (calling $self->can('is_selected') could verify this
+    ## but that is more overhead than I want to incur)
+    ##-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    ## Ignore this block if it isnt in one of the selected sections
+    if (exists $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS}) {
+        $self->is_selected($text)  or  return ($myData{_CUTTING} = 1);
+    }
+
+    ## If we havent already, perform any desired preprocessing and
+    ## then re-check the "cutting" state
+    unless ($wantNonPods) {
+       $text = $self->preprocess_paragraph($text, $line_num);
+       return 1  unless ((defined $text) and (length $text));
+       return 1  if ($myData{_CUTTING});
+    }
+
+    ## Look for one of the three types of paragraphs
+    my ($pfx, $cmd, $arg, $sep) = ('', '', '', '');
+    my $pod_para = undef;
+    if ($text =~ /^(={1,2})(?=\S)/) {
+        ## Looks like a command paragraph. Capture the command prefix used
+        ## ("=" or "=="), as well as the command-name, its paragraph text,
+        ## and whatever sequence of characters was used to separate them
+        $pfx = $1;
+        $_ = substr($text, length $pfx);
+        ($cmd, $sep, $text) = split /(\s+)/, $_, 2; 
+        ## If this is a "cut" directive then we dont need to do anything
+        ## except return to "cutting" mode.
+        if ($cmd eq 'cut') {
+           $myData{_CUTTING} = 1;
+           return  unless $myOpts{'-process_cut_cmd'};
+        }
+    }
+    ## Save the attributes indicating how the command was specified.
+    $pod_para = new Pod::Paragraph(
+          -name      => $cmd,
+          -text      => $text,
+          -prefix    => $pfx,
+          -separator => $sep,
+          -file      => $myData{_INFILE},
+          -line      => $line_num
+    );
+    # ## Invoke appropriate callbacks
+    # if (exists $myData{_CALLBACKS}) {
+    #    ## Look through the callback list, invoke callbacks,
+    #    ## then see if we need to do the default actions
+    #    ## (invoke_callbacks will return true if we do).
+    #    return  1  unless $self->invoke_callbacks($cmd, $text, $line_num, $pod_para);
+    # }
+    if (length $cmd) {
+        ## A command paragraph
+        $self->command($cmd, $text, $line_num, $pod_para);
+    }
+    elsif ($text =~ /^\s+/) {
+        ## Indented text - must be a verbatim paragraph
+        $self->verbatim($text, $line_num, $pod_para);
+    }
+    else {
+        ## Looks like an ordinary block of text
+        $self->textblock($text, $line_num, $pod_para);
+    }
+    return  1;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<parse_from_filehandle()>
+
+            $parser->parse_from_filehandle($in_fh,$out_fh);
+
+This method takes an input filehandle (which is assumed to already be
+opened for reading) and reads the entire input stream looking for blocks
+(paragraphs) of POD documentation to be processed. If no first argument
+is given the default input filehandle C<STDIN> is used.
+
+The C<$in_fh> parameter may be any object that provides a B<getline()>
+method to retrieve a single line of input text (hence, an appropriate
+wrapper object could be used to parse PODs from a single string or an
+array of strings).
+
+Using C<$in_fh-E<gt>getline()>, input is read line-by-line and assembled
+into paragraphs or "blocks" (which are separated by lines containing
+nothing but whitespace). For each block of POD documentation
+encountered it will invoke a method to parse the given paragraph.
+
+If a second argument is given then it should correspond to a filehandle where
+output should be sent (otherwise the default output filehandle is
+C<STDOUT> if no output filehandle is currently in use).
+
+B<NOTE:> For performance reasons, this method caches the input stream at
+the top of the stack in a local variable. Any attempts by clients to
+change the stack contents during processing when in the midst executing
+of this method I<will not affect> the input stream used by the current
+invocation of this method.
+
+This method does I<not> usually need to be overridden by subclasses.
+
+=cut
+
+sub parse_from_filehandle {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my %opts = (ref $_[0] eq 'HASH') ? %{ shift() } : ();
+    my ($in_fh, $out_fh) = @_;
+    $in_fh = \*STDIN  unless ($in_fh);
+    local *myData = $self;  ## alias to avoid deref-ing overhead
+    local *myOpts = ($myData{_PARSEOPTS} ||= {});  ## get parse-options
+    local $_;
+
+    ## Put this stream at the top of the stack and do beginning-of-input
+    ## processing. NOTE that $in_fh might be reset during this process.
+    my $topstream = $self->_push_input_stream($in_fh, $out_fh);
+    (exists $opts{-cutting})  and  $self->cutting( $opts{-cutting} );
+
+    ## Initialize line/paragraph
+    my ($textline, $paragraph) = ('', '');
+    my ($nlines, $plines) = (0, 0);
+
+    ## Use <$fh> instead of $fh->getline where possible (for speed)
+    $_ = ref $in_fh;
+    my $tied_fh = (/^(?:GLOB|FileHandle|IO::\w+)$/  or  tied $in_fh);
+
+    ## Read paragraphs line-by-line
+    while (defined ($textline = $tied_fh ? <$in_fh> : $in_fh->getline)) {
+        $textline = $self->preprocess_line($textline, ++$nlines);
+        next  unless ((defined $textline)  &&  (length $textline));
+
+        if ((! length $paragraph) && ($textline =~ /^==/)) {
+            ## '==' denotes a one-line command paragraph
+            $paragraph = $textline;
+            $plines    = 1;
+            $textline  = '';
+        } else {
+            ## Append this line to the current paragraph
+            $paragraph .= $textline;
+            ++$plines;
+        }
+
+        ## See if this line is blank and ends the current paragraph.
+        ## If it isnt, then keep iterating until it is.
+        next unless (($textline =~ /^([^\S\r\n]*)[\r\n]*$/)
+                                     && (length $paragraph));
+
+        ## Issue a warning about any non-empty blank lines
+        if (length($1) > 0 and $myOpts{'-warnings'} and ! $myData{_CUTTING}) {
+            my $errorsub = $self->errorsub();
+            my $file = $self->input_file();
+            my $errmsg = "*** WARNING: line containing nothing but whitespace".
+                         " in paragraph at line $nlines in file $file\n";
+            (ref $errorsub) and &{$errorsub}($errmsg)
+                or (defined $errorsub) and $self->$errorsub($errmsg)
+                    or  warn($errmsg);
+        }
+
+        ## Now process the paragraph
+        parse_paragraph($self, $paragraph, ($nlines - $plines) + 1);
+        $paragraph = '';
+        $plines = 0;
+    }
+    ## Dont forget about the last paragraph in the file
+    if (length $paragraph) {
+       parse_paragraph($self, $paragraph, ($nlines - $plines) + 1)
+    }
+
+    ## Now pop the input stream off the top of the input stack.
+    $self->_pop_input_stream();
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<parse_from_file()>
+
+            $parser->parse_from_file($filename,$outfile);
+
+This method takes a filename and does the following:
+
+=over 2
+
+=item *
+
+opens the input and output files for reading
+(creating the appropriate filehandles)
+
+=item *
+
+invokes the B<parse_from_filehandle()> method passing it the
+corresponding input and output filehandles.
+
+=item *
+
+closes the input and output files.
+
+=back
+
+If the special input filename "-" or "<&STDIN" is given then the STDIN
+filehandle is used for input (and no open or close is performed). If no
+input filename is specified then "-" is implied.
+
+If a second argument is given then it should be the name of the desired
+output file. If the special output filename "-" or ">&STDOUT" is given
+then the STDOUT filehandle is used for output (and no open or close is
+performed). If the special output filename ">&STDERR" is given then the
+STDERR filehandle is used for output (and no open or close is
+performed). If no output filehandle is currently in use and no output
+filename is specified, then "-" is implied.
+Alternatively, an L<IO::String> object is also accepted as an output
+file handle.
+
+This method does I<not> usually need to be overridden by subclasses.
+
+=cut
+
+sub parse_from_file {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my %opts = (ref $_[0] eq 'HASH') ? %{ shift() } : ();
+    my ($infile, $outfile) = @_;
+    my ($in_fh,  $out_fh) = (gensym(), gensym())  if ($] < 5.006);
+    my ($close_input, $close_output) = (0, 0);
+    local *myData = $self;
+    local *_;
+
+    ## Is $infile a filename or a (possibly implied) filehandle
+    if (defined $infile && ref $infile) {
+        if (ref($infile) =~ /^(SCALAR|ARRAY|HASH|CODE|REF)$/) {
+            croak "Input from $1 reference not supported!\n";
+        }
+        ## Must be a filehandle-ref (or else assume its a ref to an object
+        ## that supports the common IO read operations).
+        $myData{_INFILE} = ${$infile};
+        $in_fh = $infile;
+    }
+    elsif (!defined($infile) || !length($infile) || ($infile eq '-')
+        || ($infile =~ /^<&(?:STDIN|0)$/i))
+    {
+        ## Not a filename, just a string implying STDIN
+        $infile ||= '-';
+        $myData{_INFILE} = "<standard input>";
+        $in_fh = \*STDIN;
+    }
+    else {
+        ## We have a filename, open it for reading
+        $myData{_INFILE} = $infile;
+        open($in_fh, "< $infile")  or
+             croak "Can't open $infile for reading: $!\n";
+        $close_input = 1;
+    }
+
+    ## NOTE: we need to be *very* careful when "defaulting" the output
+    ## file. We only want to use a default if this is the beginning of
+    ## the entire document (but *not* if this is an included file). We
+    ## determine this by seeing if the input stream stack has been set-up
+    ## already
+
+    ## Is $outfile a filename, a (possibly implied) filehandle, maybe a ref?
+    if (ref $outfile) {
+        ## we need to check for ref() first, as other checks involve reading
+        if (ref($outfile) =~ /^(ARRAY|HASH|CODE)$/) {
+            croak "Output to $1 reference not supported!\n";
+        }
+        elsif (ref($outfile) eq 'SCALAR') {
+#           # NOTE: IO::String isn't a part of the perl distribution,
+#           #       so probably we shouldn't support this case...
+#           require IO::String;
+#           $myData{_OUTFILE} = "$outfile";
+#           $out_fh = IO::String->new($outfile);
+            croak "Output to SCALAR reference not supported!\n";
+        }
+        else {
+            ## Must be a filehandle-ref (or else assume its a ref to an
+            ## object that supports the common IO write operations).
+            $myData{_OUTFILE} = ${$outfile};
+            $out_fh = $outfile;
+        }
+    }
+    elsif (!defined($outfile) || !length($outfile) || ($outfile eq '-')
+        || ($outfile =~ /^>&?(?:STDOUT|1)$/i))
+    {
+        if (defined $myData{_TOP_STREAM}) {
+            $out_fh = $myData{_OUTPUT};
+        }
+        else {
+            ## Not a filename, just a string implying STDOUT
+            $outfile ||= '-';
+            $myData{_OUTFILE} = "<standard output>";
+            $out_fh  = \*STDOUT;
+        }
+    }
+    elsif ($outfile =~ /^>&(STDERR|2)$/i) {
+        ## Not a filename, just a string implying STDERR
+        $myData{_OUTFILE} = "<standard error>";
+        $out_fh  = \*STDERR;
+    }
+    else {
+        ## We have a filename, open it for writing
+        $myData{_OUTFILE} = $outfile;
+        (-d $outfile) and croak "$outfile is a directory, not POD input!\n";
+        open($out_fh, "> $outfile")  or
+             croak "Can't open $outfile for writing: $!\n";
+        $close_output = 1;
+    }
+
+    ## Whew! That was a lot of work to set up reasonably/robust behavior
+    ## in the case of a non-filename for reading and writing. Now we just
+    ## have to parse the input and close the handles when we're finished.
+    $self->parse_from_filehandle(\%opts, $in_fh, $out_fh);
+
+    $close_input  and 
+        close($in_fh) || croak "Can't close $infile after reading: $!\n";
+    $close_output  and
+        close($out_fh) || croak "Can't close $outfile after writing: $!\n";
+}
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 ACCESSOR METHODS
+
+Clients of B<Pod::Parser> should use the following methods to access
+instance data fields:
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<errorsub()>
+
+            $parser->errorsub("method_name");
+            $parser->errorsub(\&warn_user);
+            $parser->errorsub(sub { print STDERR, @_ });
+
+Specifies the method or subroutine to use when printing error messages
+about POD syntax. The supplied method/subroutine I<must> return TRUE upon
+successful printing of the message. If C<undef> is given, then the B<warn>
+builtin is used to issue error messages (this is the default behavior).
+
+            my $errorsub = $parser->errorsub()
+            my $errmsg = "This is an error message!\n"
+            (ref $errorsub) and &{$errorsub}($errmsg)
+                or (defined $errorsub) and $parser->$errorsub($errmsg)
+                    or  warn($errmsg);
+
+Returns a method name, or else a reference to the user-supplied subroutine
+used to print error messages. Returns C<undef> if the B<warn> builtin
+is used to issue error messages (this is the default behavior).
+
+=cut
+
+sub errorsub {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_ERRORSUB} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_ERRORSUB};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<cutting()>
+
+            $boolean = $parser->cutting();
+
+Returns the current C<cutting> state: a boolean-valued scalar which
+evaluates to true if text from the input file is currently being "cut"
+(meaning it is I<not> considered part of the POD document).
+
+            $parser->cutting($boolean);
+
+Sets the current C<cutting> state to the given value and returns the
+result.
+
+=cut
+
+sub cutting {
+   return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_CUTTING} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_CUTTING};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<parseopts()>
+
+When invoked with no additional arguments, B<parseopts> returns a hashtable
+of all the current parsing options.
+
+            ## See if we are parsing non-POD sections as well as POD ones
+            my %opts = $parser->parseopts();
+            $opts{'-want_nonPODs}' and print "-want_nonPODs\n";
+
+When invoked using a single string, B<parseopts> treats the string as the
+name of a parse-option and returns its corresponding value if it exists
+(returns C<undef> if it doesn't).
+
+            ## Did we ask to see '=cut' paragraphs?
+            my $want_cut = $parser->parseopts('-process_cut_cmd');
+            $want_cut and print "-process_cut_cmd\n";
+
+When invoked with multiple arguments, B<parseopts> treats them as
+key/value pairs and the specified parse-option names are set to the
+given values. Any unspecified parse-options are unaffected.
+
+            ## Set them back to the default
+            $parser->parseopts(-warnings => 0);
+
+When passed a single hash-ref, B<parseopts> uses that hash to completely
+reset the existing parse-options, all previous parse-option values
+are lost.
+
+            ## Reset all options to default 
+            $parser->parseopts( { } );
+
+See L<"PARSING OPTIONS"> for more information on the name and meaning of each
+parse-option currently recognized.
+
+=cut
+
+sub parseopts {
+   local *myData = shift;
+   local *myOpts = ($myData{_PARSEOPTS} ||= {});
+   return %myOpts  if (@_ == 0);
+   if (@_ == 1) {
+      local $_ = shift;
+      return  ref($_)  ?  $myData{_PARSEOPTS} = $_  :  $myOpts{$_};
+   }
+   my @newOpts = (%myOpts, @_);
+   $myData{_PARSEOPTS} = { @newOpts };
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<output_file()>
+
+            $fname = $parser->output_file();
+
+Returns the name of the output file being written.
+
+=cut
+
+sub output_file {
+   return $_[0]->{_OUTFILE};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<output_handle()>
+
+            $fhandle = $parser->output_handle();
+
+Returns the output filehandle object.
+
+=cut
+
+sub output_handle {
+   return $_[0]->{_OUTPUT};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<input_file()>
+
+            $fname = $parser->input_file();
+
+Returns the name of the input file being read.
+
+=cut
+
+sub input_file {
+   return $_[0]->{_INFILE};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<input_handle()>
+
+            $fhandle = $parser->input_handle();
+
+Returns the current input filehandle object.
+
+=cut
+
+sub input_handle {
+   return $_[0]->{_INPUT};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head1 B<input_streams()>
+
+            $listref = $parser->input_streams();
+
+Returns a reference to an array which corresponds to the stack of all
+the input streams that are currently in the middle of being parsed.
+
+While parsing an input stream, it is possible to invoke
+B<parse_from_file()> or B<parse_from_filehandle()> to parse a new input
+stream and then return to parsing the previous input stream. Each input
+stream to be parsed is pushed onto the end of this input stack
+before any of its input is read. The input stream that is currently
+being parsed is always at the end (or top) of the input stack. When an
+input stream has been exhausted, it is popped off the end of the
+input stack.
+
+Each element on this input stack is a reference to C<Pod::InputSource>
+object. Please see L<Pod::InputObjects> for more details.
+
+This method might be invoked when printing diagnostic messages, for example,
+to obtain the name and line number of the all input files that are currently
+being processed.
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+sub input_streams {
+   return $_[0]->{_INPUT_STREAMS};
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin __PRIVATE__
+
+=head1 B<top_stream()>
+
+            $hashref = $parser->top_stream();
+
+Returns a reference to the hash-table that represents the element
+that is currently at the top (end) of the input stream stack
+(see L<"input_streams()">). The return value will be the C<undef>
+if the input stack is empty.
+
+This method might be used when printing diagnostic messages, for example,
+to obtain the name and line number of the current input file.
+
+=end __PRIVATE__
+
+=cut
+
+sub top_stream {
+   return $_[0]->{_TOP_STREAM} || undef;
+}
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 PRIVATE METHODS AND DATA
+
+B<Pod::Parser> makes use of several internal methods and data fields
+which clients should not need to see or use. For the sake of avoiding
+name collisions for client data and methods, these methods and fields
+are briefly discussed here. Determined hackers may obtain further
+information about them by reading the B<Pod::Parser> source code.
+
+Private data fields are stored in the hash-object whose reference is
+returned by the B<new()> constructor for this class. The names of all
+private methods and data-fields used by B<Pod::Parser> begin with a
+prefix of "_" and match the regular expression C</^_\w+$/>.
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin _PRIVATE_
+
+=head1 B<_push_input_stream()>
+
+            $hashref = $parser->_push_input_stream($in_fh,$out_fh);
+
+This method will push the given input stream on the input stack and
+perform any necessary beginning-of-document or beginning-of-file
+processing. The argument C<$in_fh> is the input stream filehandle to
+push, and C<$out_fh> is the corresponding output filehandle to use (if
+it is not given or is undefined, then the current output stream is used,
+which defaults to standard output if it doesnt exist yet).
+
+The value returned will be reference to the hash-table that represents
+the new top of the input stream stack. I<Please Note> that it is
+possible for this method to use default values for the input and output
+file handles. If this happens, you will need to look at the C<INPUT>
+and C<OUTPUT> instance data members to determine their new values.
+
+=end _PRIVATE_
+
+=cut
+
+sub _push_input_stream {
+    my ($self, $in_fh, $out_fh) = @_;
+    local *myData = $self;
+
+    ## Initialize stuff for the entire document if this is *not*
+    ## an included file.
+    ##
+    ## NOTE: we need to be *very* careful when "defaulting" the output
+    ## filehandle. We only want to use a default value if this is the
+    ## beginning of the entire document (but *not* if this is an included
+    ## file).
+    unless (defined  $myData{_TOP_STREAM}) {
+        $out_fh  = \*STDOUT  unless (defined $out_fh);
+        $myData{_CUTTING}       = 1;   ## current "cutting" state
+        $myData{_INPUT_STREAMS} = [];  ## stack of all input streams
+    }
+
+    ## Initialize input indicators
+    $myData{_OUTFILE} = '(unknown)'  unless (defined  $myData{_OUTFILE});
+    $myData{_OUTPUT}  = $out_fh      if (defined  $out_fh);
+    $in_fh            = \*STDIN      unless (defined  $in_fh);
+    $myData{_INFILE}  = '(unknown)'  unless (defined  $myData{_INFILE});
+    $myData{_INPUT}   = $in_fh;
+    my $input_top     = $myData{_TOP_STREAM}
+                      = new Pod::InputSource(
+                            -name        => $myData{_INFILE},
+                            -handle      => $in_fh,
+                            -was_cutting => $myData{_CUTTING}
+                        );
+    local *input_stack = $myData{_INPUT_STREAMS};
+    push(@input_stack, $input_top);
+
+    ## Perform beginning-of-document and/or beginning-of-input processing
+    $self->begin_pod()  if (@input_stack == 1);
+    $self->begin_input();
+
+    return  $input_top;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin _PRIVATE_
+
+=head1 B<_pop_input_stream()>
+
+            $hashref = $parser->_pop_input_stream();
+
+This takes no arguments. It will perform any necessary end-of-file or
+end-of-document processing and then pop the current input stream from
+the top of the input stack.
+
+The value returned will be reference to the hash-table that represents
+the new top of the input stream stack.
+
+=end _PRIVATE_
+
+=cut
+
+sub _pop_input_stream {
+    my ($self) = @_;
+    local *myData = $self;
+    local *input_stack = $myData{_INPUT_STREAMS};
+
+    ## Perform end-of-input and/or end-of-document processing
+    $self->end_input()  if (@input_stack > 0);
+    $self->end_pod()    if (@input_stack == 1);
+
+    ## Restore cutting state to whatever it was before we started
+    ## parsing this file.
+    my $old_top = pop(@input_stack);
+    $myData{_CUTTING} = $old_top->was_cutting();
+
+    ## Dont forget to reset the input indicators
+    my $input_top = undef;
+    if (@input_stack > 0) {
+       $input_top = $myData{_TOP_STREAM} = $input_stack[-1];
+       $myData{_INFILE}  = $input_top->name();
+       $myData{_INPUT}   = $input_top->handle();
+    } else {
+       delete $myData{_TOP_STREAM};
+       delete $myData{_INPUT_STREAMS};
+    }
+
+    return  $input_top;
+}
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 TREE-BASED PARSING
+
+If straightforward stream-based parsing wont meet your needs (as is
+likely the case for tasks such as translating PODs into structured
+markup languages like HTML and XML) then you may need to take the
+tree-based approach. Rather than doing everything in one pass and
+calling the B<interpolate()> method to expand sequences into text, it
+may be desirable to instead create a parse-tree using the B<parse_text()>
+method to return a tree-like structure which may contain an ordered
+list of children (each of which may be a text-string, or a similar
+tree-like structure).
+
+Pay special attention to L<"METHODS FOR PARSING AND PROCESSING"> and
+to the objects described in L<Pod::InputObjects>. The former describes
+the gory details and parameters for how to customize and extend the
+parsing behavior of B<Pod::Parser>. B<Pod::InputObjects> provides
+several objects that may all be used interchangeably as parse-trees. The
+most obvious one is the B<Pod::ParseTree> object. It defines the basic
+interface and functionality that all things trying to be a POD parse-tree
+should do. A B<Pod::ParseTree> is defined such that each "node" may be a
+text-string, or a reference to another parse-tree.  Each B<Pod::Paragraph>
+object and each B<Pod::InteriorSequence> object also supports the basic
+parse-tree interface.
+
+The B<parse_text()> method takes a given paragraph of text, and
+returns a parse-tree that contains one or more children, each of which
+may be a text-string, or an InteriorSequence object. There are also
+callback-options that may be passed to B<parse_text()> to customize
+the way it expands or transforms interior-sequences, as well as the
+returned result. These callbacks can be used to create a parse-tree
+with custom-made objects (which may or may not support the parse-tree
+interface, depending on how you choose to do it).
+
+If you wish to turn an entire POD document into a parse-tree, that process
+is fairly straightforward. The B<parse_text()> method is the key to doing
+this successfully. Every paragraph-callback (i.e. the polymorphic methods
+for B<command()>, B<verbatim()>, and B<textblock()> paragraphs) takes
+a B<Pod::Paragraph> object as an argument. Each paragraph object has a
+B<parse_tree()> method that can be used to get or set a corresponding
+parse-tree. So for each of those paragraph-callback methods, simply call
+B<parse_text()> with the options you desire, and then use the returned
+parse-tree to assign to the given paragraph object.
+
+That gives you a parse-tree for each paragraph - so now all you need is
+an ordered list of paragraphs. You can maintain that yourself as a data
+element in the object/hash. The most straightforward way would be simply
+to use an array-ref, with the desired set of custom "options" for each
+invocation of B<parse_text>. Let's assume the desired option-set is
+given by the hash C<%options>. Then we might do something like the
+following:
+
+    package MyPodParserTree;
+
+    @ISA = qw( Pod::Parser );
+
+    ...
+
+    sub begin_pod {
+        my $self = shift;
+        $self->{'-paragraphs'} = [];  ## initialize paragraph list
+    }
+
+    sub command { 
+        my ($parser, $command, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+        my $ptree = $parser->parse_text({%options}, $paragraph, ...);
+        $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree );
+        push @{ $self->{'-paragraphs'} }, $pod_para;
+    }
+
+    sub verbatim { 
+        my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+        push @{ $self->{'-paragraphs'} }, $pod_para;
+    }
+
+    sub textblock { 
+        my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+        my $ptree = $parser->parse_text({%options}, $paragraph, ...);
+        $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree );
+        push @{ $self->{'-paragraphs'} }, $pod_para;
+    }
+
+    ...
+
+    package main;
+    ...
+    my $parser = new MyPodParserTree(...);
+    $parser->parse_from_file(...);
+    my $paragraphs_ref = $parser->{'-paragraphs'};
+
+Of course, in this module-author's humble opinion, I'd be more inclined to
+use the existing B<Pod::ParseTree> object than a simple array. That way
+everything in it, paragraphs and sequences, all respond to the same core
+interface for all parse-tree nodes. The result would look something like:
+
+    package MyPodParserTree2;
+
+    ...
+
+    sub begin_pod {
+        my $self = shift;
+        $self->{'-ptree'} = new Pod::ParseTree;  ## initialize parse-tree
+    }
+
+    sub parse_tree {
+        ## convenience method to get/set the parse-tree for the entire POD
+        (@_ > 1)  and  $_[0]->{'-ptree'} = $_[1];
+        return $_[0]->{'-ptree'};
+    }
+
+    sub command { 
+        my ($parser, $command, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+        my $ptree = $parser->parse_text({<<options>>}, $paragraph, ...);
+        $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree );
+        $parser->parse_tree()->append( $pod_para );
+    }
+
+    sub verbatim { 
+        my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+        $parser->parse_tree()->append( $pod_para );
+    }
+
+    sub textblock { 
+        my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_;
+        my $ptree = $parser->parse_text({<<options>>}, $paragraph, ...);
+        $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree );
+        $parser->parse_tree()->append( $pod_para );
+    }
+
+    ...
+
+    package main;
+    ...
+    my $parser = new MyPodParserTree2(...);
+    $parser->parse_from_file(...);
+    my $ptree = $parser->parse_tree;
+    ...
+
+Now you have the entire POD document as one great big parse-tree. You
+can even use the B<-expand_seq> option to B<parse_text> to insert
+whole different kinds of objects. Just don't expect B<Pod::Parser>
+to know what to do with them after that. That will need to be in your
+code. Or, alternatively, you can insert any object you like so long as
+it conforms to the B<Pod::ParseTree> interface.
+
+One could use this to create subclasses of B<Pod::Paragraphs> and
+B<Pod::InteriorSequences> for specific commands (or to create your own
+custom node-types in the parse-tree) and add some kind of B<emit()>
+method to each custom node/subclass object in the tree. Then all you'd
+need to do is recursively walk the tree in the desired order, processing
+the children (most likely from left to right) by formatting them if
+they are text-strings, or by calling their B<emit()> method if they
+are objects/references.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::InputObjects>, L<Pod::Select>
+
+B<Pod::InputObjects> defines POD input objects corresponding to
+command paragraphs, parse-trees, and interior-sequences.
+
+B<Pod::Select> is a subclass of B<Pod::Parser> which provides the ability
+to selectively include and/or exclude sections of a POD document from being
+translated based upon the current heading, subheading, subsubheading, etc.
+
+=for __PRIVATE__
+B<Pod::Callbacks> is a subclass of B<Pod::Parser> which gives its users
+the ability the employ I<callback functions> instead of, or in addition
+to, overriding methods of the base class.
+
+=for __PRIVATE__
+B<Pod::Select> and B<Pod::Callbacks> do not override any
+methods nor do they define any new methods with the same name. Because
+of this, they may I<both> be used (in combination) as a base class of
+the same subclass in order to combine their functionality without
+causing any namespace clashes due to multiple inheritance.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>.
+
+Brad Appleton E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt>
+
+Based on code for B<Pod::Text> written by
+Tom Christiansen E<lt>tchrist@mox.perl.comE<gt>
+
+=cut
+
+1;
+# vim: ts=4 sw=4 et
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8f9614838fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,1762 @@
+
+require 5;
+use 5.006;  # we use some open(X, "<", $y) syntax 
+package Pod::Perldoc;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Config '%Config';
+
+use Fcntl;    # for sysopen
+use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile catdir splitdir);
+
+use vars qw($VERSION @Pagers $Bindir $Pod2man
+  $Temp_Files_Created $Temp_File_Lifetime
+);
+$VERSION = '3.14';
+#..........................................................................
+
+BEGIN {  # Make a DEBUG constant very first thing...
+  unless(defined &DEBUG) {
+    if(($ENV{'PERLDOCDEBUG'} || '') =~ m/^(\d+)/) { # untaint
+      eval("sub DEBUG () {$1}");
+      die "WHAT? Couldn't eval-up a DEBUG constant!? $@" if $@;
+    } else {
+      *DEBUG = sub () {0};
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+use Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO; # uses the DEBUG.
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub TRUE  () {1}
+sub FALSE () {return}
+
+BEGIN {
+ *IS_VMS     = $^O eq 'VMS'     ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_VMS;
+ *IS_MSWin32 = $^O eq 'MSWin32' ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_MSWin32;
+ *IS_Dos     = $^O eq 'dos'     ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_Dos;
+ *IS_OS2     = $^O eq 'os2'     ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_OS2;
+ *IS_Cygwin  = $^O eq 'cygwin'  ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_Cygwin;
+ *IS_Linux   = $^O eq 'linux'   ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_Linux;
+ *IS_HPUX    = $^O =~ m/hpux/   ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_HPUX;
+}
+
+$Temp_File_Lifetime ||= 60 * 60 * 24 * 5;
+  # If it's older than five days, it's quite unlikely
+  #  that anyone's still looking at it!!
+  # (Currently used only by the MSWin cleanup routine)
+
+
+#..........................................................................
+{ my $pager = $Config{'pager'};
+  push @Pagers, $pager if -x (split /\s+/, $pager)[0] or IS_VMS;
+}
+$Bindir  = $Config{'scriptdirexp'};
+$Pod2man = "pod2man" . ( $Config{'versiononly'} ? $Config{'version'} : '' );
+
+# End of class-init stuff
+#
+###########################################################################
+#
+# Option accessors...
+
+foreach my $subname (map "opt_$_", split '', q{mhlvriFfXqnTdU}) {
+  no strict 'refs';
+  *$subname = do{ use strict 'refs';  sub () { shift->_elem($subname, @_) } };
+}
+
+# And these are so that GetOptsOO knows they take options:
+sub opt_f_with { shift->_elem('opt_f', @_) }
+sub opt_q_with { shift->_elem('opt_q', @_) }
+sub opt_d_with { shift->_elem('opt_d', @_) }
+
+sub opt_w_with { # Specify an option for the formatter subclass
+  my($self, $value) = @_;
+  if($value =~ m/^([-_a-zA-Z][-_a-zA-Z0-9]*)(?:[=\:](.*?))?$/s) {
+    my $option = $1;
+    my $option_value = defined($2) ? $2 : "TRUE";
+    $option =~ tr/\-/_/s;  # tolerate "foo-bar" for "foo_bar"
+    $self->add_formatter_option( $option, $option_value );
+  } else {
+    warn "\"$value\" isn't a good formatter option name.  I'm ignoring it!\n";
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+sub opt_M_with { # specify formatter class name(s)
+  my($self, $classes) = @_;
+  return unless defined $classes and length $classes;
+  DEBUG > 4 and print "Considering new formatter classes -M$classes\n";
+  my @classes_to_add;
+  foreach my $classname (split m/[,;]+/s, $classes) {
+    next unless $classname =~ m/\S/;
+    if( $classname =~ m/^(\w+(::\w+)+)$/s ) {
+      # A mildly restrictive concept of what modulenames are valid.
+      push @classes_to_add, $1; # untaint
+    } else {
+      warn "\"$classname\" isn't a valid classname.  Ignoring.\n";
+    }
+  }
+  
+  unshift @{ $self->{'formatter_classes'} }, @classes_to_add;
+  
+  DEBUG > 3 and print(
+    "Adding @classes_to_add to the list of formatter classes, "
+    . "making them @{ $self->{'formatter_classes'} }.\n"
+  );
+  
+  return;
+}
+
+sub opt_V { # report version and exit
+  print join '',
+    "Perldoc v$VERSION, under perl v$] for $^O",
+
+    (defined(&Win32::BuildNumber) and defined &Win32::BuildNumber())
+     ? (" (win32 build ", &Win32::BuildNumber(), ")") : (),
+    
+    (chr(65) eq 'A') ? () : " (non-ASCII)",
+    
+    "\n",
+  ;
+  exit;
+}
+
+sub opt_t { # choose plaintext as output format
+  my $self = shift;
+  $self->opt_o_with('text')  if @_ and $_[0];
+  return $self->_elem('opt_t', @_);
+}
+
+sub opt_u { # choose raw pod as output format
+  my $self = shift;
+  $self->opt_o_with('pod')  if @_ and $_[0];
+  return $self->_elem('opt_u', @_);
+}
+
+sub opt_n_with {
+  # choose man as the output format, and specify the proggy to run
+  my $self = shift;
+  $self->opt_o_with('man')  if @_ and $_[0];
+  $self->_elem('opt_n', @_);
+}
+
+sub opt_o_with { # "o" for output format
+  my($self, $rest) = @_;
+  return unless defined $rest and length $rest;
+  if($rest =~ m/^(\w+)$/s) {
+    $rest = $1; #untaint
+  } else {
+    warn "\"$rest\" isn't a valid output format.  Skipping.\n";
+    return;
+  }
+  
+  $self->aside("Noting \"$rest\" as desired output format...\n");
+  
+  # Figure out what class(es) that could actually mean...
+  
+  my @classes;
+  foreach my $prefix ("Pod::Perldoc::To", "Pod::Simple::", "Pod::") {
+    # Messy but smart:
+    foreach my $stem (
+      $rest,  # Yes, try it first with the given capitalization
+      "\L$rest", "\L\u$rest", "\U$rest" # And then try variations
+
+    ) {
+      push @classes, $prefix . $stem;
+      #print "Considering $prefix$stem\n";
+    }
+    
+    # Tidier, but misses too much:
+    #push @classes, $prefix . ucfirst(lc($rest));
+  }
+  $self->opt_M_with( join ";", @classes );
+  return;
+}
+
+###########################################################################
+# % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % %
+
+sub run {  # to be called by the "perldoc" executable
+  my $class = shift;
+  if(DEBUG > 3) {
+    print "Parameters to $class\->run:\n";
+    my @x = @_;
+    while(@x) {
+      $x[1] = '<undef>'  unless defined $x[1];
+      $x[1] = "@{$x[1]}" if ref( $x[1] ) eq 'ARRAY';
+      print "  [$x[0]] => [$x[1]]\n";
+      splice @x,0,2;
+    }
+    print "\n";
+  }
+  return $class -> new(@_) -> process() || 0;
+}
+
+# % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % %
+###########################################################################
+
+sub new {  # yeah, nothing fancy
+  my $class = shift;
+  my $new = bless {@_}, (ref($class) || $class);
+  DEBUG > 1 and print "New $class object $new\n";
+  $new->init();
+  $new;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub aside {  # If we're in -v or DEBUG mode, say this.
+  my $self = shift;
+  if( DEBUG or $self->opt_v ) {
+    my $out = join( '',
+      DEBUG ? do {
+        my $callsub = (caller(1))[3];
+        my $package = quotemeta(__PACKAGE__ . '::');
+        $callsub =~ s/^$package/'/os;
+         # the o is justified, as $package really won't change.
+        $callsub . ": ";
+      } : '',
+      @_,
+    );
+    if(DEBUG) { print $out } else { print STDERR $out }
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub usage {
+  my $self = shift;
+  warn "@_\n" if @_;
+  
+  # Erase evidence of previous errors (if any), so exit status is simple.
+  $! = 0;
+  
+  die <<EOF;
+perldoc [options] PageName|ModuleName|ProgramName...
+perldoc [options] -f BuiltinFunction
+perldoc [options] -q FAQRegex
+
+Options:
+    -h   Display this help message
+    -V   report version
+    -r   Recursive search (slow)
+    -i   Ignore case
+    -t   Display pod using pod2text instead of pod2man and nroff
+             (-t is the default on win32 unless -n is specified)
+    -u	 Display unformatted pod text
+    -m   Display module's file in its entirety
+    -n   Specify replacement for nroff
+    -l   Display the module's file name
+    -F   Arguments are file names, not modules
+    -v	 Verbosely describe what's going on
+    -T   Send output to STDOUT without any pager
+    -d output_filename_to_send_to
+    -o output_format_name
+    -M FormatterModuleNameToUse
+    -w formatter_option:option_value
+    -X	 use index if present (looks for pod.idx at $Config{archlib})
+    -q   Search the text of questions (not answers) in perlfaq[1-9]
+
+PageName|ModuleName...
+         is the name of a piece of documentation that you want to look at. You
+         may either give a descriptive name of the page (as in the case of
+         `perlfunc') the name of a module, either like `Term::Info' or like
+         `Term/Info', or the name of a program, like `perldoc'.
+
+BuiltinFunction
+         is the name of a perl function.  Will extract documentation from
+         `perlfunc'.
+
+FAQRegex
+         is a regex. Will search perlfaq[1-9] for and extract any
+         questions that match.
+
+Any switches in the PERLDOC environment variable will be used before the
+command line arguments.  The optional pod index file contains a list of
+filenames, one per line.
+                                                       [Perldoc v$VERSION]
+EOF
+
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub usage_brief {
+  my $me = $0;		# Editing $0 is unportable
+
+  $me =~ s,.*[/\\],,; # get basename
+  
+  die <<"EOUSAGE";
+Usage: $me [-h] [-V] [-r] [-i] [-v] [-t] [-u] [-m] [-n nroffer_program] [-l] [-T] [-d output_filename] [-o output_format] [-M FormatterModuleNameToUse] [-w formatter_option:option_value] [-F] [-X] PageName|ModuleName|ProgramName
+       $me -f PerlFunc
+       $me -q FAQKeywords
+
+The -h option prints more help.  Also try "perldoc perldoc" to get
+acquainted with the system.                        [Perldoc v$VERSION]
+EOUSAGE
+
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub pagers { @{ shift->{'pagers'} } } 
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub _elem {  # handy scalar meta-accessor: shift->_elem("foo", @_)
+  if(@_ > 2) { return  $_[0]{ $_[1] } = $_[2]  }
+  else       { return  $_[0]{ $_[1] }          }
+}
+#..........................................................................
+###########################################################################
+#
+# Init formatter switches, and start it off with __bindir and all that
+# other stuff that ToMan.pm needs.
+#
+
+sub init {
+  my $self = shift;
+
+  # Make sure creat()s are neither too much nor too little
+  eval { umask(0077) };   # doubtless someone has no mask
+
+  $self->{'args'}              ||= \@ARGV;
+  $self->{'found'}             ||= [];
+  $self->{'temp_file_list'}    ||= [];
+  
+  
+  $self->{'target'} = undef;
+
+  $self->init_formatter_class_list;
+
+  $self->{'pagers' } = [@Pagers] unless exists $self->{'pagers'};
+  $self->{'bindir' } = $Bindir   unless exists $self->{'bindir'};
+  $self->{'pod2man'} = $Pod2man  unless exists $self->{'pod2man'};
+
+  push @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} = [] }, (
+   # Yeah, we could use a hashref, but maybe there's some class where options
+   # have to be ordered; so we'll use an arrayref.
+
+     [ '__bindir'  => $self->{'bindir' } ],
+     [ '__pod2man' => $self->{'pod2man'} ],
+  );
+
+  DEBUG > 3 and printf "Formatter switches now: [%s]\n",
+   join ' ', map "[@$_]", @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} };
+
+  return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub init_formatter_class_list {
+  my $self = shift;
+  $self->{'formatter_classes'} ||= [];
+
+  # Remember, no switches have been read yet, when
+  # we've started this routine.
+
+  $self->opt_M_with('Pod::Perldoc::ToPod');   # the always-there fallthru
+  $self->opt_o_with('text');
+  $self->opt_o_with('man') unless IS_MSWin32 || IS_Dos
+       || !($ENV{TERM} && (
+              ($ENV{TERM} || '') !~ /dumb|emacs|none|unknown/i
+           ));
+
+  return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub process {
+    # if this ever returns, its retval will be used for exit(RETVAL)
+
+    my $self = shift;
+    DEBUG > 1 and print "  Beginning process.\n";
+    DEBUG > 1 and print "  Args: @{$self->{'args'}}\n\n";
+    if(DEBUG > 3) {
+        print "Object contents:\n";
+        my @x = %$self;
+        while(@x) {
+            $x[1] = '<undef>'  unless defined $x[1];
+            $x[1] = "@{$x[1]}" if ref( $x[1] ) eq 'ARRAY';
+            print "  [$x[0]] => [$x[1]]\n";
+            splice @x,0,2;
+        }
+        print "\n";
+    }
+
+    # TODO: make it deal with being invoked as various different things
+    #  such as perlfaq".
+  
+    return $self->usage_brief  unless  @{ $self->{'args'} };
+    $self->pagers_guessing;
+    $self->options_reading;
+    $self->aside(sprintf "$0 => %s v%s\n", ref($self), $self->VERSION);
+    $self->drop_privs_maybe;
+    $self->options_processing;
+    
+    # Hm, we have @pages and @found, but we only really act on one
+    # file per call, with the exception of the opt_q hack, and with
+    # -l things
+
+    $self->aside("\n");
+
+    my @pages;
+    $self->{'pages'} = \@pages;
+    if(    $self->opt_f) { @pages = ("perlfunc")               }
+    elsif( $self->opt_q) { @pages = ("perlfaq1" .. "perlfaq9") }
+    else                 { @pages = @{$self->{'args'}};
+                           # @pages = __FILE__
+                           #  if @pages == 1 and $pages[0] eq 'perldoc';
+                         }
+
+    return $self->usage_brief  unless  @pages;
+
+    $self->find_good_formatter_class();
+    $self->formatter_sanity_check();
+
+    $self->maybe_diddle_INC();
+      # for when we're apparently in a module or extension directory
+    
+    my @found = $self->grand_search_init(\@pages);
+    exit (IS_VMS ? 98962 : 1) unless @found;
+    
+    if ($self->opt_l) {
+        DEBUG and print "We're in -l mode, so byebye after this:\n";
+        print join("\n", @found), "\n";
+        return;
+    }
+
+    $self->tweak_found_pathnames(\@found);
+    $self->assert_closing_stdout;
+    return $self->page_module_file(@found)  if  $self->opt_m;
+    DEBUG > 2 and print "Found: [@found]\n";
+
+    return $self->render_and_page(\@found);
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+{
+
+my( %class_seen, %class_loaded );
+sub find_good_formatter_class {
+  my $self = $_[0];
+  my @class_list = @{ $self->{'formatter_classes'} || [] };
+  die "WHAT?  Nothing in the formatter class list!?" unless @class_list;
+  
+  my $good_class_found;
+  foreach my $c (@class_list) {
+    DEBUG > 4 and print "Trying to load $c...\n";
+    if($class_loaded{$c}) {
+      DEBUG > 4 and print "OK, the already-loaded $c it is!\n";
+      $good_class_found = $c;
+      last;
+    }
+    
+    if($class_seen{$c}) {
+      DEBUG > 4 and print
+       "I've tried $c before, and it's no good.  Skipping.\n";
+      next;
+    }
+    
+    $class_seen{$c} = 1;
+    
+    if( $c->can('parse_from_file') ) {
+      DEBUG > 4 and print
+       "Interesting, the formatter class $c is already loaded!\n";
+      
+    } elsif(
+      (IS_VMS or IS_MSWin32 or IS_Dos or IS_OS2)
+       # the alway case-insensitive fs's
+      and $class_seen{lc("~$c")}++
+    ) {
+      DEBUG > 4 and print
+       "We already used something quite like \"\L$c\E\", so no point using $c\n";
+      # This avoids redefining the package.
+    } else {
+      DEBUG > 4 and print "Trying to eval 'require $c'...\n";
+
+      local $^W = $^W;
+      if(DEBUG() or $self->opt_v) {
+        # feh, let 'em see it
+      } else {
+        $^W = 0;
+        # The average user just has no reason to be seeing
+        #  $^W-suppressable warnings from the the require!
+      }
+
+      eval "require $c";
+      if($@) {
+        DEBUG > 4 and print "Couldn't load $c: $!\n";
+        next;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    if( $c->can('parse_from_file') ) {
+      DEBUG > 4 and print "Settling on $c\n";
+      my $v = $c->VERSION;
+      $v = ( defined $v and length $v ) ? " version $v" : '';
+      $self->aside("Formatter class $c$v successfully loaded!\n");
+      $good_class_found = $c;
+      last;
+    } else {
+      DEBUG > 4 and print "Class $c isn't a formatter?!  Skipping.\n";
+    }
+  }
+  
+  die "Can't find any loadable formatter class in @class_list?!\nAborting"
+    unless $good_class_found;
+  
+  $self->{'formatter_class'} = $good_class_found;
+  $self->aside("Will format with the class $good_class_found\n");
+  
+  return;
+}
+
+}
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub formatter_sanity_check {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $formatter_class = $self->{'formatter_class'}
+   || die "NO FORMATTER CLASS YET!?";
+  
+  if(!$self->opt_T # so -T can FORCE sending to STDOUT
+    and $formatter_class->can('is_pageable')
+    and !$formatter_class->is_pageable
+    and !$formatter_class->can('page_for_perldoc')
+  ) {
+    my $ext =
+     ($formatter_class->can('output_extension')
+       && $formatter_class->output_extension
+     ) || '';
+    $ext = ".$ext" if length $ext;
+    
+    die
+       "When using Perldoc to format with $formatter_class, you have to\n"
+     . "specify -T or -dsomefile$ext\n"
+     . "See `perldoc perldoc' for more information on those switches.\n"
+    ;
+  }
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub render_and_page {
+    my($self, $found_list) = @_;
+    
+    $self->maybe_generate_dynamic_pod($found_list);
+
+    my($out, $formatter) = $self->render_findings($found_list);
+    
+    if($self->opt_d) {
+      printf "Perldoc (%s) output saved to %s\n",
+        $self->{'formatter_class'} || ref($self),
+        $out;
+      print "But notice that it's 0 bytes long!\n" unless -s $out;
+      
+      
+    } elsif(  # Allow the formatter to "page" itself, if it wants.
+      $formatter->can('page_for_perldoc')
+      and do {
+        $self->aside("Going to call $formatter\->page_for_perldoc(\"$out\")\n");
+        if( $formatter->page_for_perldoc($out, $self) ) {
+          $self->aside("page_for_perldoc returned true, so NOT paging with $self.\n");
+          1;
+        } else {
+          $self->aside("page_for_perldoc returned false, so paging with $self instead.\n");
+          '';
+        }
+      }
+    ) {
+      # Do nothing, since the formatter has "paged" it for itself.
+    
+    } else {
+      # Page it normally (internally)
+      
+      if( -s $out ) {  # Usual case:
+        $self->page($out, $self->{'output_to_stdout'}, $self->pagers);
+        
+      } else {
+        # Odd case:
+        $self->aside("Skipping $out (from $$found_list[0] "
+         . "via $$self{'formatter_class'}) as it is 0-length.\n");
+         
+        push @{ $self->{'temp_file_list'} }, $out;
+        $self->unlink_if_temp_file($out);
+      }
+    }
+    
+    $self->after_rendering();  # any extra cleanup or whatever
+    
+    return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub options_reading {
+    my $self = shift;
+    
+    if( defined $ENV{"PERLDOC"} and length $ENV{"PERLDOC"} ) {
+      require Text::ParseWords;
+      $self->aside("Noting env PERLDOC setting of $ENV{'PERLDOC'}\n");
+      # Yes, appends to the beginning
+      unshift @{ $self->{'args'} },
+        Text::ParseWords::shellwords( $ENV{"PERLDOC"} )
+      ;
+      DEBUG > 1 and print "  Args now: @{$self->{'args'}}\n\n";
+    } else {
+      DEBUG > 1 and print "  Okay, no PERLDOC setting in ENV.\n";
+    }
+
+    DEBUG > 1
+     and print "  Args right before switch processing: @{$self->{'args'}}\n";
+
+    Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO::getopts( $self, $self->{'args'}, 'YES' )
+     or return $self->usage;
+
+    DEBUG > 1
+     and print "  Args after switch processing: @{$self->{'args'}}\n";
+
+    return $self->usage if $self->opt_h;
+  
+    return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub options_processing {
+    my $self = shift;
+    
+    if ($self->opt_X) {
+        my $podidx = "$Config{'archlib'}/pod.idx";
+        $podidx = "" unless -f $podidx && -r _ && -M _ <= 7;
+        $self->{'podidx'} = $podidx;
+    }
+
+    $self->{'output_to_stdout'} = 1  if  $self->opt_T or ! -t STDOUT;
+
+    $self->options_sanity;
+
+    $self->opt_n("nroff") unless $self->opt_n;
+    $self->add_formatter_option( '__nroffer' => $self->opt_n );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub options_sanity {
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    # The opts-counting stuff interacts quite badly with
+    # the $ENV{"PERLDOC"} stuff.  I.e., if I have $ENV{"PERLDOC"}
+    # set to -t, and I specify -u on the command line, I don't want
+    # to be hectored at that -u and -t don't make sense together.
+
+    #my $opts = grep $_ && 1, # yes, the count of the set ones
+    #  $self->opt_t, $self->opt_u, $self->opt_m, $self->opt_l
+    #;
+    #
+    #$self->usage("only one of -t, -u, -m or -l") if $opts > 1;
+    
+    
+    # Any sanity-checking need doing here?
+    
+    return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub grand_search_init {
+    my($self, $pages, @found) = @_;
+
+    foreach (@$pages) {
+        if ($self->{'podidx'} && open(PODIDX, $self->{'podidx'})) {
+            my $searchfor = catfile split '::', $_;
+            $self->aside( "Searching for '$searchfor' in $self->{'podidx'}\n" );
+            local $_;
+            while (<PODIDX>) {
+                chomp;
+                push(@found, $_) if m,/$searchfor(?:\.(?:pod|pm))?\z,i;
+            }
+            close(PODIDX)            or die "Can't close $$self{'podidx'}: $!";
+            next;
+        }
+
+        $self->aside( "Searching for $_\n" );
+
+        if ($self->opt_F) {
+            next unless -r;
+            push @found, $_ if $self->opt_m or $self->containspod($_);
+            next;
+        }
+
+        # We must look both in @INC for library modules and in $bindir
+        # for executables, like h2xs or perldoc itself.
+
+        my @searchdirs = ($self->{'bindir'}, @INC);
+        unless ($self->opt_m) {
+            if (IS_VMS) {
+                my($i,$trn);
+                for ($i = 0; $trn = $ENV{'DCL$PATH;'.$i}; $i++) {
+                    push(@searchdirs,$trn);
+                }
+                push(@searchdirs,'perl_root:[lib.pod]')  # installed pods
+            }
+            else {
+                push(@searchdirs, grep(-d, split($Config{path_sep},
+                                                 $ENV{'PATH'})));
+            }
+        }
+        my @files = $self->searchfor(0,$_,@searchdirs);
+        if (@files) {
+            $self->aside( "Found as @files\n" );
+        }
+        else {
+            # no match, try recursive search
+            @searchdirs = grep(!/^\.\z/s,@INC);
+            @files= $self->searchfor(1,$_,@searchdirs) if $self->opt_r;
+            if (@files) {
+                $self->aside( "Loosely found as @files\n" );
+            }
+            else {
+                print STDERR "No " .
+                    ($self->opt_m ? "module" : "documentation") . " found for \"$_\".\n";
+                if ( @{ $self->{'found'} } ) {
+                    print STDERR "However, try\n";
+                    for my $dir (@{ $self->{'found'} }) {
+                        opendir(DIR, $dir) or die "opendir $dir: $!";
+                        while (my $file = readdir(DIR)) {
+                            next if ($file =~ /^\./s);
+                            $file =~ s/\.(pm|pod)\z//;  # XXX: badfs
+                            print STDERR "\tperldoc $_\::$file\n";
+                        }
+                        closedir(DIR)    or die "closedir $dir: $!";
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        push(@found,@files);
+    }
+    return @found;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub maybe_generate_dynamic_pod {
+    my($self, $found_things) = @_;
+    my @dynamic_pod;
+    
+    $self->search_perlfunc($found_things, \@dynamic_pod)  if  $self->opt_f;
+    
+    $self->search_perlfaqs($found_things, \@dynamic_pod)  if  $self->opt_q;
+
+    if( ! $self->opt_f and ! $self->opt_q ) {
+        DEBUG > 4 and print "That's a non-dynamic pod search.\n";
+    } elsif ( @dynamic_pod ) {
+        $self->aside("Hm, I found some Pod from that search!\n");
+        my ($buffd, $buffer) = $self->new_tempfile('pod', 'dyn');
+        
+        push @{ $self->{'temp_file_list'} }, $buffer;
+         # I.e., it MIGHT be deleted at the end.
+        
+	my $in_list = $self->opt_f;
+
+        print $buffd "=over 8\n\n" if $in_list;
+        print $buffd @dynamic_pod  or die "Can't print $buffer: $!";
+        print $buffd "=back\n"     if $in_list;
+
+        close $buffd        or die "Can't close $buffer: $!";
+        
+        @$found_things = $buffer;
+          # Yes, so found_things never has more than one thing in
+          #  it, by time we leave here
+        
+        $self->add_formatter_option('__filter_nroff' => 1);
+
+    } else {
+        @$found_things = ();
+        $self->aside("I found no Pod from that search!\n");
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub add_formatter_option { # $self->add_formatter_option('key' => 'value');
+  my $self = shift;
+  push @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} }, [ @_ ] if @_;
+
+  DEBUG > 3 and printf "Formatter switches now: [%s]\n",
+   join ' ', map "[@$_]", @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} };
+  
+  return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub search_perlfunc {
+    my($self, $found_things, $pod) = @_;
+
+    DEBUG > 2 and print "Search: @$found_things\n";
+
+    my $perlfunc = shift @$found_things;
+    open(PFUNC, "<", $perlfunc)               # "Funk is its own reward"
+        or die("Can't open $perlfunc: $!");
+
+    # Functions like -r, -e, etc. are listed under `-X'.
+    my $search_re = ($self->opt_f =~ /^-[rwxoRWXOeszfdlpSbctugkTBMAC]$/)
+                        ? '(?:I<)?-X' : quotemeta($self->opt_f) ;
+
+    DEBUG > 2 and
+     print "Going to perlfunc-scan for $search_re in $perlfunc\n";
+    
+    # Skip introduction
+    local $_;
+    while (<PFUNC>) {
+        last if /^=head2 Alphabetical Listing of Perl Functions/;
+    }
+
+    # Look for our function
+    my $found = 0;
+    my $inlist = 0;
+    while (<PFUNC>) {  # "The Mothership Connection is here!"
+        if ( m/^=item\s+$search_re\b/ )  {
+            $found = 1;
+        }
+        elsif (/^=item/) {
+            last if $found > 1 and not $inlist;
+        }
+        next unless $found;
+        if (/^=over/) {
+            ++$inlist;
+        }
+        elsif (/^=back/) {
+            --$inlist;
+        }
+        push @$pod, $_;
+        ++$found if /^\w/;        # found descriptive text
+    }
+    if (!@$pod) {
+        die sprintf
+          "No documentation for perl function `%s' found\n",
+          $self->opt_f
+        ;
+    }
+    close PFUNC                or die "Can't open $perlfunc: $!";
+
+    return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub search_perlfaqs {
+    my( $self, $found_things, $pod) = @_;
+
+    my $found = 0;
+    my %found_in;
+    my $search_key = $self->opt_q;
+    
+    my $rx = eval { qr/$search_key/ }
+     or die <<EOD;
+Invalid regular expression '$search_key' given as -q pattern:
+$@
+Did you mean \\Q$search_key ?
+
+EOD
+
+    local $_;
+    foreach my $file (@$found_things) {
+        die "invalid file spec: $!" if $file =~ /[<>|]/;
+        open(INFAQ, "<", $file)  # XXX 5.6ism
+         or die "Can't read-open $file: $!\nAborting";
+        while (<INFAQ>) {
+            if ( m/^=head2\s+.*(?:$search_key)/i ) {
+                $found = 1;
+                push @$pod, "=head1 Found in $file\n\n" unless $found_in{$file}++;
+            }
+            elsif (/^=head[12]/) {
+                $found = 0;
+            }
+            next unless $found;
+            push @$pod, $_;
+        }
+        close(INFAQ);
+    }
+    die("No documentation for perl FAQ keyword `$search_key' found\n")
+     unless @$pod;
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub render_findings {
+  # Return the filename to open
+
+  my($self, $found_things) = @_;
+
+  my $formatter_class = $self->{'formatter_class'}
+   || die "No formatter class set!?";
+  my $formatter = $formatter_class->can('new')
+    ? $formatter_class->new
+    : $formatter_class
+  ;
+
+  if(! @$found_things) {
+    die "Nothing found?!";
+    # should have been caught before here
+  } elsif(@$found_things > 1) {
+    warn join '',
+     "Perldoc is only really meant for reading one document at a time.\n",
+     "So these parameters are being ignored: ",
+     join(' ', @$found_things[1 .. $#$found_things] ),
+     "\n"
+  }
+
+  my $file = $found_things->[0];
+  
+  DEBUG > 3 and printf "Formatter switches now: [%s]\n",
+   join ' ', map "[@$_]", @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} };
+
+  # Set formatter options:
+  if( ref $formatter ) {
+    foreach my $f (@{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} || [] }) {
+      my($switch, $value, $silent_fail) = @$f;
+      if( $formatter->can($switch) ) {
+        eval { $formatter->$switch( defined($value) ? $value : () ) };
+        warn "Got an error when setting $formatter_class\->$switch:\n$@\n"
+         if $@;
+      } else {
+        if( $silent_fail or $switch =~ m/^__/s ) {
+          DEBUG > 2 and print "Formatter $formatter_class doesn't support $switch\n";
+        } else {
+          warn "$formatter_class doesn't recognize the $switch switch.\n";
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  $self->{'output_is_binary'} =
+    $formatter->can('write_with_binmode') && $formatter->write_with_binmode;
+
+  my ($out_fh, $out) = $self->new_output_file(
+    ( $formatter->can('output_extension') && $formatter->output_extension )
+     || undef,
+    $self->useful_filename_bit,
+  );
+
+  # Now, finally, do the formatting!
+  {
+    local $^W = $^W;
+    if(DEBUG() or $self->opt_v) {
+      # feh, let 'em see it
+    } else {
+      $^W = 0;
+      # The average user just has no reason to be seeing
+      #  $^W-suppressable warnings from the formatting!
+    }
+          
+    eval {  $formatter->parse_from_file( $file, $out_fh )  };
+  }
+  
+  warn "Error while formatting with $formatter_class:\n $@\n" if $@;
+  DEBUG > 2 and print "Back from formatting with $formatter_class\n";
+
+  close $out_fh 
+   or warn "Can't close $out: $!\n(Did $formatter already close it?)";
+  sleep 0; sleep 0; sleep 0;
+   # Give the system a few timeslices to meditate on the fact
+   # that the output file does in fact exist and is closed.
+  
+  $self->unlink_if_temp_file($file);
+
+  unless( -s $out ) {
+    if( $formatter->can( 'if_zero_length' ) ) {
+      # Basically this is just a hook for Pod::Simple::Checker; since
+      # what other class could /happily/ format an input file with Pod
+      # as a 0-length output file?
+      $formatter->if_zero_length( $file, $out, $out_fh );
+    } else {
+      warn "Got a 0-length file from $$found_things[0] via $formatter_class!?\n"
+    }
+  }
+
+  DEBUG and print "Finished writing to $out.\n";
+  return($out, $formatter) if wantarray;
+  return $out;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub unlink_if_temp_file {
+  # Unlink the specified file IFF it's in the list of temp files.
+  # Really only used in the case of -f / -q things when we can
+  #  throw away the dynamically generated source pod file once
+  #  we've formatted it.
+  #
+  my($self, $file) = @_;
+  return unless defined $file and length $file;
+  
+  my $temp_file_list = $self->{'temp_file_list'} || return;
+  if(grep $_ eq $file, @$temp_file_list) {
+    $self->aside("Unlinking $file\n");
+    unlink($file) or warn "Odd, couldn't unlink $file: $!";
+  } else {
+    DEBUG > 1 and print "$file isn't a temp file, so not unlinking.\n";
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub MSWin_temp_cleanup {
+
+  # Nothing particularly MSWin-specific in here, but I don't know if any
+  # other OS needs its temp dir policed like MSWin does!
+ 
+  my $self = shift;
+
+  my $tempdir = $ENV{'TEMP'};
+  return unless defined $tempdir and length $tempdir
+   and -e $tempdir and -d _ and -w _;
+
+  $self->aside(
+   "Considering whether any old files of mine in $tempdir need unlinking.\n"
+  );
+
+  opendir(TMPDIR, $tempdir) || return;
+  my @to_unlink;
+  
+  my $limit = time() - $Temp_File_Lifetime;
+  
+  DEBUG > 5 and printf "Looking for things pre-dating %s (%x)\n",
+   ($limit) x 2;
+  
+  my $filespec;
+  
+  while(defined($filespec = readdir(TMPDIR))) {
+    if(
+     $filespec =~ m{^perldoc_[a-zA-Z0-9]+_T([a-fA-F0-9]{7,})_[a-fA-F0-9]{3,}}s
+    ) {
+      if( hex($1) < $limit ) {
+        push @to_unlink, "$tempdir/$filespec";
+        $self->aside( "Will unlink my old temp file $to_unlink[-1]\n" );
+      } else {
+        DEBUG > 5 and
+         printf "  $tempdir/$filespec is too recent (after %x)\n", $limit;
+      }
+    } else {
+      DEBUG > 5 and
+       print "  $tempdir/$filespec doesn't look like a perldoc temp file.\n";
+    }
+  }
+  closedir(TMPDIR);
+  $self->aside(sprintf "Unlinked %s items of mine in %s\n",
+    scalar(unlink(@to_unlink)),
+    $tempdir
+  );
+  return;
+}
+
+#  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
+
+sub MSWin_perldoc_tempfile {
+  my($self, $suffix, $infix) = @_;
+
+  my $tempdir = $ENV{'TEMP'};
+  return unless defined $tempdir and length $tempdir
+   and -e $tempdir and -d _ and -w _;
+
+  my $spec;
+  
+  do {
+    $spec = sprintf "%s\\perldoc_%s_T%x_%x%02x.%s", # used also in MSWin_temp_cleanup
+      # Yes, we embed the create-time in the filename!
+      $tempdir,
+      $infix || 'x',
+      time(),
+      $$,
+      defined( &Win32::GetTickCount )
+        ? (Win32::GetTickCount() & 0xff)
+        : int(rand 256)
+       # Under MSWin, $$ values get reused quickly!  So if we ran
+       # perldoc foo and then perldoc bar before there was time for
+       # time() to increment time."_$$" would likely be the same
+       # for each process!  So we tack on the tick count's lower
+       # bits (or, in a pinch, rand)
+      ,
+      $suffix || 'txt';
+    ;
+  } while( -e $spec );
+
+  my $counter = 0;
+  
+  while($counter < 50) {
+    my $fh;
+    # If we are running before perl5.6.0, we can't autovivify
+    if ($] < 5.006) {
+      require Symbol;
+      $fh = Symbol::gensym();
+    }
+    DEBUG > 3 and print "About to try making temp file $spec\n";
+    return($fh, $spec) if open($fh, ">", $spec);    # XXX 5.6ism
+    $self->aside("Can't create temp file $spec: $!\n");
+  }
+
+  $self->aside("Giving up on making a temp file!\n");
+  die "Can't make a tempfile!?";
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+
+sub after_rendering {
+  my $self = $_[0];
+  $self->after_rendering_VMS     if IS_VMS;
+  $self->after_rendering_MSWin32 if IS_MSWin32;
+  $self->after_rendering_Dos     if IS_Dos;
+  $self->after_rendering_OS2     if IS_OS2;
+  return;
+}
+
+sub after_rendering_VMS      { return }
+sub after_rendering_Dos      { return }
+sub after_rendering_OS2      { return }
+
+sub after_rendering_MSWin32  {
+  shift->MSWin_temp_cleanup() if $Temp_Files_Created;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+#	:	:	:	:	:	:	:	:	:
+#..........................................................................
+
+
+sub minus_f_nocase {   # i.e., do like -f, but without regard to case
+
+     my($self, $dir, $file) = @_;
+     my $path = catfile($dir,$file);
+     return $path if -f $path and -r _;
+
+     if(!$self->opt_i
+        or IS_VMS or IS_MSWin32
+        or IS_Dos or IS_OS2
+     ) {
+        # On a case-forgiving file system, or if case is important,
+	#  that is it, all we can do.
+	warn "Ignored $path: unreadable\n" if -f _;
+	return '';
+     }
+     
+     local *DIR;
+     my @p = ($dir);
+     my($p,$cip);
+     foreach $p (splitdir $file){
+	my $try = catfile @p, $p;
+        $self->aside("Scrutinizing $try...\n");
+	stat $try;
+ 	if (-d _) {
+ 	    push @p, $p;
+	    if ( $p eq $self->{'target'} ) {
+		my $tmp_path = catfile @p;
+		my $path_f = 0;
+		for (@{ $self->{'found'} }) {
+		    $path_f = 1 if $_ eq $tmp_path;
+		}
+		push (@{ $self->{'found'} }, $tmp_path) unless $path_f;
+		$self->aside( "Found as $tmp_path but directory\n" );
+	    }
+ 	}
+	elsif (-f _ && -r _) {
+ 	    return $try;
+ 	}
+	elsif (-f _) {
+	    warn "Ignored $try: unreadable\n";
+ 	}
+	elsif (-d catdir(@p)) {  # at least we see the containing directory!
+ 	    my $found = 0;
+ 	    my $lcp = lc $p;
+ 	    my $p_dirspec = catdir(@p);
+ 	    opendir DIR, $p_dirspec  or die "opendir $p_dirspec: $!";
+ 	    while(defined( $cip = readdir(DIR) )) {
+ 		if (lc $cip eq $lcp){
+ 		    $found++;
+ 		    last; # XXX stop at the first? what if there's others?
+ 		}
+ 	    }
+ 	    closedir DIR  or die "closedir $p_dirspec: $!";
+ 	    return "" unless $found;
+
+ 	    push @p, $cip;
+ 	    my $p_filespec = catfile(@p);
+ 	    return $p_filespec if -f $p_filespec and -r _;
+	    warn "Ignored $p_filespec: unreadable\n" if -f _;
+ 	}
+     }
+     return "";
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub pagers_guessing {
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    my @pagers;
+    push @pagers, $self->pagers;
+    $self->{'pagers'} = \@pagers;
+
+    if (IS_MSWin32) {
+        push @pagers, qw( more< less notepad );
+        unshift @pagers, $ENV{PAGER}  if $ENV{PAGER};
+    }
+    elsif (IS_VMS) {
+        push @pagers, qw( most more less type/page );
+    }
+    elsif (IS_Dos) {
+        push @pagers, qw( less.exe more.com< );
+        unshift @pagers, $ENV{PAGER}  if $ENV{PAGER};
+    }
+    else {
+        if (IS_OS2) {
+          unshift @pagers, 'less', 'cmd /c more <';
+        }
+        push @pagers, qw( more less pg view cat );
+        unshift @pagers, $ENV{PAGER}  if $ENV{PAGER};
+    }
+
+    if (IS_Cygwin) {
+        if (($pagers[0] eq 'less') || ($pagers[0] eq '/usr/bin/less')) {
+            unshift @pagers, '/usr/bin/less -isrR';
+        }
+    }
+
+    unshift @pagers, $ENV{PERLDOC_PAGER} if $ENV{PERLDOC_PAGER};
+    
+    return;   
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub page_module_file {
+    my($self, @found) = @_;
+
+    # Security note:
+    # Don't ever just pass this off to anything like MSWin's "start.exe",
+    # since we might be calling on a .pl file, and we wouldn't want that
+    # to actually /execute/ the file that we just want to page thru!
+    # Also a consideration if one were to use a web browser as a pager;
+    # doing so could trigger the browser's MIME mapping for whatever
+    # it thinks .pm/.pl/whatever is.  Probably just a (useless and
+    # annoying) "Save as..." dialog, but potentially executing the file
+    # in question -- particularly in the case of MSIE and it's, ahem,
+    # occasionally hazy distinction between OS-local extension
+    # associations, and browser-specific MIME mappings.
+
+    if ($self->{'output_to_stdout'}) {
+        $self->aside("Sending unpaged output to STDOUT.\n");
+	local $_;
+	my $any_error = 0;
+        foreach my $output (@found) {
+	    unless( open(TMP, "<", $output) ) {    # XXX 5.6ism
+	      warn("Can't open $output: $!");
+	      $any_error = 1;
+	      next;
+	    }
+	    while (<TMP>) {
+	        print or die "Can't print to stdout: $!";
+	    } 
+	    close TMP  or die "Can't close while $output: $!";
+	    $self->unlink_if_temp_file($output);
+	}
+	return $any_error; # successful
+    }
+
+    foreach my $pager ( $self->pagers ) {
+        $self->aside("About to try calling $pager @found\n");
+        if (system($pager, @found) == 0) {
+            $self->aside("Yay, it worked.\n");
+            return 0;
+        }
+        $self->aside("That didn't work.\n");
+        
+        # Odd -- when it fails, under Win32, this seems to neither
+        #  return with a fail nor return with a success!!
+        #  That's discouraging!
+    }
+
+    $self->aside(
+      sprintf "Can't manage to find a way to page [%s] via pagers [%s]\n",
+      join(' ', @found),
+      join(' ', $self->pagers),
+    );
+    
+    if (IS_VMS) { 
+        DEBUG > 1 and print "Bailing out in a VMSish way.\n";
+        eval q{
+            use vmsish qw(status exit); 
+            exit $?;
+            1;
+        } or die;
+    }
+    
+    return 1;
+      # i.e., an UNSUCCESSFUL return value!
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub check_file {
+    my($self, $dir, $file) = @_;
+    
+    unless( ref $self ) {
+      # Should never get called:
+      $Carp::Verbose = 1;
+      require Carp;
+      Carp::croak( join '',
+        "Crazy ", __PACKAGE__, " error:\n",
+        "check_file must be an object_method!\n",
+        "Aborting"
+      );
+    }
+    
+    if(length $dir and not -d $dir) {
+      DEBUG > 3 and print "  No dir $dir -- skipping.\n";
+      return "";
+    }
+    
+    if ($self->opt_m) {
+	return $self->minus_f_nocase($dir,$file);
+    }
+    
+    else {
+	my $path = $self->minus_f_nocase($dir,$file);
+        if( length $path and $self->containspod($path) ) {
+            DEBUG > 3 and print
+              "  The file $path indeed looks promising!\n";
+            return $path;
+        }
+    }
+    DEBUG > 3 and print "  No good: $file in $dir\n";
+    
+    return "";
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub containspod {
+    my($self, $file, $readit) = @_;
+    return 1 if !$readit && $file =~ /\.pod\z/i;
+
+
+    #  Under cygwin the /usr/bin/perl is legal executable, but
+    #  you cannot open a file with that name. It must be spelled
+    #  out as "/usr/bin/perl.exe".
+    #
+    #  The following if-case under cygwin prevents error
+    #
+    #     $ perldoc perl
+    #     Cannot open /usr/bin/perl: no such file or directory
+    #
+    #  This would work though
+    #
+    #     $ perldoc perl.pod
+
+    if ( IS_Cygwin  and  -x $file  and  -f "$file.exe" )
+    {
+        warn "Cygwin $file.exe search skipped\n"  if DEBUG or $self->opt_v;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    local($_);
+    open(TEST,"<", $file) 	or die "Can't open $file: $!";   # XXX 5.6ism
+    while (<TEST>) {
+	if (/^=head/) {
+	    close(TEST) 	or die "Can't close $file: $!";
+	    return 1;
+	}
+    }
+    close(TEST) 		or die "Can't close $file: $!";
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub maybe_diddle_INC {
+  my $self = shift;
+  
+  # Does this look like a module or extension directory?
+  
+  if (-f "Makefile.PL") {
+
+    # Add "." and "lib" to @INC (if they exist)
+    eval q{ use lib qw(. lib); 1; } or die;
+
+    # don't add if superuser
+    if ($< && $> && -f "blib") {   # don't be looking too hard now!
+      eval q{ use blib; 1 };
+      warn $@ if $@ && $self->opt_v;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub new_output_file {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $outspec = $self->opt_d;  # Yes, -d overrides all else!
+                               # So don't call this twice per format-job!
+  
+  return $self->new_tempfile(@_) unless defined $outspec and length $outspec;
+
+  # Otherwise open a write-handle on opt_d!f
+
+  my $fh;
+  # If we are running before perl5.6.0, we can't autovivify
+  if ($] < 5.006) {
+    require Symbol;
+    $fh = Symbol::gensym();
+  }
+  DEBUG > 3 and print "About to try writing to specified output file $outspec\n";
+  die "Can't write-open $outspec: $!"
+   unless open($fh, ">", $outspec); # XXX 5.6ism
+  
+  DEBUG > 3 and print "Successfully opened $outspec\n";
+  binmode($fh) if $self->{'output_is_binary'};
+  return($fh, $outspec);
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub useful_filename_bit {
+  # This tries to provide a meaningful bit of text to do with the query,
+  # such as can be used in naming the file -- since if we're going to be
+  # opening windows on temp files (as a "pager" may well do!) then it's
+  # better if the temp file's name (which may well be used as the window
+  # title) isn't ALL just random garbage!
+  # In other words "perldoc_LWPSimple_2371981429" is a better temp file
+  # name than "perldoc_2371981429".  So this routine is what tries to
+  # provide the "LWPSimple" bit.
+  #
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $pages = $self->{'pages'} || return undef;
+  return undef unless @$pages;
+  
+  my $chunk = $pages->[0];
+  return undef unless defined $chunk;
+  $chunk =~ s/:://g;
+  $chunk =~ s/\.\w+$//g; # strip any extension
+  if( $chunk =~ m/([^\#\\:\/\$]+)$/s ) { # get basename, if it's a file
+    $chunk = $1;
+  } else {
+    return undef;
+  }
+  $chunk =~ s/[^a-zA-Z0-9]+//g; # leave ONLY a-zA-Z0-9 things!
+  $chunk = substr($chunk, -10) if length($chunk) > 10;
+  return $chunk;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub new_tempfile {    # $self->new_tempfile( [$suffix, [$infix] ] )
+  my $self = shift;
+
+  ++$Temp_Files_Created;
+
+  if( IS_MSWin32 ) {
+    my @out = $self->MSWin_perldoc_tempfile(@_);
+    return @out if @out;
+    # otherwise fall thru to the normal stuff below...
+  }
+  
+  require File::Temp;
+  return File::Temp::tempfile(UNLINK => 1);
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub page {  # apply a pager to the output file
+    my ($self, $output, $output_to_stdout, @pagers) = @_;
+    if ($output_to_stdout) {
+        $self->aside("Sending unpaged output to STDOUT.\n");
+	open(TMP, "<", $output)  or  die "Can't open $output: $!"; # XXX 5.6ism
+	local $_;
+	while (<TMP>) {
+	    print or die "Can't print to stdout: $!";
+	} 
+	close TMP  or die "Can't close while $output: $!";
+	$self->unlink_if_temp_file($output);
+    } else {
+        # On VMS, quoting prevents logical expansion, and temp files with no
+        # extension get the wrong default extension (such as .LIS for TYPE)
+
+        $output = VMS::Filespec::rmsexpand($output, '.') if IS_VMS;
+
+        $output =~ s{/}{\\}g if IS_MSWin32 || IS_Dos;
+          # Altho "/" under MSWin is in theory good as a pathsep,
+          #  many many corners of the OS don't like it.  So we
+          #  have to force it to be "\" to make everyone happy.
+
+        foreach my $pager (@pagers) {
+            $self->aside("About to try calling $pager $output\n");
+            if (IS_VMS) {
+                last if system("$pager $output") == 0;
+            } else {
+	        last if system("$pager \"$output\"") == 0;
+            }
+	}
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub searchfor {
+    my($self, $recurse,$s,@dirs) = @_;
+    $s =~ s!::!/!g;
+    $s = VMS::Filespec::unixify($s) if IS_VMS;
+    return $s if -f $s && $self->containspod($s);
+    $self->aside( "Looking for $s in @dirs\n" );
+    my $ret;
+    my $i;
+    my $dir;
+    $self->{'target'} = (splitdir $s)[-1];  # XXX: why not use File::Basename?
+    for ($i=0; $i<@dirs; $i++) {
+	$dir = $dirs[$i];
+	next unless -d $dir; # some dirs in @INC are optional
+	($dir = VMS::Filespec::unixpath($dir)) =~ s!/\z!! if IS_VMS;
+	if (       (! $self->opt_m && ( $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.pod")))
+		or ( $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.pm"))
+		or ( $ret = $self->check_file($dir,$s))
+		or ( IS_VMS and
+		     $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.com"))
+		or ( IS_OS2 and
+		     $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.cmd"))
+		or ( (IS_MSWin32 or IS_Dos or IS_OS2) and
+		     $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.bat"))
+		or ( $ret = $self->check_file("$dir/pod","$s.pod"))
+		or ( $ret = $self->check_file("$dir/pod",$s))
+		or ( $ret = $self->check_file("$dir/pods","$s.pod"))
+		or ( $ret = $self->check_file("$dir/pods",$s))
+	) {
+	    DEBUG > 1 and print "  Found $ret\n";
+	    return $ret;
+	}
+
+	if ($recurse) {
+	    opendir(D,$dir)	or die "Can't opendir $dir: $!";
+	    my @newdirs = map catfile($dir, $_), grep {
+		not /^\.\.?\z/s and
+		not /^auto\z/s  and   # save time! don't search auto dirs
+		-d  catfile($dir, $_)
+	    } readdir D;
+	    closedir(D)		or die "Can't closedir $dir: $!";
+	    next unless @newdirs;
+	    # what a wicked map!
+	    @newdirs = map((s/\.dir\z//,$_)[1],@newdirs) if IS_VMS;
+	    $self->aside( "Also looking in @newdirs\n" );
+	    push(@dirs,@newdirs);
+	}
+    }
+    return ();
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+{
+  my $already_asserted;
+  sub assert_closing_stdout {
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    return if $already_asserted;
+
+    eval  q~ END { close(STDOUT) || die "Can't close STDOUT: $!" } ~;
+     # What for? to let the pager know that nothing more will come?
+  
+    die $@ if $@;
+    $already_asserted = 1;
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub tweak_found_pathnames {
+  my($self, $found) = @_;
+  if (IS_MSWin32) {
+    foreach (@$found) { s,/,\\,g }
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+#	:	:	:	:	:	:	:	:	:
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub am_taint_checking {
+    my $self = shift;
+    die "NO ENVIRONMENT?!?!" unless keys %ENV; # reset iterator along the way
+    my($k,$v) = each %ENV;
+    return is_tainted($v);  
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub is_tainted { # just a function
+    my $arg  = shift;
+    my $nada = substr($arg, 0, 0);  # zero-length!
+    local $@;  # preserve the caller's version of $@
+    eval { eval "# $nada" };
+    return length($@) != 0;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+sub drop_privs_maybe {
+    my $self = shift;
+    
+    # Attempt to drop privs if we should be tainting and aren't
+    if (!(IS_VMS || IS_MSWin32 || IS_Dos
+          || IS_OS2
+         )
+        && ($> == 0 || $< == 0)
+        && !$self->am_taint_checking()
+    ) {
+        my $id = eval { getpwnam("nobody") };
+        $id = eval { getpwnam("nouser") } unless defined $id;
+        $id = -2 unless defined $id;
+            #
+            # According to Stevens' APUE and various
+            # (BSD, Solaris, HP-UX) man pages, setting
+            # the real uid first and effective uid second
+            # is the way to go if one wants to drop privileges,
+            # because if one changes into an effective uid of
+            # non-zero, one cannot change the real uid any more.
+            #
+            # Actually, it gets even messier.  There is
+            # a third uid, called the saved uid, and as
+            # long as that is zero, one can get back to
+            # uid of zero.  Setting the real-effective *twice*
+            # helps in *most* systems (FreeBSD and Solaris)
+            # but apparently in HP-UX even this doesn't help:
+            # the saved uid stays zero (apparently the only way
+            # in HP-UX to change saved uid is to call setuid()
+            # when the effective uid is zero).
+            #
+        eval {
+            $< = $id; # real uid
+            $> = $id; # effective uid
+            $< = $id; # real uid
+            $> = $id; # effective uid
+        };
+        if( !$@ && $< && $> ) {
+          DEBUG and print "OK, I dropped privileges.\n";
+        } elsif( $self->opt_U ) {
+          DEBUG and print "Couldn't drop privileges, but in -U mode, so feh."
+        } else {
+          DEBUG and print "Hm, couldn't drop privileges.  Ah well.\n";
+          # We used to die here; but that seemed pointless.
+        }
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+#..........................................................................
+
+1;
+
+__END__
+
+# See "perldoc perldoc" for basic details.
+#
+# Perldoc -- look up a piece of documentation in .pod format that
+# is embedded in the perl installation tree.
+# 
+#~~~~~~
+#
+# See ChangeLog in CPAN dist for Pod::Perldoc for later notes.
+#
+# Version 3.01: Sun Nov 10 21:38:09 MST 2002
+#       Sean M. Burke <sburke@cpan.org>
+#       Massive refactoring and code-tidying.
+#       Now it's a module(-family)!
+#       Formatter-specific stuff pulled out into Pod::Perldoc::To(Whatever).pm
+#       Added -T, -d, -o, -M, -w.
+#       Added some improved MSWin funk.
+#
+#~~~~~~
+#
+# Version 2.05: Sat Oct 12 16:09:00 CEST 2002
+#	Hugo van der Sanden <hv@crypt.org>
+#	Made -U the default, based on patch from Simon Cozens
+# Version 2.04: Sun Aug 18 13:27:12 BST 2002
+#	Randy W. Sims <RandyS@ThePierianSpring.org>
+#	allow -n to enable nroff under Win32
+# Version 2.03: Sun Apr 23 16:56:34 BST 2000
+#	Hugo van der Sanden <hv@crypt.org>
+#	don't die when 'use blib' fails
+# Version 2.02: Mon Mar 13 18:03:04 MST 2000
+#       Tom Christiansen <tchrist@perl.com>
+#	Added -U insecurity option
+# Version 2.01: Sat Mar 11 15:22:33 MST 2000 
+#       Tom Christiansen <tchrist@perl.com>, querulously.
+#       Security and correctness patches.
+#       What a twisted bit of distasteful spaghetti code.
+# Version 2.0: ????
+#
+#~~~~~~
+#
+# Version 1.15: Tue Aug 24 01:50:20 EST 1999
+#       Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
+#	changed /pod/ directory to /pods/ for cygwin
+#         to support cygwin/win32
+# Version 1.14: Wed Jul 15 01:50:20 EST 1998
+#       Robin Barker <rmb1@cise.npl.co.uk>
+#	-strict, -w cleanups
+# Version 1.13: Fri Feb 27 16:20:50 EST 1997
+#       Gurusamy Sarathy <gsar@activestate.com>
+#	-doc tweaks for -F and -X options
+# Version 1.12: Sat Apr 12 22:41:09 EST 1997
+#       Gurusamy Sarathy <gsar@activestate.com>
+#	-various fixes for win32
+# Version 1.11: Tue Dec 26 09:54:33 EST 1995
+#       Kenneth Albanowski <kjahds@kjahds.com>
+#   -added Charles Bailey's further VMS patches, and -u switch
+#   -added -t switch, with pod2text support
+#
+# Version 1.10: Thu Nov  9 07:23:47 EST 1995
+#		Kenneth Albanowski <kjahds@kjahds.com>
+#	-added VMS support
+#	-added better error recognition (on no found pages, just exit. On
+#	 missing nroff/pod2man, just display raw pod.)
+#	-added recursive/case-insensitive matching (thanks, Andreas). This
+#	 slows things down a bit, unfortunately. Give a precise name, and
+#	 it'll run faster.
+#
+# Version 1.01:	Tue May 30 14:47:34 EDT 1995
+#		Andy Dougherty  <doughera@lafcol.lafayette.edu>
+#   -added pod documentation.
+#   -added PATH searching.
+#   -added searching pod/ subdirectory (mainly to pick up perlfunc.pod
+#    and friends.
+#
+#~~~~~~~
+#
+# TODO:
+#
+#	Cache the directories read during sloppy match
+#       (To disk, or just in-memory?)
+#
+#       Backport this to perl 5.005?
+#
+#       Implement at least part of the "perlman" interface described
+#       in Programming Perl 3e?
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/BaseTo.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/BaseTo.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ca2a8c7e54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/BaseTo.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+sub is_pageable        { '' }
+sub write_with_binmode {  1 }
+
+sub output_extension   { 'txt' }  # override in subclass!
+
+# sub new { my $self = shift; ...  }
+# sub parse_from_file( my($class, $in, $out) = ...; ... }
+
+#sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] }
+
+sub _perldoc_elem {
+  my($self, $name) = splice @_,0,2;
+  if(@_) {
+    $self->{$name} = $_[0];
+  } else {
+    $self->{$name};
+  }
+}
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/GetOptsOO.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/GetOptsOO.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b29aeb10906
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/GetOptsOO.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO;
+use strict;
+
+# Rather like Getopt::Std's getopts
+#  Call Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO::getopts($object, \@ARGV, $truth)
+#  Given -n, if there's a opt_n_with, it'll call $object->opt_n_with( ARGUMENT )
+#    (e.g., "-n foo" => $object->opt_n_with('foo').  Ditto "-nfoo")
+#  Otherwise (given -n) if there's an opt_n, we'll call it $object->opt_n($truth)
+#    (Truth defaults to 1)
+#  Otherwise we try calling $object->handle_unknown_option('n')
+#    (and we increment the error count by the return value of it)
+#  If there's no handle_unknown_option, then we just warn, and then increment
+#    the error counter
+# 
+#  The return value of Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO::getopts is true if no errors,
+#   otherwise it's false.
+#
+## sburke@cpan.org 2002-10-31
+
+BEGIN { # Make a DEBUG constant ASAP
+  *DEBUG = defined( &Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG )
+   ? \&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG
+   : sub(){10};
+}
+
+
+sub getopts {
+  my($target, $args, $truth) = @_;
+  
+  $args ||= \@ARGV;
+
+  $target->aside(
+    "Starting switch processing.  Scanning arguments [@$args]\n"
+  ) if $target->can('aside');
+
+  return unless @$args;
+
+  $truth = 1 unless @_ > 2;
+
+  DEBUG > 3 and print "   Truth is $truth\n";
+
+
+  my $error_count = 0;
+
+  while( @$args  and  ($_ = $args->[0]) =~ m/^-(.)(.*)/s ) {
+    my($first,$rest) = ($1,$2);
+    if ($_ eq '--') {	# early exit if "--"
+      shift @$args;
+      last;
+    }
+    my $method = "opt_${first}_with";
+    if( $target->can($method) ) {  # it's argumental
+      if($rest eq '') {   # like -f bar
+        shift @$args;
+        warn "Option $first needs a following argument!\n" unless @$args;
+        $rest = shift @$args;
+      } else {            # like -fbar  (== -f bar)
+        shift @$args;
+      }
+
+      DEBUG > 3 and print " $method => $rest\n";
+      $target->$method( $rest );
+
+    # Otherwise, it's not argumental...
+    } else {
+
+      if( $target->can( $method = "opt_$first" ) ) {
+        DEBUG > 3 and print " $method is true ($truth)\n";
+        $target->$method( $truth );
+
+      # Otherwise it's an unknown option...
+
+      } elsif( $target->can('handle_unknown_option') ) {
+        DEBUG > 3
+         and print " calling handle_unknown_option('$first')\n";
+         
+        $error_count += (
+          $target->handle_unknown_option( $first ) || 0
+        );
+
+      } else {
+        ++$error_count;
+        warn "Unknown option: $first\n";
+      }
+
+      if($rest eq '') {   # like -f
+        shift @$args
+      } else {            # like -fbar  (== -f -bar )
+        DEBUG > 2 and print "   Setting args->[0] to \"-$rest\"\n";
+        $args->[0] = "-$rest";
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+
+  $target->aside(
+    "Ending switch processing.  Args are [@$args] with $error_count errors.\n"
+  ) if $target->can('aside');
+
+  $error_count == 0;
+}
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToChecker.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToChecker.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c60290d6502
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToChecker.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::ToChecker;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use vars qw(@ISA);
+
+# Pick our superclass...
+#
+eval 'require Pod::Simple::Checker';
+if($@) {
+  require Pod::Checker;
+  @ISA = ('Pod::Checker');
+} else {
+  @ISA = ('Pod::Simple::Checker');
+}
+
+sub is_pageable        { 1 }
+sub write_with_binmode { 0 }
+sub output_extension   { 'txt' }
+
+sub if_zero_length {
+  my( $self, $file, $tmp, $tmpfd ) = @_;
+  print "No Pod errors in $file\n";
+}
+
+
+1;
+
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Perldoc::ToChecker - let Perldoc check Pod for errors
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  % perldoc -o checker SomeFile.pod
+  No Pod errors in SomeFile.pod
+  (or an error report)
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use
+Pod::Simple::Checker as a "formatter" class (or if that is
+not available, then Pod::Checker), to check for errors in a given
+Pod file.
+
+This is actually a Pod::Simple::Checker (or Pod::Checker) subclass, and
+inherits all its options.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Simple::Checker>, L<Pod::Simple>, L<Pod::Checker>, L<Pod::Perldoc>
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS
+
+Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke.  All rights reserved.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org>
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToMan.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToMan.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..43191222376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToMan.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::ToMan;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+# This class is unlike ToText.pm et al, because we're NOT paging thru
+# the output in our particular format -- we make the output and
+# then we run nroff (or whatever) on it, and then page thru the
+# (plaintext) output of THAT!
+
+use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo);
+sub is_pageable        { 1 }
+sub write_with_binmode { 0 }
+sub output_extension   { 'txt' }
+
+sub __filter_nroff  { shift->_perldoc_elem('__filter_nroff'  , @_) }
+sub __nroffer       { shift->_perldoc_elem('__nroffer'       , @_) }
+sub __bindir        { shift->_perldoc_elem('__bindir'        , @_) }
+sub __pod2man       { shift->_perldoc_elem('__pod2man'       , @_) }
+sub __output_file   { shift->_perldoc_elem('__output_file'   , @_) }
+
+sub center          { shift->_perldoc_elem('center'         , @_) }
+sub date            { shift->_perldoc_elem('date'           , @_) }
+sub fixed           { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixed'          , @_) }
+sub fixedbold       { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixedbold'      , @_) }
+sub fixeditalic     { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixeditalic'    , @_) }
+sub fixedbolditalic { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixedbolditalic', @_) }
+sub quotes          { shift->_perldoc_elem('quotes'         , @_) }
+sub release         { shift->_perldoc_elem('release'        , @_) }
+sub section         { shift->_perldoc_elem('section'        , @_) }
+
+sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] }
+
+use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile);
+
+sub parse_from_file {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my($file, $outfh) = @_;
+
+  my $render = $self->{'__nroffer'} || die "no nroffer set!?";
+  
+  # turn the switches into CLIs
+  my $switches = join ' ',
+    map qq{"--$_=$self->{$_}"},
+      grep !m/^_/s,
+        keys %$self
+  ;
+
+  my $pod2man =
+    catfile(
+      ($self->{'__bindir'}  || die "no bindir set?!"  ),
+      ($self->{'__pod2man'} || die "no pod2man set?!" ),
+    )
+  ;
+  unless(-e $pod2man) {
+    # This is rarely needed, I think.
+    $pod2man = $self->{'__pod2man'} || die "no pod2man set?!";
+    die "Can't find a pod2man?! (". $self->{'__pod2man'} .")\nAborting"
+      unless -e $pod2man;
+  }
+
+  my $command = "$pod2man $switches --lax $file | $render -man";
+         # no temp file, just a pipe!
+
+  # Thanks to Brendan O'Dea for contributing the following block
+  if(Pod::Perldoc::IS_Linux and -t STDOUT
+    and my ($cols) = `stty -a` =~ m/\bcolumns\s+(\d+)/
+  ) {
+    my $c = $cols * 39 / 40;
+    $cols = $c > $cols - 2 ? $c : $cols -2;
+    $command .= ' -rLL=' . (int $c) . 'n' if $cols > 80;
+  }
+
+  if(Pod::Perldoc::IS_Cygwin) {
+    $command .= ' -c';
+  }
+
+  # I hear persistent reports that adding a -c switch to $render
+  # solves many people's problems.  But I also hear that some mans
+  # don't have a -c switch, so that unconditionally adding it here
+  # would presumably be a Bad Thing   -- sburke@cpan.org
+
+  $command .= " | col -x" if Pod::Perldoc::IS_HPUX;
+  
+  defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG)
+   and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG()
+   and print "About to run $command\n";
+  ;
+  
+  my $rslt = `$command`;
+
+  my $err;
+
+  if( $self->{'__filter_nroff'} ) {
+    defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG)
+     and &Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG()
+     and print "filter_nroff is set, so filtering...\n";
+    $rslt = $self->___Do_filter_nroff($rslt);
+  } else {
+    defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG)
+     and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG()
+     and print "filter_nroff isn't set, so not filtering.\n";
+  }
+
+  if (($err = $?)) {
+    defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG)
+     and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG()
+     and print "Nonzero exit ($?) while running $command.\n",
+               "Falling back to Pod::Perldoc::ToPod\n ",
+    ;
+    # A desperate fallthru:
+    require Pod::Perldoc::ToPod;
+    return  Pod::Perldoc::ToPod->new->parse_from_file(@_);
+    
+  } else {
+    print $outfh $rslt
+     or die "Can't print to $$self{__output_file}: $!";
+  }
+  
+  return;
+}
+
+
+sub ___Do_filter_nroff {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my @data = split /\n{2,}/, shift;
+  
+  shift @data while @data and $data[0] !~ /\S/; # Go to header
+  shift @data if @data and $data[0] =~ /Contributed\s+Perl/; # Skip header
+  pop @data if @data and $data[-1] =~ /^\w/; # Skip footer, like
+				# 28/Jan/99 perl 5.005, patch 53 1
+  join "\n\n", @data;
+}
+
+1;
+
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Perldoc::ToMan - let Perldoc render Pod as man pages
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  perldoc -o man Some::Modulename
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use
+Pod::Man and C<nroff> for reading Pod pages.
+
+The following options are supported:  center, date, fixed, fixedbold,
+fixeditalic, fixedbolditalic, quotes, release, section
+
+(Those options are explained in L<Pod::Man>.)
+
+For example:
+
+  perldoc -o man -w center:Pod Some::Modulename
+
+=head1 CAVEAT
+
+This module may change to use a different pod-to-nroff formatter class
+in the future, and this may change what options are supported.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Man>, L<Pod::Perldoc>, L<Pod::Perldoc::ToNroff>
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS
+
+Copyright (c) 2002,3,4 Sean M. Burke.  All rights reserved.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org>
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToNroff.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToNroff.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d0568605068
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToNroff.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::ToNroff;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+# This is unlike ToMan.pm in that it emits the raw nroff source!
+
+use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo);
+
+sub is_pageable        { 1 }  # well, if you ask for it...
+sub write_with_binmode { 0 }
+sub output_extension   { 'man' }
+
+use Pod::Man ();
+
+sub center          { shift->_perldoc_elem('center'         , @_) }
+sub date            { shift->_perldoc_elem('date'           , @_) }
+sub fixed           { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixed'          , @_) }
+sub fixedbold       { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixedbold'      , @_) }
+sub fixeditalic     { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixeditalic'    , @_) }
+sub fixedbolditalic { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixedbolditalic', @_) }
+sub quotes          { shift->_perldoc_elem('quotes'         , @_) }
+sub release         { shift->_perldoc_elem('release'        , @_) }
+sub section         { shift->_perldoc_elem('section'        , @_) }
+
+sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] }
+
+sub parse_from_file {
+  my $self = shift;
+  my $file = $_[0];
+  
+  my @options =
+    map {; $_, $self->{$_} }
+      grep !m/^_/s,
+        keys %$self
+  ;
+  
+  defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG)
+   and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG()
+   and print "About to call new Pod::Man ",
+    $Pod::Man::VERSION ? "(v$Pod::Man::VERSION) " : '',
+    "with options: ",
+    @options ? "[@options]" : "(nil)", "\n";
+  ;
+
+  Pod::Man->new(@options)->parse_from_file(@_);
+}
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Perldoc::ToNroff - let Perldoc convert Pod to nroff
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  perldoc -o nroff -d something.3 Some::Modulename
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use
+Pod::Man as a formatter class.
+
+The following options are supported:  center, date, fixed, fixedbold,
+fixeditalic, fixedbolditalic, quotes, release, section
+
+Those options are explained in L<Pod::Man>.
+
+For example:
+
+  perldoc -o nroff -w center:Pod -d something.3 Some::Modulename
+
+=head1 CAVEAT
+
+This module may change to use a different pod-to-nroff formatter class
+in the future, and this may change what options are supported.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Man>, L<Pod::Perldoc>, L<Pod::Perldoc::ToMan>
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS
+
+Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke.  All rights reserved.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org>
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToPod.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToPod.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bccbfcadbd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToPod.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+
+# This class is just a hack to act as a "formatter" for
+# actually unformatted Pod.
+# 
+# Note that this isn't the same as just passing thru whatever
+# we're given -- we pass thru only the pod source, and suppress
+# the Perl code (or whatever non-pod stuff is in the source file).
+
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::ToPod;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo);
+sub is_pageable        { 1 }
+sub write_with_binmode { 0 }
+sub output_extension   { 'pod' }
+
+sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] }
+
+sub parse_from_file {
+  my( $self, $in, $outfh ) = @_;
+
+  open(IN, "<", $in) or die "Can't read-open $in: $!\nAborting";
+
+  my $cut_mode = 1;
+  
+  # A hack for finding things between =foo and =cut, inclusive
+  local $_;
+  while (<IN>) {
+    if(  m/^=(\w+)/s ) {
+      if($cut_mode = ($1 eq 'cut')) {
+        print $outfh "\n=cut\n\n";
+         # Pass thru the =cut line with some harmless
+         #  (and occasionally helpful) padding
+      }
+    }
+    next if $cut_mode;
+    print $outfh $_ or die "Can't print to $outfh: $!";
+  }
+  
+  close IN or die "Can't close $in: $!";
+  return;
+}
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Perldoc::ToPod - let Perldoc render Pod as ... Pod!
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  perldoc -opod Some::Modulename
+
+(That's currently the same as the following:)
+
+  perldoc -u Some::Modulename
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to display Pod source as
+itself!  Pretty Zen, huh?
+
+Currently this class works by just filtering out the non-Pod stuff from
+a given input file.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Perldoc>
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS
+
+Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke.  All rights reserved.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org>
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToRtf.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToRtf.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..25e609e313a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToRtf.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::ToRtf;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use vars qw($VERSION);
+
+use base qw( Pod::Simple::RTF );
+
+$VERSION   # so that ->VERSION is happy
+# stop CPAN from seeing this
+ =
+$Pod::Simple::RTF::VERSION;
+
+
+sub is_pageable        { 0 }
+sub write_with_binmode { 0 }
+sub output_extension   { 'rtf' }
+
+sub page_for_perldoc {
+  my($self, $tempfile, $perldoc) = @_;
+  return unless $perldoc->IS_MSWin32;
+  
+  my $rtf_pager = $ENV{'RTFREADER'} || 'write.exe';
+  
+  $perldoc->aside( "About to launch <\"$rtf_pager\" \"$tempfile\">\n" );
+  
+  return 1 if system( qq{"$rtf_pager"}, qq{"$tempfile"} ) == 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Perldoc::ToRtf - let Perldoc render Pod as RTF
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  perldoc -o rtf Some::Modulename
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use
+Pod::Simple::RTF as a formatter class.
+
+This is actually a Pod::Simple::RTF subclass, and inherits
+all its options.
+
+You have to have Pod::Simple::RTF installed (from the Pod::Simple dist),
+or this module won't work.
+
+If Perldoc is running under MSWin and uses this class as a formatter,
+the output will be opened with F<write.exe> or whatever program is
+specified in the environment variable C<RTFREADER>. For example, to
+specify that RTF files should be opened the same as they are when you
+double-click them, you would do C<set RTFREADER=start.exe> in your
+F<autoexec.bat>.
+
+Handy tip: put C<set PERLDOC=-ortf> in your F<autoexec.bat>
+and that will set this class as the default formatter to run when
+you do C<perldoc whatever>.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Simple::RTF>, L<Pod::Simple>, L<Pod::Perldoc>
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS
+
+Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke.  All rights reserved.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org>
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToText.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToText.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2eb9e0644ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToText.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::ToText;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo);
+
+sub is_pageable        { 1 }
+sub write_with_binmode { 0 }
+sub output_extension   { 'txt' }
+
+use Pod::Text ();
+
+sub alt       { shift->_perldoc_elem('alt'     , @_) }
+sub indent    { shift->_perldoc_elem('indent'  , @_) }
+sub loose     { shift->_perldoc_elem('loose'   , @_) }
+sub quotes    { shift->_perldoc_elem('quotes'  , @_) }
+sub sentence  { shift->_perldoc_elem('sentence', @_) }
+sub width     { shift->_perldoc_elem('width'   , @_) }
+
+sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] }
+
+sub parse_from_file {
+  my $self = shift;
+  
+  my @options =
+    map {; $_, $self->{$_} }
+      grep !m/^_/s,
+        keys %$self
+  ;
+  
+  defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG)
+   and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG()
+   and print "About to call new Pod::Text ",
+    $Pod::Text::VERSION ? "(v$Pod::Text::VERSION) " : '',
+    "with options: ",
+    @options ? "[@options]" : "(nil)", "\n";
+  ;
+
+  Pod::Text->new(@options)->parse_from_file(@_);
+}
+
+1;
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Perldoc::ToText - let Perldoc render Pod as plaintext
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  perldoc -o text Some::Modulename
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use
+Pod::Text as a formatter class.
+
+It supports the following options, which are explained in
+L<Pod::Text>: alt, indent, loose, quotes, sentence, width
+
+For example:
+
+  perldoc -o text -w indent:5 Some::Modulename
+
+=head1 CAVEAT
+
+This module may change to use a different text formatter class in the
+future, and this may change what options are supported.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Text>, L<Pod::Perldoc>
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS
+
+Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke.  All rights reserved.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org>
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToTk.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToTk.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..39459629503
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToTk.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::ToTk;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo);
+
+sub is_pageable        { 1 }
+sub write_with_binmode { 0 }
+sub output_extension   { 'txt' } # doesn't matter
+sub if_zero_length { }  # because it will be 0-length!
+sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] }
+
+# TODO: document these and their meanings...
+sub tree      { shift->_perldoc_elem('tree'    , @_) }
+sub tk_opt    { shift->_perldoc_elem('tk_opt'  , @_) }
+sub forky     { shift->_perldoc_elem('forky'   , @_) }
+
+use Pod::Perldoc ();
+use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile);
+
+use Tk;
+die join '', __PACKAGE__, " doesn't work nice with Tk.pm verison $Tk::VERSION"
+ if $Tk::VERSION eq '800.003';
+
+BEGIN { eval { require Tk::FcyEntry; }; };
+use Tk::Pod;
+
+# The following was adapted from "tkpod" in the Tk-Pod dist.
+
+sub parse_from_file {
+
+    my($self, $Input_File) = @_;
+    if($self->{'forky'}) {
+      return if fork;  # i.e., parent process returns
+    }
+    
+    $Input_File =~ s{\\}{/}g
+     if Pod::Perldoc::IS_MSWin32 or Pod::Perldoc::IS_Dos
+     # and maybe OS/2
+    ;
+    
+    my($tk_opt, $tree);
+    $tree   = $self->{'tree'  };
+    $tk_opt = $self->{'tk_opt'};
+    
+    #require Tk::ErrorDialog;
+    
+    # Add 'Tk' subdirectories to search path so, e.g.,
+    # 'Scrolled' will find doc in 'Tk/Scrolled'
+    
+    if( $tk_opt ) {
+      push @INC, grep -d $_, map catfile($_,'Tk'), @INC;
+    }
+    
+    my $mw = MainWindow->new();
+    #eval 'use blib "/home/e/eserte/src/perl/Tk-App";require Tk::App::Debug';
+    $mw->withdraw;
+    
+    # CDE use Font Settings if available
+    my $ufont = $mw->optionGet('userFont','UserFont');     # fixed width
+    my $sfont = $mw->optionGet('systemFont','SystemFont'); # proportional
+    if (defined($ufont) and defined($sfont)) {
+        foreach ($ufont, $sfont) { s/:$//; };
+        $mw->optionAdd('*Font',       $sfont);
+        $mw->optionAdd('*Entry.Font', $ufont);
+        $mw->optionAdd('*Text.Font',  $ufont);
+    }
+    
+    $mw->optionAdd('*Menu.tearOff', $Tk::platform ne 'MSWin32' ? 1 : 0);
+    
+    $mw->Pod(
+      '-file' => $Input_File,
+      (($Tk::Pod::VERSION >= 4) ? ('-tree' => $tree) : ())
+    )->focusNext;
+    
+    # xxx dirty but it works. A simple $mw->destroy if $mw->children
+    # does not work because Tk::ErrorDialogs could be created.
+    # (they are withdrawn after Ok instead of destory'ed I guess)
+    
+    if ($mw->children) {
+        $mw->repeat(1000, sub {
+                    # ErrorDialog is withdrawn not deleted :-(
+                    foreach ($mw->children) {
+                            return if "$_" =~ /^Tk::Pod/  # ->isa('Tk::Pod')
+                    }
+                    $mw->destroy;
+                });
+    } else {
+        $mw->destroy;
+    }
+    #$mw->WidgetDump;
+    MainLoop();
+
+    exit if $self->{'forky'}; # we were the child!  so exit now!
+    return;
+}
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Perldoc::ToTk - let Perldoc use Tk::Pod to render Pod
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  perldoc -o tk Some::Modulename &
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use
+Tk::Pod as a formatter class.
+
+You have to have installed Tk::Pod first, or this class won't load.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Tk::Pod>, L<Pod::Perldoc>
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org>, with significant portions copied from
+F<tkpod> in the Tk::Pod dist, by Nick Ing-Simmons, Slaven Rezic, et al.
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToXml.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToXml.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd0d15cc10b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToXml.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+
+require 5;
+package Pod::Perldoc::ToXml;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use vars qw($VERSION);
+
+use base qw( Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream );
+
+$VERSION   # so that ->VERSION is happy
+# stop CPAN from seeing this
+ =
+$Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream::VERSION;
+
+
+sub is_pageable        { 0 }
+sub write_with_binmode { 0 }
+sub output_extension   { 'xml' }
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Perldoc::ToXml - let Perldoc render Pod as XML
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  perldoc -o xml -d out.xml Some::Modulename
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use
+Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream as a formatter class.
+
+This is actually a Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream subclass, and inherits
+all its options.
+
+You have to have installed Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream (from the Pod::Simple
+dist), or this class won't work.
+
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream>, L<Pod::Simple>, L<Pod::Perldoc>
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS
+
+Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke.  All rights reserved.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org>
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/PlainText.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/PlainText.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3f5ce90d2ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/PlainText.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,705 @@
+# Pod::PlainText -- Convert POD data to formatted ASCII text.
+# $Id: Text.pm,v 2.1 1999/09/20 11:53:33 eagle Exp $
+#
+# Copyright 1999-2000 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the same terms as Perl itself.
+#
+# This module is intended to be a replacement for Pod::Text, and attempts to
+# match its output except for some specific circumstances where other
+# decisions seemed to produce better output.  It uses Pod::Parser and is
+# designed to be very easy to subclass.
+
+############################################################################
+# Modules and declarations
+############################################################################
+
+package Pod::PlainText;
+
+require 5.005;
+
+use Carp qw(carp croak);
+use Pod::Select ();
+
+use strict;
+use vars qw(@ISA %ESCAPES $VERSION);
+
+# We inherit from Pod::Select instead of Pod::Parser so that we can be used
+# by Pod::Usage.
+@ISA = qw(Pod::Select);
+
+$VERSION = '2.02';
+
+
+############################################################################
+# Table of supported E<> escapes
+############################################################################
+
+# This table is taken near verbatim from Pod::PlainText in Pod::Parser,
+# which got it near verbatim from the original Pod::Text.  It is therefore
+# credited to Tom Christiansen, and I'm glad I didn't have to write it.  :)
+%ESCAPES = (
+    'amp'       =>    '&',      # ampersand
+    'lt'        =>    '<',      # left chevron, less-than
+    'gt'        =>    '>',      # right chevron, greater-than
+    'quot'      =>    '"',      # double quote
+
+    "Aacute"    =>    "\xC1",   # capital A, acute accent
+    "aacute"    =>    "\xE1",   # small a, acute accent
+    "Acirc"     =>    "\xC2",   # capital A, circumflex accent
+    "acirc"     =>    "\xE2",   # small a, circumflex accent
+    "AElig"     =>    "\xC6",   # capital AE diphthong (ligature)
+    "aelig"     =>    "\xE6",   # small ae diphthong (ligature)
+    "Agrave"    =>    "\xC0",   # capital A, grave accent
+    "agrave"    =>    "\xE0",   # small a, grave accent
+    "Aring"     =>    "\xC5",   # capital A, ring
+    "aring"     =>    "\xE5",   # small a, ring
+    "Atilde"    =>    "\xC3",   # capital A, tilde
+    "atilde"    =>    "\xE3",   # small a, tilde
+    "Auml"      =>    "\xC4",   # capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "auml"      =>    "\xE4",   # small a, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "Ccedil"    =>    "\xC7",   # capital C, cedilla
+    "ccedil"    =>    "\xE7",   # small c, cedilla
+    "Eacute"    =>    "\xC9",   # capital E, acute accent
+    "eacute"    =>    "\xE9",   # small e, acute accent
+    "Ecirc"     =>    "\xCA",   # capital E, circumflex accent
+    "ecirc"     =>    "\xEA",   # small e, circumflex accent
+    "Egrave"    =>    "\xC8",   # capital E, grave accent
+    "egrave"    =>    "\xE8",   # small e, grave accent
+    "ETH"       =>    "\xD0",   # capital Eth, Icelandic
+    "eth"       =>    "\xF0",   # small eth, Icelandic
+    "Euml"      =>    "\xCB",   # capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "euml"      =>    "\xEB",   # small e, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "Iacute"    =>    "\xCD",   # capital I, acute accent
+    "iacute"    =>    "\xED",   # small i, acute accent
+    "Icirc"     =>    "\xCE",   # capital I, circumflex accent
+    "icirc"     =>    "\xEE",   # small i, circumflex accent
+    "Igrave"    =>    "\xCD",   # capital I, grave accent
+    "igrave"    =>    "\xED",   # small i, grave accent
+    "Iuml"      =>    "\xCF",   # capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "iuml"      =>    "\xEF",   # small i, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "Ntilde"    =>    "\xD1",   # capital N, tilde
+    "ntilde"    =>    "\xF1",   # small n, tilde
+    "Oacute"    =>    "\xD3",   # capital O, acute accent
+    "oacute"    =>    "\xF3",   # small o, acute accent
+    "Ocirc"     =>    "\xD4",   # capital O, circumflex accent
+    "ocirc"     =>    "\xF4",   # small o, circumflex accent
+    "Ograve"    =>    "\xD2",   # capital O, grave accent
+    "ograve"    =>    "\xF2",   # small o, grave accent
+    "Oslash"    =>    "\xD8",   # capital O, slash
+    "oslash"    =>    "\xF8",   # small o, slash
+    "Otilde"    =>    "\xD5",   # capital O, tilde
+    "otilde"    =>    "\xF5",   # small o, tilde
+    "Ouml"      =>    "\xD6",   # capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "ouml"      =>    "\xF6",   # small o, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "szlig"     =>    "\xDF",   # small sharp s, German (sz ligature)
+    "THORN"     =>    "\xDE",   # capital THORN, Icelandic
+    "thorn"     =>    "\xFE",   # small thorn, Icelandic
+    "Uacute"    =>    "\xDA",   # capital U, acute accent
+    "uacute"    =>    "\xFA",   # small u, acute accent
+    "Ucirc"     =>    "\xDB",   # capital U, circumflex accent
+    "ucirc"     =>    "\xFB",   # small u, circumflex accent
+    "Ugrave"    =>    "\xD9",   # capital U, grave accent
+    "ugrave"    =>    "\xF9",   # small u, grave accent
+    "Uuml"      =>    "\xDC",   # capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "uuml"      =>    "\xFC",   # small u, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "Yacute"    =>    "\xDD",   # capital Y, acute accent
+    "yacute"    =>    "\xFD",   # small y, acute accent
+    "yuml"      =>    "\xFF",   # small y, dieresis or umlaut mark
+
+    "lchevron"  =>    "\xAB",   # left chevron (double less than)
+    "rchevron"  =>    "\xBB",   # right chevron (double greater than)
+);
+
+
+############################################################################
+# Initialization
+############################################################################
+
+# Initialize the object.  Must be sure to call our parent initializer.
+sub initialize {
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    $$self{alt}      = 0  unless defined $$self{alt};
+    $$self{indent}   = 4  unless defined $$self{indent};
+    $$self{loose}    = 0  unless defined $$self{loose};
+    $$self{sentence} = 0  unless defined $$self{sentence};
+    $$self{width}    = 76 unless defined $$self{width};
+
+    $$self{INDENTS}  = [];              # Stack of indentations.
+    $$self{MARGIN}   = $$self{indent};  # Current left margin in spaces.
+
+    $self->SUPER::initialize;
+}
+
+
+############################################################################
+# Core overrides
+############################################################################
+
+# Called for each command paragraph.  Gets the command, the associated
+# paragraph, the line number, and a Pod::Paragraph object.  Just dispatches
+# the command to a method named the same as the command.  =cut is handled
+# internally by Pod::Parser.
+sub command {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $command = shift;
+    return if $command eq 'pod';
+    return if ($$self{EXCLUDE} && $command ne 'end');
+    $self->item ("\n") if defined $$self{ITEM};
+    $command = 'cmd_' . $command;
+    $self->$command (@_);
+}
+
+# Called for a verbatim paragraph.  Gets the paragraph, the line number, and
+# a Pod::Paragraph object.  Just output it verbatim, but with tabs converted
+# to spaces.
+sub verbatim {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return if $$self{EXCLUDE};
+    $self->item if defined $$self{ITEM};
+    local $_ = shift;
+    return if /^\s*$/;
+    s/^(\s*\S+)/(' ' x $$self{MARGIN}) . $1/gme;
+    $self->output ($_);
+}
+
+# Called for a regular text block.  Gets the paragraph, the line number, and
+# a Pod::Paragraph object.  Perform interpolation and output the results.
+sub textblock {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return if $$self{EXCLUDE};
+    $self->output ($_[0]), return if $$self{VERBATIM};
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $line = shift;
+
+    # Perform a little magic to collapse multiple L<> references.  This is
+    # here mostly for backwards-compatibility.  We'll just rewrite the whole
+    # thing into actual text at this part, bypassing the whole internal
+    # sequence parsing thing.
+    s{
+        (
+          L<                    # A link of the form L</something>.
+              /
+              (
+                  [:\w]+        # The item has to be a simple word...
+                  (\(\))?       # ...or simple function.
+              )
+          >
+          (
+              ,?\s+(and\s+)?    # Allow lots of them, conjuncted.
+              L<  
+                  /
+                  (
+                      [:\w]+
+                      (\(\))?
+                  )
+              >
+          )+
+        )
+    } {
+        local $_ = $1;
+        s%L</([^>]+)>%$1%g;
+        my @items = split /(?:,?\s+(?:and\s+)?)/;
+        my $string = "the ";
+        my $i;
+        for ($i = 0; $i < @items; $i++) {
+            $string .= $items[$i];
+            $string .= ", " if @items > 2 && $i != $#items;
+            $string .= " and " if ($i == $#items - 1);
+        }
+        $string .= " entries elsewhere in this document";
+        $string;
+    }gex;
+
+    # Now actually interpolate and output the paragraph.
+    $_ = $self->interpolate ($_, $line);
+    s/\s+$/\n/;
+    if (defined $$self{ITEM}) {
+        $self->item ($_ . "\n");
+    } else {
+        $self->output ($self->reformat ($_ . "\n"));
+    }
+}
+
+# Called for an interior sequence.  Gets the command, argument, and a
+# Pod::InteriorSequence object and is expected to return the resulting text.
+# Calls code, bold, italic, file, and link to handle those types of
+# sequences, and handles S<>, E<>, X<>, and Z<> directly.
+sub interior_sequence {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $command = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    return '' if ($command eq 'X' || $command eq 'Z');
+
+    # Expand escapes into the actual character now, carping if invalid.
+    if ($command eq 'E') {
+        return $ESCAPES{$_} if defined $ESCAPES{$_};
+        carp "Unknown escape: E<$_>";
+        return "E<$_>";
+    }
+
+    # For all the other sequences, empty content produces no output.
+    return if $_ eq '';
+
+    # For S<>, compress all internal whitespace and then map spaces to \01.
+    # When we output the text, we'll map this back.
+    if ($command eq 'S') {
+        s/\s{2,}/ /g;
+        tr/ /\01/;
+        return $_;
+    }
+
+    # Anything else needs to get dispatched to another method.
+    if    ($command eq 'B') { return $self->seq_b ($_) }
+    elsif ($command eq 'C') { return $self->seq_c ($_) }
+    elsif ($command eq 'F') { return $self->seq_f ($_) }
+    elsif ($command eq 'I') { return $self->seq_i ($_) }
+    elsif ($command eq 'L') { return $self->seq_l ($_) }
+    else { carp "Unknown sequence $command<$_>" }
+}
+
+# Called for each paragraph that's actually part of the POD.  We take
+# advantage of this opportunity to untabify the input.
+sub preprocess_paragraph {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    1 while s/^(.*?)(\t+)/$1 . ' ' x (length ($2) * 8 - length ($1) % 8)/me;
+    $_;
+}
+
+
+############################################################################
+# Command paragraphs
+############################################################################
+
+# All command paragraphs take the paragraph and the line number.
+
+# First level heading.
+sub cmd_head1 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    s/\s+$//;
+    $_ = $self->interpolate ($_, shift);
+    if ($$self{alt}) {
+        $self->output ("\n==== $_ ====\n\n");
+    } else {
+        $_ .= "\n" if $$self{loose};
+        $self->output ($_ . "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+# Second level heading.
+sub cmd_head2 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    s/\s+$//;
+    $_ = $self->interpolate ($_, shift);
+    if ($$self{alt}) {
+        $self->output ("\n==   $_   ==\n\n");
+    } else {
+        $self->output (' ' x ($$self{indent} / 2) . $_ . "\n\n");
+    }
+}
+
+# Start a list.
+sub cmd_over {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    unless (/^[-+]?\d+\s+$/) { $_ = $$self{indent} }
+    push (@{ $$self{INDENTS} }, $$self{MARGIN});
+    $$self{MARGIN} += ($_ + 0);
+}
+
+# End a list.
+sub cmd_back {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $$self{MARGIN} = pop @{ $$self{INDENTS} };
+    unless (defined $$self{MARGIN}) {
+        carp "Unmatched =back";
+        $$self{MARGIN} = $$self{indent};
+    }
+}
+
+# An individual list item.
+sub cmd_item {
+    my $self = shift;
+    if (defined $$self{ITEM}) { $self->item }
+    local $_ = shift;
+    s/\s+$//;
+    $$self{ITEM} = $self->interpolate ($_);
+}
+
+# Begin a block for a particular translator.  Setting VERBATIM triggers
+# special handling in textblock().
+sub cmd_begin {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my ($kind) = /^(\S+)/ or return;
+    if ($kind eq 'text') {
+        $$self{VERBATIM} = 1;
+    } else {
+        $$self{EXCLUDE} = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+# End a block for a particular translator.  We assume that all =begin/=end
+# pairs are properly closed.
+sub cmd_end {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $$self{EXCLUDE} = 0;
+    $$self{VERBATIM} = 0;
+}    
+
+# One paragraph for a particular translator.  Ignore it unless it's intended
+# for text, in which case we treat it as a verbatim text block.
+sub cmd_for {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $line = shift;
+    return unless s/^text\b[ \t]*\n?//;
+    $self->verbatim ($_, $line);
+}
+
+
+############################################################################
+# Interior sequences
+############################################################################
+
+# The simple formatting ones.  These are here mostly so that subclasses can
+# override them and do more complicated things.
+sub seq_b { return $_[0]{alt} ? "``$_[1]''" : $_[1] }
+sub seq_c { return $_[0]{alt} ? "``$_[1]''" : "`$_[1]'" }
+sub seq_f { return $_[0]{alt} ? "\"$_[1]\"" : $_[1] }
+sub seq_i { return '*' . $_[1] . '*' }
+
+# The complicated one.  Handle links.  Since this is plain text, we can't
+# actually make any real links, so this is all to figure out what text we
+# print out.
+sub seq_l {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+
+    # Smash whitespace in case we were split across multiple lines.
+    s/\s+/ /g;
+
+    # If we were given any explicit text, just output it.
+    if (/^([^|]+)\|/) { return $1 }
+
+    # Okay, leading and trailing whitespace isn't important; get rid of it.
+    s/^\s+//;
+    s/\s+$//;
+
+    # Default to using the whole content of the link entry as a section
+    # name.  Note that L<manpage/> forces a manpage interpretation, as does
+    # something looking like L<manpage(section)>.  The latter is an
+    # enhancement over the original Pod::Text.
+    my ($manpage, $section) = ('', $_);
+    if (/^(?:https?|ftp|news):/) {
+        # a URL
+        return $_;
+    } elsif (/^"\s*(.*?)\s*"$/) {
+        $section = '"' . $1 . '"';
+    } elsif (m/^[-:.\w]+(?:\(\S+\))?$/) {
+        ($manpage, $section) = ($_, '');
+    } elsif (m%/%) {
+        ($manpage, $section) = split (/\s*\/\s*/, $_, 2);
+    }
+
+    my $text = '';
+    # Now build the actual output text.
+    if (!length $section) {
+        $text = "the $manpage manpage" if length $manpage;
+    } elsif ($section =~ /^[:\w]+(?:\(\))?/) {
+        $text .= 'the ' . $section . ' entry';
+        $text .= (length $manpage) ? " in the $manpage manpage"
+                                   : " elsewhere in this document";
+    } else {
+        $section =~ s/^\"\s*//;
+        $section =~ s/\s*\"$//;
+        $text .= 'the section on "' . $section . '"';
+        $text .= " in the $manpage manpage" if length $manpage;
+    }
+    $text;
+}
+
+
+############################################################################
+# List handling
+############################################################################
+
+# This method is called whenever an =item command is complete (in other
+# words, we've seen its associated paragraph or know for certain that it
+# doesn't have one).  It gets the paragraph associated with the item as an
+# argument.  If that argument is empty, just output the item tag; if it
+# contains a newline, output the item tag followed by the newline.
+# Otherwise, see if there's enough room for us to output the item tag in the
+# margin of the text or if we have to put it on a separate line.
+sub item {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $tag = $$self{ITEM};
+    unless (defined $tag) {
+        carp "item called without tag";
+        return;
+    }
+    undef $$self{ITEM};
+    my $indent = $$self{INDENTS}[-1];
+    unless (defined $indent) { $indent = $$self{indent} }
+    my $space = ' ' x $indent;
+    $space =~ s/^ /:/ if $$self{alt};
+    if (!$_ || /^\s+$/ || ($$self{MARGIN} - $indent < length ($tag) + 1)) {
+        my $margin = $$self{MARGIN};
+        $$self{MARGIN} = $indent;
+        my $output = $self->reformat ($tag);
+        $output =~ s/\n*$/\n/;
+        $self->output ($output);
+        $$self{MARGIN} = $margin;
+        $self->output ($self->reformat ($_)) if /\S/;
+    } else {
+        $_ = $self->reformat ($_);
+        s/^ /:/ if ($$self{alt} && $indent > 0);
+        my $tagspace = ' ' x length $tag;
+        s/^($space)$tagspace/$1$tag/ or warn "Bizarre space in item";
+        $self->output ($_);
+    }
+}
+
+
+############################################################################
+# Output formatting
+############################################################################
+
+# Wrap a line, indenting by the current left margin.  We can't use
+# Text::Wrap because it plays games with tabs.  We can't use formline, even
+# though we'd really like to, because it screws up non-printing characters.
+# So we have to do the wrapping ourselves.
+sub wrap {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $output = '';
+    my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN};
+    my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN};
+    while (length > $width) {
+        if (s/^([^\n]{0,$width})\s+// || s/^([^\n]{$width})//) {
+            $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n";
+        } else {
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+    $output .= $spaces . $_;
+    $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/;
+    $output;
+}
+
+# Reformat a paragraph of text for the current margin.  Takes the text to
+# reformat and returns the formatted text.
+sub reformat {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+
+    # If we're trying to preserve two spaces after sentences, do some
+    # munging to support that.  Otherwise, smash all repeated whitespace.
+    if ($$self{sentence}) {
+        s/ +$//mg;
+        s/\.\n/. \n/g;
+        s/\n/ /g;
+        s/   +/  /g;
+    } else {
+        s/\s+/ /g;
+    }
+    $self->wrap ($_);
+}
+
+# Output text to the output device.
+sub output { $_[1] =~ tr/\01/ /; print { $_[0]->output_handle } $_[1] }
+
+
+############################################################################
+# Backwards compatibility
+############################################################################
+
+# The old Pod::Text module did everything in a pod2text() function.  This
+# tries to provide the same interface for legacy applications.
+sub pod2text {
+    my @args;
+
+    # This is really ugly; I hate doing option parsing in the middle of a
+    # module.  But the old Pod::Text module supported passing flags to its
+    # entry function, so handle -a and -<number>.
+    while ($_[0] =~ /^-/) {
+        my $flag = shift;
+        if    ($flag eq '-a')       { push (@args, alt => 1)    }
+        elsif ($flag =~ /^-(\d+)$/) { push (@args, width => $1) }
+        else {
+            unshift (@_, $flag);
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Now that we know what arguments we're using, create the parser.
+    my $parser = Pod::PlainText->new (@args);
+
+    # If two arguments were given, the second argument is going to be a file
+    # handle.  That means we want to call parse_from_filehandle(), which
+    # means we need to turn the first argument into a file handle.  Magic
+    # open will handle the <&STDIN case automagically.
+    if (defined $_[1]) {
+        local *IN;
+        unless (open (IN, $_[0])) {
+            croak ("Can't open $_[0] for reading: $!\n");
+            return;
+        }
+        $_[0] = \*IN;
+        return $parser->parse_from_filehandle (@_);
+    } else {
+        return $parser->parse_from_file (@_);
+    }
+}
+
+
+############################################################################
+# Module return value and documentation
+############################################################################
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::PlainText - Convert POD data to formatted ASCII text
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::PlainText;
+    my $parser = Pod::PlainText->new (sentence => 0, width => 78);
+
+    # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT.
+    $parser->parse_from_filehandle;
+
+    # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt.
+    $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Pod::PlainText is a module that can convert documentation in the POD format (the
+preferred language for documenting Perl) into formatted ASCII.  It uses no
+special formatting controls or codes whatsoever, and its output is therefore
+suitable for nearly any device.
+
+As a derived class from Pod::Parser, Pod::PlainText supports the same methods and
+interfaces.  See L<Pod::Parser> for all the details; briefly, one creates a
+new parser with C<Pod::PlainText-E<gt>new()> and then calls either
+parse_from_filehandle() or parse_from_file().
+
+new() can take options, in the form of key/value pairs, that control the
+behavior of the parser.  The currently recognized options are:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item alt
+
+If set to a true value, selects an alternate output format that, among other
+things, uses a different heading style and marks C<=item> entries with a
+colon in the left margin.  Defaults to false.
+
+=item indent
+
+The number of spaces to indent regular text, and the default indentation for
+C<=over> blocks.  Defaults to 4.
+
+=item loose
+
+If set to a true value, a blank line is printed after a C<=head1> heading.
+If set to false (the default), no blank line is printed after C<=head1>,
+although one is still printed after C<=head2>.  This is the default because
+it's the expected formatting for manual pages; if you're formatting
+arbitrary text documents, setting this to true may result in more pleasing
+output.
+
+=item sentence
+
+If set to a true value, Pod::PlainText will assume that each sentence ends in two
+spaces, and will try to preserve that spacing.  If set to false, all
+consecutive whitespace in non-verbatim paragraphs is compressed into a
+single space.  Defaults to true.
+
+=item width
+
+The column at which to wrap text on the right-hand side.  Defaults to 76.
+
+=back
+
+The standard Pod::Parser method parse_from_filehandle() takes up to two
+arguments, the first being the file handle to read POD from and the second
+being the file handle to write the formatted output to.  The first defaults
+to STDIN if not given, and the second defaults to STDOUT.  The method
+parse_from_file() is almost identical, except that its two arguments are the
+input and output disk files instead.  See L<Pod::Parser> for the specific
+details.
+
+=head1 DIAGNOSTICS
+
+=over 4
+
+=item Bizarre space in item
+
+(W) Something has gone wrong in internal C<=item> processing.  This message
+indicates a bug in Pod::PlainText; you should never see it.
+
+=item Can't open %s for reading: %s
+
+(F) Pod::PlainText was invoked via the compatibility mode pod2text() interface
+and the input file it was given could not be opened.
+
+=item Unknown escape: %s
+
+(W) The POD source contained an C<EE<lt>E<gt>> escape that Pod::PlainText didn't
+know about.
+
+=item Unknown sequence: %s
+
+(W) The POD source contained a non-standard internal sequence (something of
+the form C<XE<lt>E<gt>>) that Pod::PlainText didn't know about.
+
+=item Unmatched =back
+
+(W) Pod::PlainText encountered a C<=back> command that didn't correspond to an
+C<=over> command.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 RESTRICTIONS
+
+Embedded Ctrl-As (octal 001) in the input will be mapped to spaces on
+output, due to an internal implementation detail.
+
+=head1 NOTES
+
+This is a replacement for an earlier Pod::Text module written by Tom
+Christiansen.  It has a revamped interface, since it now uses Pod::Parser,
+but an interface roughly compatible with the old Pod::Text::pod2text()
+function is still available.  Please change to the new calling convention,
+though.
+
+The original Pod::Text contained code to do formatting via termcap
+sequences, although it wasn't turned on by default and it was problematic to
+get it to work at all.  This rewrite doesn't even try to do that, but a
+subclass of it does.  Look for L<Pod::Text::Termcap|Pod::Text::Termcap>.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Parser|Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Text::Termcap|Pod::Text::Termcap>,
+pod2text(1)
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>.
+
+Russ Allbery E<lt>rra@stanford.eduE<gt>, based I<very> heavily on the
+original Pod::Text by Tom Christiansen E<lt>tchrist@mox.perl.comE<gt> and
+its conversion to Pod::Parser by Brad Appleton
+E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt>.
+
+=cut
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Plainer.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Plainer.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..373e8d090af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Plainer.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+package Pod::Plainer;
+use strict;
+use Pod::Parser;
+our @ISA = qw(Pod::Parser);
+our $VERSION = '0.01';
+
+our %E = qw( < lt > gt );
+ 
+sub escape_ltgt {
+    (undef, my $text) = @_;
+    $text =~ s/([<>])/E<$E{$1}>/g;
+    $text 
+} 
+
+sub simple_delimiters {
+    (undef, my $seq) = @_;
+    $seq -> left_delimiter( '<' ); 
+    $seq -> right_delimiter( '>' );  
+    $seq;
+}
+
+sub textblock {
+    my($parser,$text,$line) = @_;
+    print {$parser->output_handle()}
+	$parser->parse_text(
+	    { -expand_text => q(escape_ltgt),
+	      -expand_seq => q(simple_delimiters) },
+	    $text, $line ) -> raw_text(); 
+}
+
+1;
+
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Plainer - Perl extension for converting Pod to old style Pod.
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  use Pod::Plainer;
+
+  my $parser = Pod::Plainer -> new ();
+  $parser -> parse_from_filehandle(\*STDIN);
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Pod::Plainer uses Pod::Parser which takes Pod with the (new)
+'CE<lt>E<lt> .. E<gt>E<gt>' constructs
+and returns the old(er) style with just 'CE<lt>E<gt>';
+'<' and '>' are replaced by 'EE<lt>ltE<gt>' and 'EE<lt>gtE<gt>'.
+
+This can be used to pre-process Pod before using tools which do not
+recognise the new style Pods.
+
+=head2 EXPORT
+
+None by default.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Robin Barker, rmb1@cise.npl.co.uk
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+See L<Pod::Parser>.
+
+=cut
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Select.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Select.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1cc14dff4b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Select.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+#############################################################################
+# Pod/Select.pm -- function to select portions of POD docs
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Bradford Appleton. All rights reserved.
+# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software;
+# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms
+# as Perl itself.
+#############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Select;
+
+use vars qw($VERSION);
+$VERSION = 1.30;  ## Current version of this package
+require  5.005;    ## requires this Perl version or later
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Select, podselect() - extract selected sections of POD from input
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::Select;
+
+    ## Select all the POD sections for each file in @filelist
+    ## and print the result on standard output.
+    podselect(@filelist);
+
+    ## Same as above, but write to tmp.out
+    podselect({-output => "tmp.out"}, @filelist):
+
+    ## Select from the given filelist, only those POD sections that are
+    ## within a 1st level section named any of: NAME, SYNOPSIS, OPTIONS.
+    podselect({-sections => ["NAME|SYNOPSIS", "OPTIONS"]}, @filelist):
+
+    ## Select the "DESCRIPTION" section of the PODs from STDIN and write
+    ## the result to STDERR.
+    podselect({-output => ">&STDERR", -sections => ["DESCRIPTION"]}, \*STDIN);
+
+or
+
+    use Pod::Select;
+
+    ## Create a parser object for selecting POD sections from the input
+    $parser = new Pod::Select();
+
+    ## Select all the POD sections for each file in @filelist
+    ## and print the result to tmp.out.
+    $parser->parse_from_file("<&STDIN", "tmp.out");
+
+    ## Select from the given filelist, only those POD sections that are
+    ## within a 1st level section named any of: NAME, SYNOPSIS, OPTIONS.
+    $parser->select("NAME|SYNOPSIS", "OPTIONS");
+    for (@filelist) { $parser->parse_from_file($_); }
+
+    ## Select the "DESCRIPTION" and "SEE ALSO" sections of the PODs from
+    ## STDIN and write the result to STDERR.
+    $parser->select("DESCRIPTION");
+    $parser->add_selection("SEE ALSO");
+    $parser->parse_from_filehandle(\*STDIN, \*STDERR);
+
+=head1 REQUIRES
+
+perl5.005, Pod::Parser, Exporter, Carp
+
+=head1 EXPORTS
+
+podselect()
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+B<podselect()> is a function which will extract specified sections of
+pod documentation from an input stream. This ability is provided by the
+B<Pod::Select> module which is a subclass of B<Pod::Parser>.
+B<Pod::Select> provides a method named B<select()> to specify the set of
+POD sections to select for processing/printing. B<podselect()> merely
+creates a B<Pod::Select> object and then invokes the B<podselect()>
+followed by B<parse_from_file()>.
+
+=head1 SECTION SPECIFICATIONS
+
+B<podselect()> and B<Pod::Select::select()> may be given one or more
+"section specifications" to restrict the text processed to only the
+desired set of sections and their corresponding subsections.  A section
+specification is a string containing one or more Perl-style regular
+expressions separated by forward slashes ("/").  If you need to use a
+forward slash literally within a section title you can escape it with a
+backslash ("\/").
+
+The formal syntax of a section specification is:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+I<head1-title-regex>/I<head2-title-regex>/...
+
+=back
+
+Any omitted or empty regular expressions will default to ".*".
+Please note that each regular expression given is implicitly
+anchored by adding "^" and "$" to the beginning and end.  Also, if a
+given regular expression starts with a "!" character, then the
+expression is I<negated> (so C<!foo> would match anything I<except>
+C<foo>).
+
+Some example section specifications follow.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+Match the C<NAME> and C<SYNOPSIS> sections and all of their subsections:
+
+C<NAME|SYNOPSIS>
+
+=item *
+
+Match only the C<Question> and C<Answer> subsections of the C<DESCRIPTION>
+section:
+
+C<DESCRIPTION/Question|Answer>
+
+=item *
+
+Match the C<Comments> subsection of I<all> sections:
+
+C</Comments>
+
+=item *
+
+Match all subsections of C<DESCRIPTION> I<except> for C<Comments>:
+
+C<DESCRIPTION/!Comments>
+
+=item *
+
+Match the C<DESCRIPTION> section but do I<not> match any of its subsections:
+
+C<DESCRIPTION/!.+>
+
+=item *
+
+Match all top level sections but none of their subsections:
+
+C</!.+>
+
+=back 
+
+=begin _NOT_IMPLEMENTED_
+
+=head1 RANGE SPECIFICATIONS
+
+B<podselect()> and B<Pod::Select::select()> may be given one or more
+"range specifications" to restrict the text processed to only the
+desired ranges of paragraphs in the desired set of sections. A range
+specification is a string containing a single Perl-style regular
+expression (a regex), or else two Perl-style regular expressions
+(regexs) separated by a ".." (Perl's "range" operator is "..").
+The regexs in a range specification are delimited by forward slashes
+("/").  If you need to use a forward slash literally within a regex you
+can escape it with a backslash ("\/").
+
+The formal syntax of a range specification is:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+/I<start-range-regex>/[../I<end-range-regex>/]
+
+=back
+
+Where each the item inside square brackets (the ".." followed by the
+end-range-regex) is optional. Each "range-regex" is of the form:
+
+    =cmd-expr text-expr
+
+Where I<cmd-expr> is intended to match the name of one or more POD
+commands, and I<text-expr> is intended to match the paragraph text for
+the command. If a range-regex is supposed to match a POD command, then
+the first character of the regex (the one after the initial '/')
+absolutely I<must> be a single '=' character; it may not be anything
+else (not even a regex meta-character) if it is supposed to match
+against the name of a POD command.
+
+If no I<=cmd-expr> is given then the text-expr will be matched against
+plain textblocks unless it is preceded by a space, in which case it is
+matched against verbatim text-blocks. If no I<text-expr> is given then
+only the command-portion of the paragraph is matched against.
+
+Note that these two expressions are each implicitly anchored. This
+means that when matching against the command-name, there will be an
+implicit '^' and '$' around the given I<=cmd-expr>; and when matching
+against the paragraph text there will be an implicit '\A' and '\Z'
+around the given I<text-expr>.
+
+Unlike with section-specs, the '!' character does I<not> have any special
+meaning (negation or otherwise) at the beginning of a range-spec!
+
+Some example range specifications follow.
+
+=over 4
+
+=item
+Match all C<=for html> paragraphs:
+
+C</=for html/>
+
+=item
+Match all paragraphs between C<=begin html> and C<=end html>
+(note that this will I<not> work correctly if such sections
+are nested):
+
+C</=begin html/../=end html/>
+
+=item
+Match all paragraphs between the given C<=item> name until the end of the
+current section:
+
+C</=item mine/../=head\d/>
+
+=item
+Match all paragraphs between the given C<=item> until the next item, or
+until the end of the itemized list (note that this will I<not> work as
+desired if the item contains an itemized list nested within it):
+
+C</=item mine/../=(item|back)/>
+
+=back 
+
+=end _NOT_IMPLEMENTED_
+
+=cut
+
+#############################################################################
+
+use strict;
+#use diagnostics;
+use Carp;
+use Pod::Parser 1.04;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL);
+
+@ISA = qw(Pod::Parser);
+@EXPORT = qw(&podselect);
+
+## Maximum number of heading levels supported for '=headN' directives
+*MAX_HEADING_LEVEL = \3;
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 OBJECT METHODS
+
+The following methods are provided in this module. Each one takes a
+reference to the object itself as an implicit first parameter.
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+## =begin _PRIVATE_
+## 
+## =head1 B<_init_headings()>
+## 
+## Initialize the current set of active section headings.
+## 
+## =cut
+## 
+## =end _PRIVATE_
+
+use vars qw(%myData @section_headings);
+
+sub _init_headings {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local *myData = $self;
+
+    ## Initialize current section heading titles if necessary
+    unless (defined $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS}) {
+        local *section_headings = $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS} = [];
+        for (my $i = 0; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) {
+            $section_headings[$i] = '';
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<curr_headings()>
+
+            ($head1, $head2, $head3, ...) = $parser->curr_headings();
+            $head1 = $parser->curr_headings(1);
+
+This method returns a list of the currently active section headings and
+subheadings in the document being parsed. The list of headings returned
+corresponds to the most recently parsed paragraph of the input.
+
+If an argument is given, it must correspond to the desired section
+heading number, in which case only the specified section heading is
+returned. If there is no current section heading at the specified
+level, then C<undef> is returned.
+
+=cut
+
+sub curr_headings {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->_init_headings()  unless (defined $self->{_SECTION_HEADINGS});
+    my @headings = @{ $self->{_SECTION_HEADINGS} };
+    return (@_ > 0  and  $_[0] =~ /^\d+$/) ? $headings[$_[0] - 1] : @headings;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<select()>
+
+            $parser->select($section_spec1,$section_spec2,...);
+
+This method is used to select the particular sections and subsections of
+POD documentation that are to be printed and/or processed. The existing
+set of selected sections is I<replaced> with the given set of sections.
+See B<add_selection()> for adding to the current set of selected
+sections.
+
+Each of the C<$section_spec> arguments should be a section specification
+as described in L<"SECTION SPECIFICATIONS">.  The section specifications
+are parsed by this method and the resulting regular expressions are
+stored in the invoking object.
+
+If no C<$section_spec> arguments are given, then the existing set of
+selected sections is cleared out (which means C<all> sections will be
+processed).
+
+This method should I<not> normally be overridden by subclasses.
+
+=cut
+
+use vars qw(@selected_sections);
+
+sub select {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my @sections = @_;
+    local *myData = $self;
+    local $_;
+
+### NEED TO DISCERN A SECTION-SPEC FROM A RANGE-SPEC (look for m{^/.+/$}?)
+
+    ##---------------------------------------------------------------------
+    ## The following is a blatant hack for backward compatibility, and for
+    ## implementing add_selection(). If the *first* *argument* is the
+    ## string "+", then the remaining section specifications are *added*
+    ## to the current set of selections; otherwise the given section
+    ## specifications will *replace* the current set of selections.
+    ##
+    ## This should probably be fixed someday, but for the present time,
+    ## it seems incredibly unlikely that "+" would ever correspond to
+    ## a legitimate section heading
+    ##---------------------------------------------------------------------
+    my $add = ($sections[0] eq "+") ? shift(@sections) : "";
+
+    ## Reset the set of sections to use
+    unless (@sections > 0) {
+        delete $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS}  unless ($add);
+        return;
+    }
+    $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS} = []
+        unless ($add  &&  exists $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS});
+    local *selected_sections = $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS};
+
+    ## Compile each spec
+    my $spec;
+    for $spec (@sections) {
+        if ( defined($_ = &_compile_section_spec($spec)) ) {
+            ## Store them in our sections array
+            push(@selected_sections, $_);
+        }
+        else {
+            carp "Ignoring section spec \"$spec\"!\n";
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<add_selection()>
+
+            $parser->add_selection($section_spec1,$section_spec2,...);
+
+This method is used to add to the currently selected sections and
+subsections of POD documentation that are to be printed and/or
+processed. See <select()> for replacing the currently selected sections.
+
+Each of the C<$section_spec> arguments should be a section specification
+as described in L<"SECTION SPECIFICATIONS">. The section specifications
+are parsed by this method and the resulting regular expressions are
+stored in the invoking object.
+
+This method should I<not> normally be overridden by subclasses.
+
+=cut
+
+sub add_selection {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->select("+", @_);
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<clear_selections()>
+
+            $parser->clear_selections();
+
+This method takes no arguments, it has the exact same effect as invoking
+<select()> with no arguments.
+
+=cut
+
+sub clear_selections {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->select();
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<match_section()>
+
+            $boolean = $parser->match_section($heading1,$heading2,...);
+
+Returns a value of true if the given section and subsection heading
+titles match any of the currently selected section specifications in
+effect from prior calls to B<select()> and B<add_selection()> (or if
+there are no explictly selected/deselected sections).
+
+The arguments C<$heading1>, C<$heading2>, etc. are the heading titles of
+the corresponding sections, subsections, etc. to try and match.  If
+C<$headingN> is omitted then it defaults to the current corresponding
+section heading title in the input.
+
+This method should I<not> normally be overridden by subclasses.
+
+=cut
+
+sub match_section {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my (@headings) = @_;
+    local *myData = $self;
+
+    ## Return true if no restrictions were explicitly specified
+    my $selections = (exists $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS})
+                       ?  $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS}  :  undef;
+    return  1  unless ((defined $selections) && (@{$selections} > 0));
+
+    ## Default any unspecified sections to the current one
+    my @current_headings = $self->curr_headings();
+    for (my $i = 0; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) {
+        (defined $headings[$i])  or  $headings[$i] = $current_headings[$i];
+    }
+
+    ## Look for a match against the specified section expressions
+    my ($section_spec, $regex, $negated, $match);
+    for $section_spec ( @{$selections} ) {
+        ##------------------------------------------------------
+        ## Each portion of this spec must match in order for
+        ## the spec to be matched. So we will start with a 
+        ## match-value of 'true' and logically 'and' it with
+        ## the results of matching a given element of the spec.
+        ##------------------------------------------------------
+        $match = 1;
+        for (my $i = 0; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) {
+            $regex   = $section_spec->[$i];
+            $negated = ($regex =~ s/^\!//);
+            $match  &= ($negated ? ($headings[$i] !~ /${regex}/)
+                                 : ($headings[$i] =~ /${regex}/));
+            last unless ($match);
+        }
+        return  1  if ($match);
+    }
+    return  0;  ## no match
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<is_selected()>
+
+            $boolean = $parser->is_selected($paragraph);
+
+This method is used to determine if the block of text given in
+C<$paragraph> falls within the currently selected set of POD sections
+and subsections to be printed or processed. This method is also
+responsible for keeping track of the current input section and
+subsections. It is assumed that C<$paragraph> is the most recently read
+(but not yet processed) input paragraph.
+
+The value returned will be true if the C<$paragraph> and the rest of the
+text in the same section as C<$paragraph> should be selected (included)
+for processing; otherwise a false value is returned.
+
+=cut
+
+sub is_selected {
+    my ($self, $paragraph) = @_;
+    local $_;
+    local *myData = $self;
+
+    $self->_init_headings()  unless (defined $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS});
+
+    ## Keep track of current sections levels and headings
+    $_ = $paragraph;
+    if (/^=((?:sub)*)(?:head(?:ing)?|sec(?:tion)?)(\d*)\s+(.*)\s*$/)
+    {
+        ## This is a section heading command
+        my ($level, $heading) = ($2, $3);
+        $level = 1 + (length($1) / 3)  if ((! length $level) || (length $1));
+        ## Reset the current section heading at this level
+        $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS}->[$level - 1] = $heading;
+        ## Reset subsection headings of this one to empty
+        for (my $i = $level; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) {
+            $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS}->[$i] = '';
+        }
+    }
+
+    return  $self->match_section();
+}
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 EXPORTED FUNCTIONS
+
+The following functions are exported by this module. Please note that
+these are functions (not methods) and therefore C<do not> take an
+implicit first argument.
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=head1 B<podselect()>
+
+            podselect(\%options,@filelist);
+
+B<podselect> will print the raw (untranslated) POD paragraphs of all
+POD sections in the given input files specified by C<@filelist>
+according to the given options.
+
+If any argument to B<podselect> is a reference to a hash
+(associative array) then the values with the following keys are
+processed as follows:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item B<-output>
+
+A string corresponding to the desired output file (or ">&STDOUT"
+or ">&STDERR"). The default is to use standard output.
+
+=item B<-sections>
+
+A reference to an array of sections specifications (as described in
+L<"SECTION SPECIFICATIONS">) which indicate the desired set of POD
+sections and subsections to be selected from input. If no section
+specifications are given, then all sections of the PODs are used.
+
+=begin _NOT_IMPLEMENTED_
+
+=item B<-ranges>
+
+A reference to an array of range specifications (as described in
+L<"RANGE SPECIFICATIONS">) which indicate the desired range of POD
+paragraphs to be selected from the desired input sections. If no range
+specifications are given, then all paragraphs of the desired sections
+are used.
+
+=end _NOT_IMPLEMENTED_
+
+=back
+
+All other arguments should correspond to the names of input files
+containing POD sections. A file name of "-" or "<&STDIN" will
+be interpeted to mean standard input (which is the default if no
+filenames are given).
+
+=cut 
+
+sub podselect {
+    my(@argv) = @_;
+    my %defaults = ();
+    my $pod_parser = new Pod::Select(%defaults);
+    my $num_inputs = 0;
+    my $output = ">&STDOUT";
+    my %opts;
+    local $_;
+    for (@argv) {
+        if (ref($_)) {
+        next unless (ref($_) eq 'HASH');
+            %opts = (%defaults, %{$_});
+
+            ##-------------------------------------------------------------
+            ## Need this for backward compatibility since we formerly used
+            ## options that were all uppercase words rather than ones that
+            ## looked like Unix command-line options.
+            ## to be uppercase keywords)
+            ##-------------------------------------------------------------
+            %opts = map {
+                my ($key, $val) = (lc $_, $opts{$_});
+                $key =~ s/^(?=\w)/-/;
+                $key =~ /^-se[cl]/  and  $key  = '-sections';
+                #! $key eq '-range'    and  $key .= 's';
+                ($key => $val);    
+            } (keys %opts);
+
+            ## Process the options
+            (exists $opts{'-output'})  and  $output = $opts{'-output'};
+
+            ## Select the desired sections
+            $pod_parser->select(@{ $opts{'-sections'} })
+                if ( (defined $opts{'-sections'})
+                     && ((ref $opts{'-sections'}) eq 'ARRAY') );
+
+            #! ## Select the desired paragraph ranges
+            #! $pod_parser->select(@{ $opts{'-ranges'} })
+            #!     if ( (defined $opts{'-ranges'})
+            #!          && ((ref $opts{'-ranges'}) eq 'ARRAY') );
+        }
+        else {
+            $pod_parser->parse_from_file($_, $output);
+            ++$num_inputs;
+        }
+    }
+    $pod_parser->parse_from_file("-")  unless ($num_inputs > 0);
+}
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 PRIVATE METHODS AND DATA
+
+B<Pod::Select> makes uses a number of internal methods and data fields
+which clients should not need to see or use. For the sake of avoiding
+name collisions with client data and methods, these methods and fields
+are briefly discussed here. Determined hackers may obtain further
+information about them by reading the B<Pod::Select> source code.
+
+Private data fields are stored in the hash-object whose reference is
+returned by the B<new()> constructor for this class. The names of all
+private methods and data-fields used by B<Pod::Select> begin with a
+prefix of "_" and match the regular expression C</^_\w+$/>.
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin _PRIVATE_
+
+=head1 B<_compile_section_spec()>
+
+            $listref = $parser->_compile_section_spec($section_spec);
+
+This function (note it is a function and I<not> a method) takes a
+section specification (as described in L<"SECTION SPECIFICATIONS">)
+given in C<$section_sepc>, and compiles it into a list of regular
+expressions. If C<$section_spec> has no syntax errors, then a reference
+to the list (array) of corresponding regular expressions is returned;
+otherwise C<undef> is returned and an error message is printed (using
+B<carp>) for each invalid regex.
+
+=end _PRIVATE_
+
+=cut
+
+sub _compile_section_spec {
+    my ($section_spec) = @_;
+    my (@regexs, $negated);
+
+    ## Compile the spec into a list of regexs
+    local $_ = $section_spec;
+    s|\\\\|\001|g;  ## handle escaped backward slashes
+    s|\\/|\002|g;   ## handle escaped forward slashes
+
+    ## Parse the regexs for the heading titles
+    @regexs = split('/', $_, $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL);
+
+    ## Set default regex for ommitted levels
+    for (my $i = 0; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) {
+        $regexs[$i]  = '.*'  unless ((defined $regexs[$i])
+                                     && (length $regexs[$i]));
+    }
+    ## Modify the regexs as needed and validate their syntax
+    my $bad_regexs = 0;
+    for (@regexs) {
+        $_ .= '.+'  if ($_ eq '!');
+        s|\001|\\\\|g;       ## restore escaped backward slashes
+        s|\002|\\/|g;        ## restore escaped forward slashes
+        $negated = s/^\!//;  ## check for negation
+        eval "/$_/";         ## check regex syntax
+        if ($@) {
+            ++$bad_regexs;
+            carp "Bad regular expression /$_/ in \"$section_spec\": $@\n";
+        }
+        else {
+            ## Add the forward and rear anchors (and put the negator back)
+            $_ = '^' . $_  unless (/^\^/);
+            $_ = $_ . '$'  unless (/\$$/);
+            $_ = '!' . $_  if ($negated);
+        }
+    }
+    return  (! $bad_regexs) ? [ @regexs ] : undef;
+}
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin _PRIVATE_
+
+=head2 $self->{_SECTION_HEADINGS}
+
+A reference to an array of the current section heading titles for each
+heading level (note that the first heading level title is at index 0).
+
+=end _PRIVATE_
+
+=cut
+
+##---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+=begin _PRIVATE_
+
+=head2 $self->{_SELECTED_SECTIONS}
+
+A reference to an array of references to arrays. Each subarray is a list
+of anchored regular expressions (preceded by a "!" if the expression is to
+be negated). The index of the expression in the subarray should correspond
+to the index of the heading title in C<$self-E<gt>{_SECTION_HEADINGS}>
+that it is to be matched against.
+
+=end _PRIVATE_
+
+=cut
+
+#############################################################################
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Parser>
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>.
+
+Brad Appleton E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt>
+
+Based on code for B<pod2text> written by
+Tom Christiansen E<lt>tchrist@mox.perl.comE<gt>
+
+=cut
+
+1;
+# vim: ts=4 sw=4 et
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1028f2e9e1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+# Pod::Text -- Convert POD data to formatted ASCII text.
+# $Id: Text.pm,v 2.21 2002/08/04 03:34:58 eagle Exp $
+#
+# Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>
+#
+# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the same terms as Perl itself.
+#
+# This module converts POD to formatted text.  It replaces the old Pod::Text
+# module that came with versions of Perl prior to 5.6.0 and attempts to match
+# its output except for some specific circumstances where other decisions
+# seemed to produce better output.  It uses Pod::Parser and is designed to be
+# very easy to subclass.
+#
+# Perl core hackers, please note that this module is also separately
+# maintained outside of the Perl core as part of the podlators.  Please send
+# me any patches at the address above in addition to sending them to the
+# standard Perl mailing lists.
+
+##############################################################################
+# Modules and declarations
+##############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Text;
+
+require 5.004;
+
+use Carp qw(carp croak);
+use Exporter ();
+use Pod::ParseLink qw(parselink);
+use Pod::Select ();
+
+use strict;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %ESCAPES $VERSION);
+
+# We inherit from Pod::Select instead of Pod::Parser so that we can be used by
+# Pod::Usage.
+@ISA = qw(Pod::Select Exporter);
+
+# We have to export pod2text for backward compatibility.
+@EXPORT = qw(pod2text);
+
+# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl
+# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings.  This
+# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however.
+$VERSION = 2.21;
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Table of supported E<> escapes
+##############################################################################
+
+# This table is taken near verbatim from Pod::PlainText in Pod::Parser, which
+# got it near verbatim from the original Pod::Text.  It is therefore credited
+# to Tom Christiansen, and I'm glad I didn't have to write it.  :)  "iexcl" to
+# "divide" added by Tim Jenness.
+%ESCAPES = (
+    'amp'       =>    '&',      # ampersand
+    'apos'      =>    "'",      # apostrophe
+    'lt'        =>    '<',      # left chevron, less-than
+    'gt'        =>    '>',      # right chevron, greater-than
+    'quot'      =>    '"',      # double quote
+    'sol'       =>    '/',      # solidus (forward slash)
+    'verbar'    =>    '|',      # vertical bar
+
+    "Aacute"    =>    "\xC1",   # capital A, acute accent
+    "aacute"    =>    "\xE1",   # small a, acute accent
+    "Acirc"     =>    "\xC2",   # capital A, circumflex accent
+    "acirc"     =>    "\xE2",   # small a, circumflex accent
+    "AElig"     =>    "\xC6",   # capital AE diphthong (ligature)
+    "aelig"     =>    "\xE6",   # small ae diphthong (ligature)
+    "Agrave"    =>    "\xC0",   # capital A, grave accent
+    "agrave"    =>    "\xE0",   # small a, grave accent
+    "Aring"     =>    "\xC5",   # capital A, ring
+    "aring"     =>    "\xE5",   # small a, ring
+    "Atilde"    =>    "\xC3",   # capital A, tilde
+    "atilde"    =>    "\xE3",   # small a, tilde
+    "Auml"      =>    "\xC4",   # capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "auml"      =>    "\xE4",   # small a, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "Ccedil"    =>    "\xC7",   # capital C, cedilla
+    "ccedil"    =>    "\xE7",   # small c, cedilla
+    "Eacute"    =>    "\xC9",   # capital E, acute accent
+    "eacute"    =>    "\xE9",   # small e, acute accent
+    "Ecirc"     =>    "\xCA",   # capital E, circumflex accent
+    "ecirc"     =>    "\xEA",   # small e, circumflex accent
+    "Egrave"    =>    "\xC8",   # capital E, grave accent
+    "egrave"    =>    "\xE8",   # small e, grave accent
+    "ETH"       =>    "\xD0",   # capital Eth, Icelandic
+    "eth"       =>    "\xF0",   # small eth, Icelandic
+    "Euml"      =>    "\xCB",   # capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "euml"      =>    "\xEB",   # small e, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "Iacute"    =>    "\xCD",   # capital I, acute accent
+    "iacute"    =>    "\xED",   # small i, acute accent
+    "Icirc"     =>    "\xCE",   # capital I, circumflex accent
+    "icirc"     =>    "\xEE",   # small i, circumflex accent
+    "Igrave"    =>    "\xCC",   # capital I, grave accent
+    "igrave"    =>    "\xEC",   # small i, grave accent
+    "Iuml"      =>    "\xCF",   # capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "iuml"      =>    "\xEF",   # small i, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "Ntilde"    =>    "\xD1",   # capital N, tilde
+    "ntilde"    =>    "\xF1",   # small n, tilde
+    "Oacute"    =>    "\xD3",   # capital O, acute accent
+    "oacute"    =>    "\xF3",   # small o, acute accent
+    "Ocirc"     =>    "\xD4",   # capital O, circumflex accent
+    "ocirc"     =>    "\xF4",   # small o, circumflex accent
+    "Ograve"    =>    "\xD2",   # capital O, grave accent
+    "ograve"    =>    "\xF2",   # small o, grave accent
+    "Oslash"    =>    "\xD8",   # capital O, slash
+    "oslash"    =>    "\xF8",   # small o, slash
+    "Otilde"    =>    "\xD5",   # capital O, tilde
+    "otilde"    =>    "\xF5",   # small o, tilde
+    "Ouml"      =>    "\xD6",   # capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "ouml"      =>    "\xF6",   # small o, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "szlig"     =>    "\xDF",   # small sharp s, German (sz ligature)
+    "THORN"     =>    "\xDE",   # capital THORN, Icelandic
+    "thorn"     =>    "\xFE",   # small thorn, Icelandic
+    "Uacute"    =>    "\xDA",   # capital U, acute accent
+    "uacute"    =>    "\xFA",   # small u, acute accent
+    "Ucirc"     =>    "\xDB",   # capital U, circumflex accent
+    "ucirc"     =>    "\xFB",   # small u, circumflex accent
+    "Ugrave"    =>    "\xD9",   # capital U, grave accent
+    "ugrave"    =>    "\xF9",   # small u, grave accent
+    "Uuml"      =>    "\xDC",   # capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "uuml"      =>    "\xFC",   # small u, dieresis or umlaut mark
+    "Yacute"    =>    "\xDD",   # capital Y, acute accent
+    "yacute"    =>    "\xFD",   # small y, acute accent
+    "yuml"      =>    "\xFF",   # small y, dieresis or umlaut mark
+
+    "laquo"     =>    "\xAB",   # left pointing double angle quotation mark
+    "lchevron"  =>    "\xAB",   #  synonym (backwards compatibility)
+    "raquo"     =>    "\xBB",   # right pointing double angle quotation mark
+    "rchevron"  =>    "\xBB",   #  synonym (backwards compatibility)
+
+    "iexcl"     =>    "\xA1",   # inverted exclamation mark
+    "cent"      =>    "\xA2",   # cent sign
+    "pound"     =>    "\xA3",   # (UK) pound sign
+    "curren"    =>    "\xA4",   # currency sign
+    "yen"       =>    "\xA5",   # yen sign
+    "brvbar"    =>    "\xA6",   # broken vertical bar
+    "sect"      =>    "\xA7",   # section sign
+    "uml"       =>    "\xA8",   # diaresis
+    "copy"      =>    "\xA9",   # Copyright symbol
+    "ordf"      =>    "\xAA",   # feminine ordinal indicator
+    "not"       =>    "\xAC",   # not sign
+    "shy"       =>    '',       # soft (discretionary) hyphen
+    "reg"       =>    "\xAE",   # registered trademark
+    "macr"      =>    "\xAF",   # macron, overline
+    "deg"       =>    "\xB0",   # degree sign
+    "plusmn"    =>    "\xB1",   # plus-minus sign
+    "sup2"      =>    "\xB2",   # superscript 2
+    "sup3"      =>    "\xB3",   # superscript 3
+    "acute"     =>    "\xB4",   # acute accent
+    "micro"     =>    "\xB5",   # micro sign
+    "para"      =>    "\xB6",   # pilcrow sign = paragraph sign
+    "middot"    =>    "\xB7",   # middle dot = Georgian comma
+    "cedil"     =>    "\xB8",   # cedilla
+    "sup1"      =>    "\xB9",   # superscript 1
+    "ordm"      =>    "\xBA",   # masculine ordinal indicator
+    "frac14"    =>    "\xBC",   # vulgar fraction one quarter
+    "frac12"    =>    "\xBD",   # vulgar fraction one half
+    "frac34"    =>    "\xBE",   # vulgar fraction three quarters
+    "iquest"    =>    "\xBF",   # inverted question mark
+    "times"     =>    "\xD7",   # multiplication sign
+    "divide"    =>    "\xF7",   # division sign
+
+    "nbsp"      =>    "\x01",   # non-breaking space
+);
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Initialization
+##############################################################################
+
+# Initialize the object.  Must be sure to call our parent initializer.
+sub initialize {
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    $$self{alt}      = 0  unless defined $$self{alt};
+    $$self{indent}   = 4  unless defined $$self{indent};
+    $$self{margin}   = 0  unless defined $$self{margin};
+    $$self{loose}    = 0  unless defined $$self{loose};
+    $$self{sentence} = 0  unless defined $$self{sentence};
+    $$self{width}    = 76 unless defined $$self{width};
+
+    # Figure out what quotes we'll be using for C<> text.
+    $$self{quotes} ||= '"';
+    if ($$self{quotes} eq 'none') {
+        $$self{LQUOTE} = $$self{RQUOTE} = '';
+    } elsif (length ($$self{quotes}) == 1) {
+        $$self{LQUOTE} = $$self{RQUOTE} = $$self{quotes};
+    } elsif ($$self{quotes} =~ /^(.)(.)$/
+             || $$self{quotes} =~ /^(..)(..)$/) {
+        $$self{LQUOTE} = $1;
+        $$self{RQUOTE} = $2;
+    } else {
+        croak qq(Invalid quote specification "$$self{quotes}");
+    }
+
+    # Stack of indentations.
+    $$self{INDENTS}  = [];
+
+    # Current left margin.
+    $$self{MARGIN} = $$self{indent} + $$self{margin};
+
+    $self->SUPER::initialize;
+
+    # Tell Pod::Parser that we want the non-POD stuff too if code was set.
+    $self->parseopts ('-want_nonPODs' => 1) if $$self{code};
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Core overrides
+##############################################################################
+
+# Called for each command paragraph.  Gets the command, the associated
+# paragraph, the line number, and a Pod::Paragraph object.  Just dispatches
+# the command to a method named the same as the command.  =cut is handled
+# internally by Pod::Parser.
+sub command {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $command = shift;
+    return if $command eq 'pod';
+    return if ($$self{EXCLUDE} && $command ne 'end');
+    if ($self->can ('cmd_' . $command)) {
+        $command = 'cmd_' . $command;
+        $self->$command (@_);
+    } else {
+        my ($text, $line, $paragraph) = @_;
+        my $file;
+        ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line;
+        $text =~ s/\n+\z//;
+        $text = " $text" if ($text =~ /^\S/);
+        warn qq($file:$line: Unknown command paragraph: =$command$text\n);
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+# Called for a verbatim paragraph.  Gets the paragraph, the line number, and a
+# Pod::Paragraph object.  Just output it verbatim, but with tabs converted to
+# spaces.
+sub verbatim {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return if $$self{EXCLUDE};
+    $self->item if defined $$self{ITEM};
+    local $_ = shift;
+    return if /^\s*$/;
+    s/^(\s*\S+)/(' ' x $$self{MARGIN}) . $1/gme;
+    $self->output ($_);
+}
+
+# Called for a regular text block.  Gets the paragraph, the line number, and a
+# Pod::Paragraph object.  Perform interpolation and output the results.
+sub textblock {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return if $$self{EXCLUDE};
+    $self->output ($_[0]), return if $$self{VERBATIM};
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $line = shift;
+
+    # Interpolate and output the paragraph.
+    $_ = $self->interpolate ($_, $line);
+    s/\s+$/\n/;
+    if (defined $$self{ITEM}) {
+        $self->item ($_ . "\n");
+    } else {
+        $self->output ($self->reformat ($_ . "\n"));
+    }
+}
+
+# Called for a formatting code.  Gets the command, argument, and a
+# Pod::InteriorSequence object and is expected to return the resulting text.
+# Calls methods for code, bold, italic, file, and link to handle those types
+# of codes, and handles S<>, E<>, X<>, and Z<> directly.
+sub interior_sequence {
+    local $_;
+    my ($self, $command, $seq);
+    ($self, $command, $_, $seq) = @_;
+
+    # We have to defer processing of the inside of an L<> formatting code.  If
+    # this code is nested inside an L<> code, return the literal raw text of
+    # it.
+    my $parent = $seq->nested;
+    while (defined $parent) {
+        return $seq->raw_text if ($parent->cmd_name eq 'L');
+        $parent = $parent->nested;
+    }
+
+    # Index entries are ignored in plain text.
+    return '' if ($command eq 'X' || $command eq 'Z');
+
+    # Expand escapes into the actual character now, warning if invalid.
+    if ($command eq 'E') {
+        if (/^\d+$/) {
+            return chr;
+        } else {
+            return $ESCAPES{$_} if defined $ESCAPES{$_};
+            my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line;
+            warn "$file:$line: Unknown escape: E<$_>\n";
+            return "E<$_>";
+        }
+    }
+
+    # For all the other formatting codes, empty content produces no output.
+    return if $_ eq '';
+
+    # For S<>, compress all internal whitespace and then map spaces to \01.
+    # When we output the text, we'll map this back.
+    if ($command eq 'S') {
+        s/\s+/ /g;
+        tr/ /\01/;
+        return $_;
+    }
+
+    # Anything else needs to get dispatched to another method.
+    if    ($command eq 'B') { return $self->seq_b ($_) }
+    elsif ($command eq 'C') { return $self->seq_c ($_) }
+    elsif ($command eq 'F') { return $self->seq_f ($_) }
+    elsif ($command eq 'I') { return $self->seq_i ($_) }
+    elsif ($command eq 'L') { return $self->seq_l ($_, $seq) }
+    else {
+        my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line;
+        warn "$file:$line: Unknown formatting code: $command<$_>\n";
+    }
+}
+
+# Called for each paragraph that's actually part of the POD.  We take
+# advantage of this opportunity to untabify the input.  Also, if given the
+# code option, we may see paragraphs that aren't part of the POD and need to
+# output them directly.
+sub preprocess_paragraph {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    1 while s/^(.*?)(\t+)/$1 . ' ' x (length ($2) * 8 - length ($1) % 8)/me;
+    $self->output_code ($_) if $self->cutting;
+    $_;
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Command paragraphs
+##############################################################################
+
+# All command paragraphs take the paragraph and the line number.
+
+# First level heading.
+sub cmd_head1 {
+    my ($self, $text, $line) = @_;
+    $self->heading ($text, $line, 0, '====');
+}
+
+# Second level heading.
+sub cmd_head2 {
+    my ($self, $text, $line) = @_;
+    $self->heading ($text, $line, $$self{indent} / 2, '==  ');
+}
+
+# Third level heading.
+sub cmd_head3 {
+    my ($self, $text, $line) = @_;
+    $self->heading ($text, $line, $$self{indent} * 2 / 3 + 0.5, '=   ');
+}
+
+# Third level heading.
+sub cmd_head4 {
+    my ($self, $text, $line) = @_;
+    $self->heading ($text, $line, $$self{indent} * 3 / 4 + 0.5, '-   ');
+}
+
+# Start a list.
+sub cmd_over {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    $self->item ("\n\n") if defined $$self{ITEM};
+    unless (/^[-+]?\d+\s+$/) { $_ = $$self{indent} }
+    push (@{ $$self{INDENTS} }, $$self{MARGIN});
+    $$self{MARGIN} += ($_ + 0);
+}
+
+# End a list.
+sub cmd_back {
+    my ($self, $text, $line, $paragraph) = @_;
+    $self->item ("\n\n") if defined $$self{ITEM};
+    $$self{MARGIN} = pop @{ $$self{INDENTS} };
+    unless (defined $$self{MARGIN}) {
+        my $file;
+        ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line;
+        warn "$file:$line: Unmatched =back\n";
+        $$self{MARGIN} = $$self{indent};
+    }
+}
+
+# An individual list item.
+sub cmd_item {
+    my $self = shift;
+    if (defined $$self{ITEM}) { $self->item }
+    local $_ = shift;
+    s/\s+$//;
+    $$self{ITEM} = $_ ? $self->interpolate ($_) : '*';
+}
+
+# Begin a block for a particular translator.  Setting VERBATIM triggers
+# special handling in textblock().
+sub cmd_begin {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my ($kind) = /^(\S+)/ or return;
+    if ($kind eq 'text') {
+        $$self{VERBATIM} = 1;
+    } else {
+        $$self{EXCLUDE} = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+# End a block for a particular translator.  We assume that all =begin/=end
+# pairs are properly closed.
+sub cmd_end {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $$self{EXCLUDE} = 0;
+    $$self{VERBATIM} = 0;
+}
+
+# One paragraph for a particular translator.  Ignore it unless it's intended
+# for text, in which case we treat it as a verbatim text block.
+sub cmd_for {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $line = shift;
+    return unless s/^text\b[ \t]*\n?//;
+    $self->verbatim ($_, $line);
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Formatting codes
+##############################################################################
+
+# The simple ones.  These are here mostly so that subclasses can override them
+# and do more complicated things.
+sub seq_b { return $_[0]{alt} ? "``$_[1]''" : $_[1] }
+sub seq_f { return $_[0]{alt} ? "\"$_[1]\"" : $_[1] }
+sub seq_i { return '*' . $_[1] . '*' }
+
+# Apply a whole bunch of messy heuristics to not quote things that don't
+# benefit from being quoted.  These originally come from Barrie Slaymaker and
+# largely duplicate code in Pod::Man.
+sub seq_c {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+
+    # A regex that matches the portion of a variable reference that's the
+    # array or hash index, separated out just because we want to use it in
+    # several places in the following regex.
+    my $index = '(?: \[.*\] | \{.*\} )?';
+
+    # Check for things that we don't want to quote, and if we find any of
+    # them, return the string with just a font change and no quoting.
+    m{
+      ^\s*
+      (?:
+         ( [\'\`\"] ) .* \1                             # already quoted
+       | \` .* \'                                       # `quoted'
+       | \$+ [\#^]? \S $index                           # special ($^Foo, $")
+       | [\$\@%&*]+ \#? [:\'\w]+ $index                 # plain var or func
+       | [\$\@%&*]* [:\'\w]+ (?: -> )? \(\s*[^\s,]\s*\) # 0/1-arg func call
+       | [+-]? ( \d[\d.]* | \.\d+ ) (?: [eE][+-]?\d+ )? # a number
+       | 0x [a-fA-F\d]+                                 # a hex constant
+      )
+      \s*\z
+     }xo && return $_;
+
+    # If we didn't return, go ahead and quote the text.
+    return $$self{alt} ? "``$_''" : "$$self{LQUOTE}$_$$self{RQUOTE}";
+}
+
+# Handle links.  Since this is plain text, we can't actually make any real
+# links, so this is all to figure out what text we print out.  Most of the
+# work is done by Pod::ParseLink.
+sub seq_l {
+    my ($self, $link, $seq) = @_;
+    my ($text, $type) = (parselink ($link))[1,4];
+    my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line;
+    $text = $self->interpolate ($text, $line);
+    $text = '<' . $text . '>' if $type eq 'url';
+    return $text || '';
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Header handling
+##############################################################################
+
+# The common code for handling all headers.  Takes the interpolated header
+# text, the line number, the indentation, and the surrounding marker for the
+# alt formatting method.
+sub heading {
+    my ($self, $text, $line, $indent, $marker) = @_;
+    $self->item ("\n\n") if defined $$self{ITEM};
+    $text =~ s/\s+$//;
+    $text = $self->interpolate ($text, $line);
+    if ($$self{alt}) {
+        my $closemark = reverse (split (//, $marker));
+        my $margin = ' ' x $$self{margin};
+        $self->output ("\n" . "$margin$marker $text $closemark" . "\n\n");
+    } else {
+        $text .= "\n" if $$self{loose};
+        my $margin = ' ' x ($$self{margin} + $indent);
+        $self->output ($margin . $text . "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# List handling
+##############################################################################
+
+# This method is called whenever an =item command is complete (in other words,
+# we've seen its associated paragraph or know for certain that it doesn't have
+# one).  It gets the paragraph associated with the item as an argument.  If
+# that argument is empty, just output the item tag; if it contains a newline,
+# output the item tag followed by the newline.  Otherwise, see if there's
+# enough room for us to output the item tag in the margin of the text or if we
+# have to put it on a separate line.
+sub item {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $tag = $$self{ITEM};
+    unless (defined $tag) {
+        carp "Item called without tag";
+        return;
+    }
+    undef $$self{ITEM};
+    my $indent = $$self{INDENTS}[-1];
+    unless (defined $indent) { $indent = $$self{indent} }
+    my $margin = ' ' x $$self{margin};
+    if (!$_ || /^\s+$/ || ($$self{MARGIN} - $indent < length ($tag) + 1)) {
+        my $realindent = $$self{MARGIN};
+        $$self{MARGIN} = $indent;
+        my $output = $self->reformat ($tag);
+        $output =~ s/^$margin /$margin:/ if ($$self{alt} && $indent > 0);
+        $output =~ s/\n*$/\n/;
+
+        # If the text is just whitespace, we have an empty item paragraph;
+        # this can result from =over/=item/=back without any intermixed
+        # paragraphs.  Insert some whitespace to keep the =item from merging
+        # into the next paragraph.
+        $output .= "\n" if $_ && $_ =~ /^\s*$/;
+
+        $self->output ($output);
+        $$self{MARGIN} = $realindent;
+        $self->output ($self->reformat ($_)) if $_ && /\S/;
+    } else {
+        my $space = ' ' x $indent;
+        $space =~ s/^$margin /$margin:/ if $$self{alt};
+        $_ = $self->reformat ($_);
+        s/^$margin /$margin:/ if ($$self{alt} && $indent > 0);
+        my $tagspace = ' ' x length $tag;
+        s/^($space)$tagspace/$1$tag/ or warn "Bizarre space in item";
+        $self->output ($_);
+    }
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Output formatting
+##############################################################################
+
+# Wrap a line, indenting by the current left margin.  We can't use Text::Wrap
+# because it plays games with tabs.  We can't use formline, even though we'd
+# really like to, because it screws up non-printing characters.  So we have to
+# do the wrapping ourselves.
+sub wrap {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $output = '';
+    my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN};
+    my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN};
+    while (length > $width) {
+        if (s/^([^\n]{0,$width})\s+// || s/^([^\n]{$width})//) {
+            $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n";
+        } else {
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+    $output .= $spaces . $_;
+    $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/;
+    $output;
+}
+
+# Reformat a paragraph of text for the current margin.  Takes the text to
+# reformat and returns the formatted text.
+sub reformat {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+
+    # If we're trying to preserve two spaces after sentences, do some munging
+    # to support that.  Otherwise, smash all repeated whitespace.
+    if ($$self{sentence}) {
+        s/ +$//mg;
+        s/\.\n/. \n/g;
+        s/\n/ /g;
+        s/   +/  /g;
+    } else {
+        s/\s+/ /g;
+    }
+    $self->wrap ($_);
+}
+
+# Output text to the output device.
+sub output { $_[1] =~ tr/\01/ /; print { $_[0]->output_handle } $_[1] }
+
+# Output a block of code (something that isn't part of the POD text).  Called
+# by preprocess_paragraph only if we were given the code option.  Exists here
+# only so that it can be overridden by subclasses.
+sub output_code { $_[0]->output ($_[1]) }
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Backwards compatibility
+##############################################################################
+
+# The old Pod::Text module did everything in a pod2text() function.  This
+# tries to provide the same interface for legacy applications.
+sub pod2text {
+    my @args;
+
+    # This is really ugly; I hate doing option parsing in the middle of a
+    # module.  But the old Pod::Text module supported passing flags to its
+    # entry function, so handle -a and -<number>.
+    while ($_[0] =~ /^-/) {
+        my $flag = shift;
+        if    ($flag eq '-a')       { push (@args, alt => 1)    }
+        elsif ($flag =~ /^-(\d+)$/) { push (@args, width => $1) }
+        else {
+            unshift (@_, $flag);
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Now that we know what arguments we're using, create the parser.
+    my $parser = Pod::Text->new (@args);
+
+    # If two arguments were given, the second argument is going to be a file
+    # handle.  That means we want to call parse_from_filehandle(), which means
+    # we need to turn the first argument into a file handle.  Magic open will
+    # handle the <&STDIN case automagically.
+    if (defined $_[1]) {
+        my @fhs = @_;
+        local *IN;
+        unless (open (IN, $fhs[0])) {
+            croak ("Can't open $fhs[0] for reading: $!\n");
+            return;
+        }
+        $fhs[0] = \*IN;
+        return $parser->parse_from_filehandle (@fhs);
+    } else {
+        return $parser->parse_from_file (@_);
+    }
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Module return value and documentation
+##############################################################################
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Text - Convert POD data to formatted ASCII text
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::Text;
+    my $parser = Pod::Text->new (sentence => 0, width => 78);
+
+    # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT.
+    $parser->parse_from_filehandle;
+
+    # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt.
+    $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Pod::Text is a module that can convert documentation in the POD format (the
+preferred language for documenting Perl) into formatted ASCII.  It uses no
+special formatting controls or codes whatsoever, and its output is therefore
+suitable for nearly any device.
+
+As a derived class from Pod::Parser, Pod::Text supports the same methods and
+interfaces.  See L<Pod::Parser> for all the details; briefly, one creates a
+new parser with C<< Pod::Text->new() >> and then calls either
+parse_from_filehandle() or parse_from_file().
+
+new() can take options, in the form of key/value pairs, that control the
+behavior of the parser.  The currently recognized options are:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item alt
+
+If set to a true value, selects an alternate output format that, among other
+things, uses a different heading style and marks C<=item> entries with a
+colon in the left margin.  Defaults to false.
+
+=item code
+
+If set to a true value, the non-POD parts of the input file will be included
+in the output.  Useful for viewing code documented with POD blocks with the
+POD rendered and the code left intact.
+
+=item indent
+
+The number of spaces to indent regular text, and the default indentation for
+C<=over> blocks.  Defaults to 4.
+
+=item loose
+
+If set to a true value, a blank line is printed after a C<=head1> heading.
+If set to false (the default), no blank line is printed after C<=head1>,
+although one is still printed after C<=head2>.  This is the default because
+it's the expected formatting for manual pages; if you're formatting
+arbitrary text documents, setting this to true may result in more pleasing
+output.
+
+=item margin
+
+The width of the left margin in spaces.  Defaults to 0.  This is the margin
+for all text, including headings, not the amount by which regular text is
+indented; for the latter, see the I<indent> option.  To set the right
+margin, see the I<width> option.
+
+=item quotes
+
+Sets the quote marks used to surround CE<lt>> text.  If the value is a
+single character, it is used as both the left and right quote; if it is two
+characters, the first character is used as the left quote and the second as
+the right quoted; and if it is four characters, the first two are used as
+the left quote and the second two as the right quote.
+
+This may also be set to the special value C<none>, in which case no quote
+marks are added around CE<lt>> text.
+
+=item sentence
+
+If set to a true value, Pod::Text will assume that each sentence ends in two
+spaces, and will try to preserve that spacing.  If set to false, all
+consecutive whitespace in non-verbatim paragraphs is compressed into a
+single space.  Defaults to true.
+
+=item width
+
+The column at which to wrap text on the right-hand side.  Defaults to 76.
+
+=back
+
+The standard Pod::Parser method parse_from_filehandle() takes up to two
+arguments, the first being the file handle to read POD from and the second
+being the file handle to write the formatted output to.  The first defaults
+to STDIN if not given, and the second defaults to STDOUT.  The method
+parse_from_file() is almost identical, except that its two arguments are the
+input and output disk files instead.  See L<Pod::Parser> for the specific
+details.
+
+=head1 DIAGNOSTICS
+
+=over 4
+
+=item Bizarre space in item
+
+=item Item called without tag
+
+(W) Something has gone wrong in internal C<=item> processing.  These
+messages indicate a bug in Pod::Text; you should never see them.
+
+=item Can't open %s for reading: %s
+
+(F) Pod::Text was invoked via the compatibility mode pod2text() interface
+and the input file it was given could not be opened.
+
+=item Invalid quote specification "%s"
+
+(F) The quote specification given (the quotes option to the constructor) was
+invalid.  A quote specification must be one, two, or four characters long.
+
+=item %s:%d: Unknown command paragraph: %s
+
+(W) The POD source contained a non-standard command paragraph (something of
+the form C<=command args>) that Pod::Man didn't know about.  It was ignored.
+
+=item %s:%d: Unknown escape: %s
+
+(W) The POD source contained an C<EE<lt>E<gt>> escape that Pod::Text didn't
+know about.
+
+=item %s:%d: Unknown formatting code: %s
+
+(W) The POD source contained a non-standard formatting code (something of
+the form C<XE<lt>E<gt>>) that Pod::Text didn't know about.
+
+=item %s:%d: Unmatched =back
+
+(W) Pod::Text encountered a C<=back> command that didn't correspond to an
+C<=over> command.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 RESTRICTIONS
+
+Embedded Ctrl-As (octal 001) in the input will be mapped to spaces on
+output, due to an internal implementation detail.
+
+=head1 NOTES
+
+This is a replacement for an earlier Pod::Text module written by Tom
+Christiansen.  It has a revamped interface, since it now uses Pod::Parser,
+but an interface roughly compatible with the old Pod::Text::pod2text()
+function is still available.  Please change to the new calling convention,
+though.
+
+The original Pod::Text contained code to do formatting via termcap
+sequences, although it wasn't turned on by default and it was problematic to
+get it to work at all.  This rewrite doesn't even try to do that, but a
+subclass of it does.  Look for L<Pod::Text::Termcap>.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Text::Termcap>, L<pod2text(1)>
+
+The current version of this module is always available from its web site at
+L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>.  It is also part of the
+Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>, based I<very> heavily on the original
+Pod::Text by Tom Christiansen <tchrist@mox.perl.com> and its conversion to
+Pod::Parser by Brad Appleton <bradapp@enteract.com>.
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE
+
+Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+=cut
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Color.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Color.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ba31369b96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Color.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+# Pod::Text::Color -- Convert POD data to formatted color ASCII text
+# $Id: Color.pm,v 1.4 2002/07/15 05:46:00 eagle Exp $
+#
+# Copyright 1999, 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>
+#
+# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the same terms as Perl itself.
+#
+# This is just a basic proof of concept.  It should later be modified to make
+# better use of color, take options changing what colors are used for what
+# text, and the like.
+
+##############################################################################
+# Modules and declarations
+##############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Text::Color;
+
+require 5.004;
+
+use Pod::Text ();
+use Term::ANSIColor qw(colored);
+
+use strict;
+use vars qw(@ISA $VERSION);
+
+@ISA = qw(Pod::Text);
+
+# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl
+# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings.  This
+# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however.
+$VERSION = 1.04;
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Overrides
+##############################################################################
+
+# Make level one headings bold.
+sub cmd_head1 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    s/\s+$//;
+    $self->SUPER::cmd_head1 (colored ($_, 'bold'));
+}
+
+# Make level two headings bold.
+sub cmd_head2 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    s/\s+$//;
+    $self->SUPER::cmd_head2 (colored ($_, 'bold'));
+}
+
+# Fix the various formatting codes.
+sub seq_b { return colored ($_[1], 'bold')   }
+sub seq_f { return colored ($_[1], 'cyan')   }
+sub seq_i { return colored ($_[1], 'yellow') }
+
+# Output any included code in green.
+sub output_code {
+    my ($self, $code) = @_;
+    $code = colored ($code, 'green');
+    $self->output ($code);
+}
+
+# We unfortunately have to override the wrapping code here, since the normal
+# wrapping code gets really confused by all the escape sequences.
+sub wrap {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $output = '';
+    my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN};
+    my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN};
+    while (length > $width) {
+        if (s/^((?:(?:\e\[[\d;]+m)?[^\n]){0,$width})\s+//
+            || s/^((?:(?:\e\[[\d;]+m)?[^\n]){$width})//) {
+            $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n";
+        } else {
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+    $output .= $spaces . $_;
+    $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/;
+    $output;
+}
+
+##############################################################################
+# Module return value and documentation
+##############################################################################
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Text::Color - Convert POD data to formatted color ASCII text
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::Text::Color;
+    my $parser = Pod::Text::Color->new (sentence => 0, width => 78);
+
+    # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT.
+    $parser->parse_from_filehandle;
+
+    # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt.
+    $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Pod::Text::Color is a simple subclass of Pod::Text that highlights output
+text using ANSI color escape sequences.  Apart from the color, it in all
+ways functions like Pod::Text.  See L<Pod::Text> for details and available
+options.
+
+Term::ANSIColor is used to get colors and therefore must be installed to use
+this module.
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+This is just a basic proof of concept.  It should be seriously expanded to
+support configurable coloration via options passed to the constructor, and
+B<pod2text> should be taught about those.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Text>, L<Pod::Parser>
+
+The current version of this module is always available from its web site at
+L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>.  It is also part of the
+Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE
+
+Copyright 1999, 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+=cut
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Overstrike.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Overstrike.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8ba918396c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Overstrike.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+# Pod::Text::Overstrike -- Convert POD data to formatted overstrike text
+# $Id: Overstrike.pm,v 1.10 2002/08/04 03:35:01 eagle Exp $
+#
+# Created by Joe Smith <Joe.Smith@inwap.com> 30-Nov-2000
+#   (based on Pod::Text::Color by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>)
+#
+# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the same terms as Perl itself.
+#
+# This was written because the output from:
+#
+#     pod2text Text.pm > plain.txt; less plain.txt
+#
+# is not as rich as the output from
+#
+#     pod2man Text.pm | nroff -man > fancy.txt; less fancy.txt
+#
+# and because both Pod::Text::Color and Pod::Text::Termcap are not device
+# independent.
+
+##############################################################################
+# Modules and declarations
+##############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Text::Overstrike;
+
+require 5.004;
+
+use Pod::Text ();
+
+use strict;
+use vars qw(@ISA $VERSION);
+
+@ISA = qw(Pod::Text);
+
+# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl
+# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings.  This
+# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however.
+$VERSION = 1.10;
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Overrides
+##############################################################################
+
+# Make level one headings bold, overridding any existing formatting.
+sub cmd_head1 {
+    my ($self, $text, $line) = @_;
+    $text =~ s/\s+$//;
+    $text = $self->strip_format ($self->interpolate ($text, $line));
+    $text =~ s/(.)/$1\b$1/g;
+    $self->SUPER::cmd_head1 ($text);
+}
+
+# Make level two headings bold, overriding any existing formatting.
+sub cmd_head2 {
+    my ($self, $text, $line) = @_;
+    $text =~ s/\s+$//;
+    $text = $self->strip_format ($self->interpolate ($text, $line));
+    $text =~ s/(.)/$1\b$1/g;
+    $self->SUPER::cmd_head2 ($text);
+}
+
+# Make level three headings underscored, overriding any existing formatting.
+sub cmd_head3 {
+    my ($self, $text, $line) = @_;
+    $text =~ s/\s+$//;
+    $text = $self->strip_format ($self->interpolate ($text, $line));
+    $text =~ s/(.)/_\b$1/g;
+    $self->SUPER::cmd_head3 ($text);
+}
+
+# Level four headings look like level three headings.
+sub cmd_head4 {
+    my ($self, $text, $line) = @_;
+    $text =~ s/\s+$//;
+    $text = $self->strip_format ($self->interpolate ($text, $line));
+    $text =~ s/(.)/_\b$1/g;
+    $self->SUPER::cmd_head4 ($text);
+}
+
+# The common code for handling all headers.  We have to override to avoid
+# interpolating twice and because we don't want to honor alt.
+sub heading {
+    my ($self, $text, $line, $indent, $marker) = @_;
+    $self->item ("\n\n") if defined $$self{ITEM};
+    $text .= "\n" if $$self{loose};
+    my $margin = ' ' x ($$self{margin} + $indent);
+    $self->output ($margin . $text . "\n");
+}
+
+# Fix the various formatting codes.
+sub seq_b { local $_ = strip_format (@_); s/(.)/$1\b$1/g; $_ }
+sub seq_f { local $_ = strip_format (@_); s/(.)/_\b$1/g; $_ }
+sub seq_i { local $_ = strip_format (@_); s/(.)/_\b$1/g; $_ }
+
+# Output any included code in bold.
+sub output_code {
+    my ($self, $code) = @_;
+    $code =~ s/(.)/$1\b$1/g;
+    $self->output ($code);
+}
+
+# We unfortunately have to override the wrapping code here, since the normal
+# wrapping code gets really confused by all the backspaces.
+sub wrap {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $output = '';
+    my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN};
+    my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN};
+    while (length > $width) {
+        # This regex represents a single character, that's possibly underlined
+        # or in bold (in which case, it's three characters; the character, a
+        # backspace, and a character).  Use [^\n] rather than . to protect
+        # against odd settings of $*.
+        my $char = '(?:[^\n][\b])?[^\n]';
+        if (s/^((?>$char){0,$width})(?:\Z|\s+)//) {
+            $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n";
+        } else {
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+    $output .= $spaces . $_;
+    $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/;
+    $output;
+}
+
+##############################################################################
+# Utility functions
+##############################################################################
+
+# Strip all of the formatting from a provided string, returning the stripped
+# version.
+sub strip_format {
+    my ($self, $text) = @_;
+    $text =~ s/(.)[\b]\1/$1/g;
+    $text =~ s/_[\b]//g;
+    return $text;
+}
+
+##############################################################################
+# Module return value and documentation
+##############################################################################
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Text::Overstrike - Convert POD data to formatted overstrike text
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::Text::Overstrike;
+    my $parser = Pod::Text::Overstrike->new (sentence => 0, width => 78);
+
+    # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT.
+    $parser->parse_from_filehandle;
+
+    # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt.
+    $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Pod::Text::Overstrike is a simple subclass of Pod::Text that highlights
+output text using overstrike sequences, in a manner similar to nroff.
+Characters in bold text are overstruck (character, backspace, character) and
+characters in underlined text are converted to overstruck underscores
+(underscore, backspace, character).  This format was originally designed for
+hardcopy terminals and/or lineprinters, yet is readable on softcopy (CRT)
+terminals.
+
+Overstruck text is best viewed by page-at-a-time programs that take
+advantage of the terminal's B<stand-out> and I<underline> capabilities, such
+as the less program on Unix.
+
+Apart from the overstrike, it in all ways functions like Pod::Text.  See
+L<Pod::Text> for details and available options.
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+Currently, the outermost formatting instruction wins, so for example
+underlined text inside a region of bold text is displayed as simply bold.
+There may be some better approach possible.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Text>, L<Pod::Parser>
+
+The current version of this module is always available from its web site at
+L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>.  It is also part of the
+Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Joe Smith <Joe.Smith@inwap.com>, using the framework created by Russ Allbery
+<rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE
+
+Copyright 2000 by Joe Smith <Joe.Smith@inwap.com>.
+Copyright 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+=cut
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Termcap.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Termcap.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..02a7fb9842a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Termcap.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+# Pod::Text::Termcap -- Convert POD data to ASCII text with format escapes.
+# $Id: Termcap.pm,v 1.11 2003/07/09 21:52:30 eagle Exp $
+#
+# Copyright 1999, 2001, 2002 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>
+#
+# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the same terms as Perl itself.
+#
+# This is a simple subclass of Pod::Text that overrides a few key methods to
+# output the right termcap escape sequences for formatted text on the current
+# terminal type.
+
+##############################################################################
+# Modules and declarations
+##############################################################################
+
+package Pod::Text::Termcap;
+
+require 5.004;
+
+use Pod::Text ();
+use POSIX ();
+use Term::Cap;
+
+use strict;
+use vars qw(@ISA $VERSION);
+
+@ISA = qw(Pod::Text);
+
+# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl
+# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings.  This
+# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however.
+$VERSION = 1.11;
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Overrides
+##############################################################################
+
+# In the initialization method, grab our terminal characteristics as well as
+# do all the stuff we normally do.
+sub initialize {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my ($ospeed, $term, $termios);
+
+    # $ENV{HOME} is usually not set on Windows.  The default Term::Cap path
+    # may not work on Solaris.
+    my $home = exists $ENV{HOME} ? "$ENV{HOME}/.termcap:" : '';
+    $ENV{TERMPATH} = $home . '/etc/termcap:/usr/share/misc/termcap'
+                           . ':/usr/share/lib/termcap';
+
+    # Fall back on a hard-coded terminal speed if POSIX::Termios isn't
+    # available (such as on VMS).
+    eval { $termios = POSIX::Termios->new };
+    if ($@) {
+        $ospeed = 9600;
+    } else {
+        $termios->getattr;
+        $ospeed = $termios->getospeed || 9600;
+    }
+
+    # Fall back on the ANSI escape sequences if Term::Cap doesn't work.
+    eval { $term = Tgetent Term::Cap { TERM => undef, OSPEED => $ospeed } };
+    $$self{BOLD} = $$term{_md} || "\e[1m";
+    $$self{UNDL} = $$term{_us} || "\e[4m";
+    $$self{NORM} = $$term{_me} || "\e[m";
+
+    unless (defined $$self{width}) {
+        $$self{width} = $ENV{COLUMNS} || $$term{_co} || 80;
+        $$self{width} -= 2;
+    }
+
+    $self->SUPER::initialize;
+}
+
+# Make level one headings bold.
+sub cmd_head1 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    s/\s+$//;
+    $self->SUPER::cmd_head1 ("$$self{BOLD}$_$$self{NORM}");
+}
+
+# Make level two headings bold.
+sub cmd_head2 {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    s/\s+$//;
+    $self->SUPER::cmd_head2 ("$$self{BOLD}$_$$self{NORM}");
+}
+
+# Fix up B<> and I<>.  Note that we intentionally don't do F<>.
+sub seq_b { my $self = shift; return "$$self{BOLD}$_[0]$$self{NORM}" }
+sub seq_i { my $self = shift; return "$$self{UNDL}$_[0]$$self{NORM}" }
+
+# Output any included code in bold.
+sub output_code {
+    my ($self, $code) = @_;
+    $self->output ($$self{BOLD} . $code . $$self{NORM});
+}
+
+# Override the wrapping code to igore the special sequences.
+sub wrap {
+    my $self = shift;
+    local $_ = shift;
+    my $output = '';
+    my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN};
+    my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN};
+    my $code = "(?:\Q$$self{BOLD}\E|\Q$$self{UNDL}\E|\Q$$self{NORM}\E)";
+    while (length > $width) {
+        if (s/^((?:$code?[^\n]){0,$width})\s+//
+            || s/^((?:$code?[^\n]){$width})//) {
+            $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n";
+        } else {
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+    $output .= $spaces . $_;
+    $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/;
+    $output;
+}
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Module return value and documentation
+##############################################################################
+
+1;
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Pod::Text::Termcap - Convert POD data to ASCII text with format escapes
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Pod::Text::Termcap;
+    my $parser = Pod::Text::Termcap->new (sentence => 0, width => 78);
+
+    # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT.
+    $parser->parse_from_filehandle;
+
+    # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt.
+    $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Pod::Text::Termcap is a simple subclass of Pod::Text that highlights output
+text using the correct termcap escape sequences for the current terminal.
+Apart from the format codes, it in all ways functions like Pod::Text.  See
+L<Pod::Text> for details and available options.
+
+=head1 NOTES
+
+This module uses Term::Cap to retrieve the formatting escape sequences for
+the current terminal, and falls back on the ECMA-48 (the same in this
+regard as ANSI X3.64 and ISO 6429, the escape codes also used by DEC VT100
+terminals) if the bold, underline, and reset codes aren't set in the
+termcap information.
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Pod::Text>, L<Pod::Parser>, L<Term::Cap>
+
+The current version of this module is always available from its web site at
+L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>.  It is also part of the
+Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE
+
+Copyright 1999, 2001, 2002 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>.
+
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the same terms as Perl itself.
+
+=cut